SM VRV IV HR VRV 4 Daikin

SiUS341504E
Service
Manual
REYQ72-456TTJU
REYQ72-456TYDN
R-410A Heat Recovery 60 Hz

SiUS341504E
R-410A
Heat Recovery 60 Hz
ED Reference
For items below, please refer to Engineering Data.
No. Item ED No. Page Remarks
1 Specifications EDUS331435-R1 P.2-7

EDUS331435-R2 P.2-7
ED331435-R1 P.14-15
2 Piping Diagrams EDUS331435-R2 P.14-15
3 Option List EDUS331435-R1 P.116

EDUS331435-R2 P.116
1. Safety Cautions.......................................................................................... vi
1.1 Warnings and Cautions Regarding Safety of Workers.................................vi
1.2 Warnings and Cautions Regarding Safety of Users................................... viii
2. Used Icons ................................................................................................. xi
Part 1 General Information .............................................................. 1

1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units........................................................ 2
1.1 Indoor Units .................................................................................................. 2
1.2 Outdoor Units ............................................................................................... 2
1.3 Air Treatment Equipment ............................................................................. 4
1.4 Branch Selector Unit .................................................................................... 4
2. External Appearance................................................................................... 5
2.1 Indoor Units .................................................................................................. 5
2.2 Outdoor Units ............................................................................................... 6
3. Combination of Outdoor Units..................................................................... 8
3.1 REYQ-TYDN, REYQ-TTJU .......................................................................... 8
4. Interchangeability ........................................................................................ 9
5. Capacity Range.........................................................................................10
5.1 Combination Ratio...................................................................................... 10
5.2 Outdoor Unit Combinations ........................................................................ 10
5.3 Limitation of Capacity Index for Heat Recovery ......................................... 11
Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit .............................................................. 12

1. Refrigerant Circuit .....................................................................................13
1.1 REYQ72TYDN / REYQ72TTJU ................................................................. 13
1.2 REYQ96-168TYDN / REYQ96-168TTJU ................................................... 15
i Table of Contents
SiUS341504E
1.3 Branch Selector Unit Functional Parts ....................................................... 17

2. Functional Parts Layout ............................................................................23
2.1 REYQ72TYDN ........................................................................................... 23
2.2 REYQ96 / 120TYDN .................................................................................. 24
2.3 REYQ144 / 168TYDN ................................................................................ 25
2.4 REYQ72TTJU ............................................................................................ 26
2.5 REYQ96 / 120TTJU ................................................................................... 27
2.6 REYQ144 / 168TTJU ................................................................................. 28
3. Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode...............................................29
Part 3 Remote Controller ............................................................... 41

1. Wired Remote Controller...........................................................................42
1.1 Applicable Models ...................................................................................... 42
1.2 Names and Functions ................................................................................ 42
1.3 MAIN/SUB Setting when Using 2 Remote Controllers ............................... 44
1.4 Centralized Control Group No. Setting....................................................... 45
2. Wireless Remote Controller ......................................................................47
2.3 Address and MAIN/SUB Setting................................................................. 49
3. Service Mode ............................................................................................50
3.1 BRC1E73 ................................................................................................... 50
Part 4 Function and Control........................................................... 52

1. Function General.......................................................................................53
1.1 Operation Mode.......................................................................................... 53
1.2 Stop Control ............................................................................................... 54
1.3 Standby Control.......................................................................................... 54
1.4 Startup Control ........................................................................................... 55
2. Basic Control.............................................................................................57
2.1 List of Functions in Normal Operation ........................................................ 57
2.2 Compressor PI Control............................................................................... 58
2.3 Operating Priority and Rotation of Compressors........................................ 58
2.4 Compressor Step Control........................................................................... 60
2.5 Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control....................................................... 63
2.6 Step Control of Outdoor Unit Fans ............................................................. 64
2.7 Heat Exchanger Control ............................................................................. 66
3. Protection Control .....................................................................................67
3.1 High Pressure Protection Control............................................................... 67
3.2 Low Pressure Protection Control................................................................ 69
3.3 Discharge Pipe Protection Control ............................................................. 70
3.4 Inverter Protection Control ......................................................................... 71
4. Special Control..........................................................................................72
4.1 Pump down Residual Operation................................................................. 72
Table of Contents ii
SiUS341504E
4.2 Oil Return Operation .................................................................................. 73

4.3 Defrost Operation ....................................................................................... 75
4.4 Cooling / Heating Mode Switching ............................................................. 76
5. Other Control.............................................................................................80
5.1 Backup Operation....................................................................................... 80
5.2 Demand Operation ..................................................................................... 80
5.3 Heating Operation Prohibition .................................................................... 80
6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) .................................................................81
6.1 Operation Flow Chart ................................................................................. 81
6.2 Thermostat Control..................................................................................... 83
6.3 Drain Pump Control.................................................................................... 85
6.4 Control of Electronic Expansion Valve ....................................................... 87
6.5 Freeze-up Prevention................................................................................. 88
6.6 Heater Control (Optional PCB KRP1B ... is required.) ............................... 89
6.7 List of Swing Flap Operations .................................................................... 90
6.8 Hot Start Control (In Heating Only) ............................................................ 91
6.9 Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt.................................................. 92
6.10 Heater Control (FXTQ) ............................................................................... 93
6.11 4 Step Thermostat Processing (FXTQ) ...................................................... 95
6.12 Interlocked with External Equipment (FXTQ) ............................................. 96
Part 5 Field Settings ...................................................................... 98

1. Test Operation ..........................................................................................99
1.1 Checks before Test Operation ................................................................... 99
1.2 Test Operation Checks............................................................................... 99
2. Field Setting from Remote Controller...................................................... 100
2.1 Wired Remote Controller.......................................................................... 100
2.2 Wireless Remote Controller ..................................................................... 101
2.3 Simplified Remote Controller.................................................................... 102
2.4 Setting Contents and Code No. for Indoor Units ...................................... 103
3. Field Setting from Outdoor Unit............................................................... 120
3.1 Accessing the BS Buttons on the Logic Board......................................... 120
3.2 Operating the BS Buttons and DIP Switches on the Logic Board ............ 121
3.4 Monitoring Function and Field Settings .................................................... 124

3.5 Cool / Heat Mode Changeover................................................................. 130
3.6 Setting of Low Night Noise Operation and Demand Operation................ 131
4. Charging Refrigerant............................................................................... 136
4.1 Precautions .............................................................................................. 136
4.2 Calculating the Additional Refrigerant Charge ......................................... 136
4.3 Method for Adding Refrigerant ................................................................. 138
Part 6 Service Diagnosis.............................................................. 143

1. Symptom-based Troubleshooting ........................................................... 145
2. Troubleshooting by Remote Controller ................................................... 148
iii Table of Contents

SiUS341504E
2.1 Mode Access Operation ........................................................................... 148

2.2 Procedure of Self-diagnosis by Remote Controller .................................. 149
2.3 Error Code and Description...................................................................... 152
2.4 Error Codes - Sub Codes ......................................................................... 154
3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller ........................ 155
3.1 External Protection Device Abnormality ................................................... 155
3.2 PCB Abnormality ...................................................................................... 156
3.3 Drain Level Control System (S1L) Abnormality........................................ 157
3.4 Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload ............................................................. 159
3.5 Indoor Unit Fan Motor Abnormality .......................................................... 162
3.7 Overload / Overcurrent / Lock of Indoor Unit Fan Motor .......................... 166
3.8 Swing Flap Motor (M1S) Abnormality....................................................... 167
3.9 Power Supply Voltage Abnormality .......................................................... 169
3.10 Electronic Expansion Valve Coil Abnormality / Dust Clogging ................. 170
3.11 Electronic Expansion Valve Coil Abnormality........................................... 171
3.12 Drain Level above Limit............................................................................ 172
3.13 Capacity Determination Device Abnormality ............................................ 173
3.14 Transmission Abnormality between Indoor Unit PCB and Fan PCB........ 174
3.15 Thermistor Abnormality ............................................................................ 176
3.16 Combination Error between Indoor Unit PCB and Fan PCB .................... 177
3.17 Remote Sensor Abnormality .................................................................... 178
3.19 Humidity Sensor System Abnormality ...................................................... 180
3.20 Room Temperature Thermistor in Remote Controller Abnormality .......... 181
3.21 PCB Abnormality ...................................................................................... 182
3.22 Actuation of High Pressure Switch ........................................................... 183
3.23 Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor ........................................................... 185
3.24 INV Compressor Motor Lock .................................................................... 186
3.25 Compressor Damage Alarm..................................................................... 188
3.26 Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Abnormality........................................................ 190
3.28 Discharge Pipe Temperature Abnormality ............................................... 193
3.29 Wet Alarm................................................................................................. 195
3.30 Refrigerant Overcharged.......................................................................... 196
3.31 Harness Abnormality (between Control PCB and Inverter PCB) ............. 197
3.32 Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Signal Abnormality............................................. 198
3.34 High Pressure Sensor Abnormality .......................................................... 202
3.35 Low Pressure Sensor Abnormality ........................................................... 203
3.36 Inverter PCB Abnormality......................................................................... 204
3.37 Reactor Temperature Rise Abnormality ................................................... 206
3.38 Inverter Radiation Fin Temperature Rise Abnormality ............................. 207
3.39 INV Compressor Instantaneous Overcurrent ........................................... 208
3.40 INV Compressor Overcurrent................................................................... 210
3.41 INV Compressor Startup Abnormality ...................................................... 212
3.42 Transmission Error between Inverter and Control PCB ........................... 215
3.43 Power Supply Voltage Imbalance ............................................................ 217
Table of Contents iv
SiUS341504E
3.44 Reactor Temperature Abnormality ........................................................... 219

3.45 Inverter Radiation Fin Temperature Abnormality ..................................... 220
3.46 Field Setting after Replacing Outdoor Unit Main PCB Abnormality or
Combination of PCB Abnormality............................................................. 221
3.47 Refrigerant Shortage ................................................................................ 222
3.48 Reverse Phase, Open Phase................................................................... 223
3.49 Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Abnormality ......................... 224
3.50 Check Operation is not Executed............................................................. 226
3.51 Transmission Error between Indoor Units and Outdoor Units.................. 227
3.52 Transmission Error between Remote Controller and Indoor Unit............. 230
3.53 Transmission Error between Outdoor Units ............................................. 231
3.54 Transmission Error between Main and Sub Remote Controllers ............. 237
3.55 Transmission Error between Indoor and Outdoor Units in the
Same System ........................................................................................... 238
3.56 Improper Combination of Indoor and Outdoor Units,
Indoor Units and Remote Controller......................................................... 239
3.57 Address Duplication of Centralized Control Equipment ........................... 242
3.58 Transmission Error between Centralized Control Equipment and
Indoor Unit................................................................................................ 243
3.59 System is not Set yet................................................................................ 245
3.60 System Abnormality, Refrigerant System Address Undefined ................. 246
3.61 Check ....................................................................................................... 248
Part 7 Appendix............................................................................ 260

1. Wiring Diagrams......................................................................................261
1.1 Outdoor Units ........................................................................................... 261
1.2 Indoor Units .............................................................................................. 267
v Table of Contents
SiUS341504E Safety Cautions
1. Safety Cautions
Be sure to read the following safety cautions before conducting repair work.
After the repair work is complete, be sure to conduct a test operation to ensure that the equipment
operates normally, and explain the cautions for operating the product to the customer.
Caution Items The caution items are classified into Warning and Caution. The Warning items are
especially important since they can lead to death or serious injury if they are not followed closely.
The Caution items can also lead to serious accidents under some conditions if they are not
followed. Therefore, be sure to observe all the safety caution items described below.
Pictograms This symbol indicates the item for which caution must be exercised.
The pictogram shows the item to which attention must be paid.
This symbol indicates the prohibited action.
The prohibited item or action is shown in the illustration or near the symbol.
This symbol indicates the action that must be taken, or the instruction.
The instruction is shown in the illustration or near the symbol.
1.1 Warnings and Cautions Regarding Safety of Workers

Warning
Do not store the equipment in a room with successive fire sources (e.g.,
naked flame, gas appliance, electric heater).
Be sure to disconnect the power cable plug from the plug socket before
disassembling the equipment for repair.
Working on the equipment that is connected to the power supply may cause an
electrical shock.
If it is necessary to supply power to the equipment to conduct the repair or
inspecting the circuits, do not touch any electrically charged sections of the
equipment.
If the refrigerant gas is discharged during the repair work, do not touch
the discharged refrigerant gas.
The refrigerant gas may cause frostbite.
When disconnecting the suction or discharge pipe of the compressor at

the welded section, evacuate the refrigerant gas completely at a well-
ventilated place first.
If there is gas remaining inside the compressor, the refrigerant gas or
refrigerating machine oil discharges when the pipe is disconnected, and it may
cause injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks during the repair work, ventilate the area.
The refrigerant gas may generate toxic gases when it contacts flames.
Be sure to discharge the capacitor completely before conducting repair

work.
The step-up capacitor supplies high-voltage electricity to the electrical
components of the outdoor unit.
A charged capacitor may cause an electrical shock.
vi
Safety Cautions SiUS341504E
Warning
Do not start or stop the air conditioner operation by plugging or
unplugging the power cable plug.
Plugging or unplugging the power cable plug to operate the equipment may
cause an electrical shock or fire.
Be sure to wear a safety helmet, gloves, and a safety belt when working
at a high place (more than 2 m (6.5 ft)).
Insufficient safety measures may cause a fall accident.
In case of R-32 / R-410A refrigerant models, be sure to use pipes, flare

nuts and tools for the exclusive use of the R-32 / R-410A refrigerant.
The use of materials for R-22 refrigerant models may cause a serious accident
such as a damage of refrigerant cycle as well as an equipment failure.
Do not mix air or gas other than the specified refrigerant (R-32 / R-410A /
R-22) in the refrigerant system.
If air enters the refrigerating system, an excessively high pressure results,
causing equipment damage and injury.
Caution
Do not repair the electrical components with wet hands.
Working on the equipment with wet hands may cause an electrical shock.
Do not clean the air conditioner by splashing water.

Washing the unit with water may cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to provide the earth / grounding when repairing the equipment in

a humid or wet place, to avoid electrical shocks.
Be sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the power cable when
cleaning the equipment.
The internal fan rotates at a high speed, and may cause injury.
Be sure to conduct repair work with appropriate tools.

The use of inappropriate tools may cause injury.
vii
Caution
Be sure to check that the refrigerating cycle section has cooled down
enough before conducting repair work.
Working on the unit when the refrigerating cycle section is hot may cause
burns.
Use the welder in a well-ventilated place.

Using the welder in an enclosed room may cause oxygen deficiency.
1.2 Warnings and Cautions Regarding Safety of Users

Warning
Do not store the equipment in a room with successive fire sources (e.g.,
naked flame, gas appliance, electric heater).
Be sure to use parts listed in the service parts list of the applicable model
and appropriate tools to conduct repair work. Never attempt to modify the
equipment.
The use of inappropriate parts or tools may cause an electrical shock,
excessive heat generation or fire.
If the power cable and lead wires have scratches or deteriorated, be sure
to replace them.
Damaged cable and wires may cause an electrical shock, excessive heat
generation or fire.
Do not use a joined power cable or extension cable, or share the same
power outlet with other electrical appliances, since it may cause an
electrical shock, excessive heat generation or fire.
Be sure to use an exclusive power circuit for the equipment, and follow
the local technical standards related to the electrical equipment, the
internal wiring regulations, and the instruction manual for installation
when conducting electrical work.
Insufficient power circuit capacity and improper electrical work may cause an
electrical shock or fire.
Be sure to use the specified cable for wiring between the indoor and
outdoor units.
Make the connections securely and route the cable properly so that there is no
force pulling the cable at the connection terminals.
Improper connections may cause excessive heat generation or fire.
viii
Safety Cautions SiUS341504E
Warning
When wiring between the indoor and outdoor units, make sure that the
terminal cover does not lift off or dismount because of the cable.
If the cover is not mounted properly, the terminal connection section may cause
an electrical shock, excessive heat generation or fire.
Do not damage or modify the power cable.

Damaged or modified power cable may cause an electrical shock or fire.
Placing heavy items on the power cable, and heating or pulling the power cable
may damage the cable.
Do not mix air or gas other than the specified refrigerant (R-32 / R-410A /
R-22) in the refrigerant system.
If air enters the refrigerating system, an excessively high pressure results,
causing equipment damage and injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks, be sure to locate the leaking point and repair
it before charging the refrigerant. After charging refrigerant, make sure
that there is no refrigerant leak.
If the leaking point cannot be located and the repair work must be stopped, be
sure to perform pump-down and close the service valve, to prevent the
refrigerant gas from leaking into the room. The refrigerant gas itself is
harmless, but it may generate toxic gases when it contacts flames, such as fan
and other heaters, stoves and ranges.
When relocating the equipment, make sure that the new installation site
has sufficient strength to withstand the weight of the equipment.
If the installation site does not have sufficient strength and if the installation
work is not conducted securely, the equipment may fall and cause injury.
Check to make sure that the power cable plug is not dirty or loose, then
insert the plug into a power outlet securely.
If the plug has dust or loose connection, it may cause an electrical shock or fire.
Be sure to install the product correctly by using the provided standard For unitary type
installation frame. only
Incorrect use of the installation frame and improper installation may cause the
equipment to fall, resulting in injury.
Be sure to install the product securely in the installation frame mounted For unitary type
on the window frame. only
If the unit is not securely mounted, it may fall and cause injury.
When replacing the coin battery in the remote controller, be sure to

dispose of the old battery to prevent children from swallowing it.
If a child swallows the coin battery, see a doctor immediately.
ix
Caution
Installation of a leakage breaker is necessary in some cases depending
on the conditions of the installation site, to prevent electrical shocks.
Do not install the equipment in a place where there is a possibility of

combustible gas leaks.
If the combustible gas leaks and remains around the unit, it may cause a fire.
Check to see if the parts and wires are mounted and connected properly,
and if the connections at the soldered or crimped terminals are secure.
Improper installation and connections may cause excessive heat generation,
fire or an electrical shock.
If the installation platform or frame has corroded, replace it.

Corroded installation platform or frame may cause the unit to fall, resulting in
injury.
Check the earth / grounding, and repair it if the equipment is not properly
earthed / grounded.
Improper earth / grounding may cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to measure the insulation resistance after the repair, and make
sure that the resistance is 1 M or higher.
Faulty insulation may cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to check the drainage of the indoor unit after the repair.
Faulty drainage may cause the water to enter the room and wet the furniture
and floor.
Do not tilt the unit when removing it.

The water inside the unit may spill and wet the furniture and floor.
Be sure to install the packing and seal on the installation frame properly. For unitary type
If the packing and seal are not installed properly, water may enter the room and only
wet the furniture and floor.
x
Used Icons SiUS341504E
2. Used Icons
The following icons are used to attract the attention of the reader to specific information.
Icon Type of Description

Information
Warning A Warning is used when there is danger of personal injury.
Warning
Caution A Caution is used when there is danger that the reader, through
incorrect manipulation, may damage equipment, lose data, get
Caution an unexpected result or has to restart (part of) a procedure.
Note A Note provides information that is not indispensable, but may

nevertheless be valuable to the reader, such as tips and tricks.
Note:
Reference A Reference guides the reader to other places in this binder or

in this manual, where he/she will find additional information on a
specific topic.
xi
SiUS341504E
Part 1
General Information
1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units........................................................ 2
1.1 Indoor Units .................................................................................................. 2
1.2 Outdoor Units ............................................................................................... 2
2. External Appearance................................................................................... 5
2.1 Indoor Units .................................................................................................. 5
2.2 Outdoor Units ............................................................................................... 6
3. Combination of Outdoor Units..................................................................... 8
3.1 REYQ-TYDN, REYQ-TTJU .......................................................................... 8
4. Interchangeability ........................................................................................ 9
5. Capacity Range.........................................................................................10
5.1 Combination Ratio...................................................................................... 10
5.2 Outdoor Unit Combinations ........................................................................ 10
5.3 Limitation of Capacity Index for Heat Recovery ......................................... 11
General Information 1
Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units SiUS341504E
1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units

1.1 Indoor Units
Capacity Range 0.6 ton 0.8 ton 1 ton 1.25 ton 1.5 ton 2 ton 2.5 ton 3 ton 3.5 ton 4 ton 4.5 ton 6 ton 8 ton Power Supply,
Capacity Index 7.5 9.5 12 15 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 72 96 Standard
Ceiling Mounted Cassette
(Round Flow with Sensing) FXFQ 07T 09T 12T 15T 18T 24T 30T 36T 48T
Type VJU
Ceiling Mounted Cassette FXFQ 09P 12P 18P 24P 30P 36P 48P
(Round Flow) Type
4 Way Ceiling Mounted FXZQ 07M 09M 12M 15M 18M VJU9
Cassette (2'2') Type
Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct
Type FXDQ 07M 09M 12M 18M 24M
Ceiling Mounted Duct Type FXMQ 07PB 09PB 12PB 15PB 18PB 24PB 30PB 36PB 48PB 54PB
(Middle and High Static Pressure)
Ceiling Mounted Duct Type FXMQ 72M 96M
Ceiling Suspended Type FXHQ 12M 24M 36M VJU
Wall Mounted Type FXAQ 07P 09P 12P 18P 24P
4-Way Blow Ceiling-Suspended Type FXUQ 18P 24P 30P 36P
Floor Standing Type FXLQ 07M 09M 12M 18M 24M
Concealed Floor Standing Type FXNQ 07M 09M 12M 18M 24M
Vertical Air Handling Unit FXTQ 12PA 18PA 24PA 30PA 36PA 42PA 48PA 54PA
VJ : 1 phase, 208/230 V, 60 Hz
U(VJU) : Standard Symbol
1.2 Outdoor Units

REYQ-TYDN, REYQ-TTJU
Capacity Range 6 ton 8 ton 10 ton 12 ton 14 ton 16 ton 18 ton 20 ton 22 ton Power Supply,
Capacity Index 72 96 120 144 168 192 216 240 264 Standard
460 V REYQ- 72T 96T 120T 144T 168T 192T 216T 240T 264T YDN
Heat Recovery
208/230 V REYQ- 72T 96T 120T 144T 168T 192T 216T 240T 264T TJU
Capacity Range 24 ton 26 ton 28 ton 30 ton 32 ton 34 ton 36 ton 38 ton Power Supply,
Capacity Index 288 312 336 360 384 408 432 456 Standard
460 V REYQ- 288T 312T 336T 360T 384T 408T 432T 456T YDN
Heat Recovery
208/230 V REYQ- 288T 312T 336T 360T 384T 408T 432T 456T TJU
YD(N) : 3 phase, 460 V, 60 Hz

TJ : 3 phase, 208/230 V, 60 Hz
U(TJU) : Standard Symbol
2 General Information
SiUS341504E Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units
1.2.1 Combination of Outdoor Units (Heat Recovery 460 V)

REYQ-TYDN
Model name REYQ72TYDN REYQ96TYDN REYQ120TYDN REYQ144TYDN REYQ168TYDN
Outdoor unit 1 REYQ72TYDN REYQ96TYDN REYQ120TYDN REYQ144TYDN REYQ168TYDN
Outdoor unit 3 REYQ120TYDN REYQ168TYDN REYQ168TYDN
Model name REYQ432TYDN REYQ456TYDN
Outdoor unit 1 REYQ144TYDN REYQ144TYDN
1.2.2 Combination of Outdoor Units (Heat Recovery 208/230 V)

REYQ-TTJU
Model name REYQ72TTJU REYQ96TTJU REYQ120TTJU REYQ144TTJU REYQ168TTJU
Outdoor unit 1 REYQ72TTJU REYQ96TTJU REYQ120TTJU REYQ144TTJU REYQ168TTJU
Outdoor unit 3 REYQ120TTJU REYQ168TTJU REYQ168TTJU
Model name REYQ432TTJU REYQ456TTJU
Outdoor unit 1 REYQ144TTJU REYQ144TTJU
Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units SiUS341504E
1.3 Air Treatment Equipment

Outdoor Air Processing Unit
Series Model Name Power Supply, Standard
FXMQ 48MF 72MF 96MF VJU
Energy Recovery Ventilator (VAM series)

VAM 300G 470G 600G 1200G VJU
VJ : 1 phase, 208/230 V, 60 Hz
U(VJU) : Standard Symbol
1.4 Branch Selector Unit

Single Branch Selector Unit for Heat Recovery
Heat Recovery BSQ 36T 60T 96T VJ
Note: No interchangeability with BSVQ36/60/96PVJU.
VJ: 1 phase, 208/230 V, 60 Hz
Multi Branch Selector Unit for Heat Recovery

Heat Recovery BS 4Q54T 6Q54T 8Q54T 10Q54T 12Q54T VJ
Note: No interchangeability with BSV4/6Q36PVJU.
VJ: 1 phase, 208/230 V, 60 Hz
SiUS341504E External Appearance
2. External Appearance
2.1 Indoor Units
Ceiling mounted cassette (Round flow with sensing) type Ceiling suspended type
FXFQ-T FXHQ-M
Shown with BYCQ125B-W1

Ceiling mounted cassette (Round flow) type Wall mounted type
FXFQ-P FXAQ-P
Shown with BYCP125K-W1

4 way ceiling mounted cassette (22) type 4-way blow ceiling-suspended type
FXZQ-M FXUQ-P
Shown with BYFQ60B8W1U

Slim ceiling mounted duct type Floor standing type
FXDQ-M FXLQ-M
Ceiling mounted duct type (Middle and high static pressure) Concealed floor standing type
FXMQ-PB FXNQ-M
Ceiling mounted duct type Vertical air handling unit

FXMQ-M FXTQ-PA
External Appearance SiUS341504E
2.2 Outdoor Units

2.2.1 REYQ-TYDN, REYQ-TTJU
Single Outdoor Units
REYQ72TYDN REYQ96 / 120 / 144 / 168TYDN
REYQ72TTJU REYQ96 / 120 / 144 / 168TTJU
Double Outdoor Units

REYQ192TYDN REYQ216 / 240 / 264 / 288 / 312 / 336TYDN
REYQ192TTJU REYQ216 / 240 / 264 / 288 / 312 / 336TTJU
Triple Outdoor Units

REYQ360 / 384 / 408 / 432 / 456TYDN
REYQ360 / 384 / 408 / 432 / 456TTJU
SiUS341504E External Appearance
2.3 Air Treatment Equipment

Outdoor air processing unit Energy recovery ventilator
(VAM series)
FXMQ-MF
VAM-G
2.4 Branch Selector Unit

Single branch selector unit Multi branch selector unit
BSQ-T BS-Q54TVJ
Combination of Outdoor Units SiUS341504E
3. Combination of Outdoor Units

3.1 REYQ-TYDN, REYQ-TTJU
System capacity Number of Module Outdoor Unit Multi Connection
Ton HP kW units 72 96 120 144 168 Piping Kit 1
6 7.5 21.1 1 O
8 10 28.1 1 O
10 12.5 35.2 1 O
12 15 42.2 1 O
14 17.5 49.2 1 O
16 20 56.3 2 O O
18 22.5 63.3 2 O O
20 25 70.3 2 O O
22 27.5 77.4 2 O O BHFP26P100U
24 30 84.4 2 OO
26 32.5 91.4 2 O O
28 35 98.5 2 OO
30 37.5 105.5 3 OOO
32 40 112.5 3 O O O
34 42.5 119.6 3 O O O BHFP26P151U
36 45 126.6 3 OOO
38 47.5 133.6 3 OO O
Note: 1 For multiple connection, the outdoor unit multi connection piping kit (separately sold) is required.
SiUS341504E Interchangeability
4. Interchangeability
Branch Selector unit New Branch Selector unit (Reference)
Current Branch Selector unit
Single Branch Multi Branch Single Branch Multi Branch
Selector unit Selector unit Selector unit Selector unit
BS4Q54TVJ
BSQ36TVJ BS6Q54TVJ BSVQ36PVJU BSV4Q36PVJU
BSQ60TVJ BS8Q54TVJ BSVQ60PVJU
BSQ96TVJ BS10Q54TVJ BSVQ96PVJU BSV6Q36PVJU
Outdoor unit BS12Q54TVJ
REYQ-TYDN Connectable Connectable Not connectable Not connectable
Heat Recovery REYQ-T
REYQ-TTJU Connectable Connectable Not connectable Not connectable
Capacity Range SiUS341504E
5. Capacity Range
5.1 Combination Ratio
Total capacity index of the indoor units
Combination ratio =
Capacity index of the outdoor units
Max. combination ratio

Type of connected air treatment
Types of connected indoor units equipments
Min.
Type combination When using FXMQ-MF
ratio When using only FXTQ, Other
only FXDQ, When FXMQ-MF
at least one indoor unit
FXMQ-PB, orFXFQ07 or models
When FXMQ-MF
and indoor units
FXAQ is only connected are connected
FXFQ09
Single outdoor units 200% 1
Double outdoor units 50% 200% 1 130% 160% 1 100% 100% 2
Triple outdoor units 130%
Notes: 1. If the operational capacity of indoor units is more than 130%, low airflow operation is
enforced in all the indoor units. Refer to P.128 for detail.
2. When outdoor-air processing units (FXMQ-MF) and standard indoor units are connected,
the total connection capacity of the outdoor-air processing units (FXMQ-MF) must not
exceed 30% of the capacity index of the outdoor units. And the connection ratio must not
exceed 100%.
5.2 Outdoor Unit Combinations

REYQ-TYDN, REYQ-TTJU
Capacity Range 6 ton 8 ton 10 ton 12 ton 14 ton 16 ton 18 ton 20 ton 22 ton
72TYDN 96TYDN 120TYDN 144TYDN 168TYDN 192TYDN 216TYDN 240TYDN 264TYDN
REYQ 72TTJU 96TTJU 120TTJU 144TTJU 168TTJU 192TTJU 216TTJU 240TTJU 264TTJU
Max. Number of
Connectable Indoor Units 12 16 20 25 29 33 37 41 45
Total Capacity Index of 36~93 48~124 60~156 72~187 84~218 96~249 108~280 120~312 132~343
Indoor Units to be (144) (192) (240) (288) (336) (307) (346) (384) (422)
Connected 1
Capacity Range 24 ton 26 ton 28 ton 30 ton 32 ton 34 ton 36 ton 38 ton
REYQ 288TYDN 312TYDN 336TYDN 360TYDN 384TYDN 408TYDN 432TYDN 456TYDN

288TTJU 312TTJU 336TTJU 360TTJU 384TTJU 408TTJU 432TTJU 456TTJU
Max. Number of 49 54 58 62 64 64 64 64
Connectable Indoor Units
Total Capacity Index of 144~374 156~405 168~436 180~468 192~499 204~530 216~561 228~592
Indoor Units to be
Connected 1 (461) (499) (538) (468) (499) (530) (561) (592)
Note: 1. Values inside brackets are based on connection of indoor units rated at maximum capacity, 200% for single
outdoor units, 160% for double outdoor units, and 130% for triple outdoor units.
SiUS341504E Capacity Range
5.3 Limitation of Capacity Index for Heat Recovery

Single Branch Selector unit
Model BSQ36TVJ BSQ60TVJ BSQ96TVJ
Maximum number of connectable indoor units 4 8 8
Total capacity index of connectable indoor units 36 or less More than 36 and 60 or less More than 60 and 96 or less
Multi Branch Selector unit

Model BS4Q54TVJ BS6Q54TVJ BS8Q54TVJ BS10Q54TVJ BS14Q54TVJ
Maximum number of connectable indoor units per 5 5 5 5 5
branch
Number of branches 4 6 8 10 12
Maximum capacity index of connectable indoor 144 or less 216 or less 290 or less 290 or less 290 or less
units
Maximum capacity index of connectable indoor 54 or less 54 or less 54 or less 54 or less 54 or less
units per branch (1)
Note: 1. When the total capacity of indoor units to be connected downstream is larger than 54 (Max. 96), use a junction
pipe kit (KHRP26A250T, optional parts) to join 2 connections downstream from the Branch Selector unit.
Heat Recovery
High and low pressure
gas piping
Suction gas piping
Liquid piping
Outdoor unit Branch Branch

Selector Selector
unit unit
Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit

(Heating) (Cooling) (Cooling only)
Heat Recovery operation!
For indoor units used for cooling only (do not connect to Branch Selector unit when using for Heat Recovery),
total capacity index must be 50% or less than the capacity index of the outdoor units.
SiUS341504E
Part 2
Refrigerant Circuit
1. Refrigerant Circuit .....................................................................................13
1.3 Branch Selector Unit Functional Parts ....................................................... 17
2. Functional Parts Layout ............................................................................23
2.1 REYQ72TYDN ........................................................................................... 23
2.2 REYQ96 / 120TYDN .................................................................................. 24
2.3 REYQ144 / 168TYDN ................................................................................ 25
2.4 REYQ72TTJU ............................................................................................ 26
2.5 REYQ96 / 120TTJU ................................................................................... 27
2.6 REYQ144 / 168TTJU ................................................................................. 28
3. Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode...............................................29
12 Refrigerant Circuit
SiUS341504E Refrigerant Circuit
1. Refrigerant Circuit
1.1 REYQ72TYDN / REYQ72TTJU
No. in
refrigerant Electric Name Major function
system symbol
diagram
Inverter compressor is operated on frequencies between 52 Hz to 210 Hz by using the
(1) M1C Inverter compressor (INV) inverter. Compressor operation steps: Refer to P.60~
(2) M1F Inverter fan Because the system is an air heat exchange type, the fan is operated at 9-step rotation
speed by using the inverter.
(3) Y1E Electronic expansion valve While in heating, PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of air heat
(Heat exchanger upper) exchanger constant.
(4) Y2E Electronic expansion valve PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of subcooling heat exchanger
(Subcooling heat exchanger) constant.
(Heat exchanger lower) exchanger constant.
Electronic expansion valve
(6) Y4E (Receiver gas purge) Used to collect the refrigerant to receiver.
Electronic expansion valve Used to control the refrigerant amount to cool the diode bridge and power module of the
(7) Y5E (Refrigerant cooling) inverter PCB.
(8) Y6E Electronic expansion valve Used to detect refrigerant leakage.
(Leak detection)
(9) Y1S Solenoid valve (OS oil return) Used to return oil from the oil separator to the compressor.
(10) Y3S Solenoid valve (Liquid shutoff) Used to return oil from the accumulator to the compressor.
(11) Y4S Four way valve (HP/LP gas) Used to switch dual pressure gas pipe to high pressure or low pressure.
Four way valve
(12) Y5S (Heat exchanger lower)
Used to switch outdoor unit heat exchanger to evaporator or condenser.
Four way valve
(13) Y6S (Heat exchanger upper)
(14) S1NPH High pressure sensor Used to detect the high pressure.
(15) S1NPL Low pressure sensor Used to detect the low pressure.
High pressure switch This functions when pressure increases to stop operation and avoid high pressure
(16) S1PH (For INV compressor) increase in the fault operation.
Pressure regulating valve This is used when pressure increases, to prevent any damage on components caused by
(17) (Liquid pipe) pressure increase in transport or storage.
(18) Subcooling heat exchanger Apply subcooling to liquid refrigerant.
Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the INV
(19) Capillary tube compressor.
(20) R1T Thermistor (Outdoor air) Used to detect outdoor air temperature, correct discharge pipe temperature and others.
(21) R2T Thermistor (M1C discharge) Used to detect discharge pipe temperature.
(22) R3T Thermistor (Receiver inlet) Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of receiver inlet.
(23) R4T Thermistor (Heat exchanger
liquid upper)
This detects temperature of liquid pipe for air heat exchanger.
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
(24) R5T liquid lower)
(25) R6T Thermistor (Subcooling gas) Used to detect outdoor air temperature, correct discharge pipe temperature and others.
(26) R7T Thermistor (Subcooling liquid) This detects temperature of liquid pipe for subcooling heat exchanger.
gas upper)
This detects temperature of gas pipe for air heat exchanger.
gas lower)
(29) R10T Thermistor (Suction) Used to detect suction pipe temperature.
(30) R11T Thermistor (Deicer) Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of air heat exchanger. Used to make judgements
on defrosting operation.
(31) R12T Thermistor (Comp. suction) Used to detect suction pipe temperature of compressor.
(32) R13T Thermistor Used to detect gas pipe temperature of receiver gas purge piping.
(Receiver gas purge)
Detects compressor surface temperature, this switch is activated at surface temperature
(33) R14T Thermistor (M1C body) of 120C (248F) or more to stop the compressor.
(34) R15T Thermistor (Leak detection) The thermistor detects refrigerant leakage.
Refrigerant Circuit 13
14
Stop valve (With service port 5/16in. (7.9mm) flare connection)
Check valve Check valve

(26)
Refrigerant Circuit
Filter (22)
Liquid Check valve Check valve
pipe
Electronic
expansion Electronic expansion Solenoid Electronic
valve valve valve expansion
(4) (6) SV (10) valve
(8)
REYQ72TYDN / REYQ72TTJU
Capillary Filter
Double tube tube Check Check Capillary
(18) Liquid
heat exchanger valve valve tube
Filter Receiver
Pressure Electronic
Check valve regulating (2)
Fusible Fan expansion
valve valve
Filter plug (23)
(17) M Filter (3)
(25)
(13) (27) (30) (24)
Filter (5)
Four way valve
(28)
Filter Electronic expansion (7)
valve
(12) Four way valve Electronic
expansion
valve
(20)
Heat sink
Double tube S1NPH Check valve

heat exchanger High pressure
sensor
Filter
(14)
High/low pressure gas (11) Four way valve

(32) Oil separator
pipe High pressure
switch
(16) S1PH
(15) (21) Filter
Low pressure
sensor Capillary Charge (9)
S1NPL tube port Solenoid
valve
SV
(33) Compressor
(29) Filter
Suction gas INV
pipe (1) Capillary
tube
(31)
(19)
Accumulator Fusible
plug
C: 3D091128
Refrigerant Circuit
SiUS341504E
1.2 REYQ96-168TYDN / REYQ96-168TTJU

No. in
refrigerant Electric Name Major function
system symbol
diagram
(1) M1C Inverter compressor (INV 1) Inverter compressor is operated on frequencies between 52 Hz to 210 Hz by using the
(2) M2C Inverter compressor (INV 2) inverter. Compressor operation steps: Refer to P.60~
(3) M1F Because the system is an air heat exchange type, the fan is operated at 9-step rotation
Inverter fan speed by using the inverter.
(4) M2F
(Heat exchanger upper) exchanger constant.
(6) Y2E Electronic expansion valve PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of subcooling heat exchanger
(Subcooling heat exchanger) constant.
(Heat exchanger lower) exchanger constant.
(8) Y4E Electronic expansion valve Used to collect the refrigerant to receiver.
(9) Y5E Electronic expansion valve Used to control the refrigerant amount to cool the diode bridge and power module of the
(Refrigerant cooling) inverter PCB.
(10) Y6E Electronic expansion valve Used to detect refrigerant leakage.
(Leak detection)
(11) Y1S Solenoid valve Used to return oil from the oil separator to the compressor (M1C).
(OS oil return 1)
(12) Y2S Solenoid valve Used to return oil from the oil separator to the compressor (M2C).
(OS oil return 2)
(13) Y3S Solenoid valve (Liquid shutoff) Used to return oil from the accumulator to the compressor.
(14) Y4S Four way valve (HP/LP gas) Used to switch dual pressure gas pipe to high pressure or low pressure.
Four way valve
(15) Y5S (Heat exchanger lower)
Used to switch outdoor unit heat exchanger to evaporator or condenser.
Four way valve
(16) Y6S (Heat exchanger upper)
(17) S1NPH High pressure sensor Used to detect the high pressure.
(18) S1NPL Low pressure sensor Used to detect the low pressure.
(19) S1PH High pressure switch
(For INV 1 compressor) This functions when pressure increases to stop operation and avoid high pressure
increase in the fault operation.
(20) S2PH High pressure switch
(For INV 2 compressor)
(21) Pressure regulating valve This is used when pressure increases, to prevent any damage on components caused by
(Liquid pipe) pressure increase in transport or storage.
(22) Subcooling heat exchanger Apply subcooling to liquid refrigerant.
Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the INV 1
Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the INV 2
(25) R1T Thermistor (Outdoor air) Used to detect outdoor air temperature, correct discharge pipe temperature and others.
(26) R21T Thermistor (M1C discharge)
Used to detect discharge pipe temperature.
(27) R22T Thermistor (M2C discharge)
(28) R3T Thermistor (Receiver inlet) Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of receiver inlet.
liquid upper)
This detects temperature of liquid pipe for air heat exchanger.
liquid lower)
Used to detect gas pipe temperature on the evaporating side of subcooling heat
(31) R6T Thermistor (Subcooling gas) exchanger. Used to exercise the constant control of superheated degree at the outlet of
subcooling heat exchanger.
(32) R7T Thermistor (Subcooling liquid) This detects temperature of liquid pipe for subcooling heat exchanger.
gas upper)
This detects temperature of gas pipe for air heat exchanger.
gas lower)
(35) R10T Thermistor (Suction) Used to detect suction pipe temperature.
(36) R11T Thermistor (Deicer) Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of air heat exchanger. Used to make judgements
on defrosting operation.
(37) R12T Thermistor (Comp. suction) Used to detect suction pipe temperature of compressor.
Thermistor
(38) R13T (Receiver gas purge) Used to detect gas pipe temperature of receiver gas purge piping.
Detects compressor surface temperature, this switch is activated at surface temperature
(39) R14T Thermistor (M2C body) of 120C (248F) or more to stop the compressor. (144/168 class models only)
(40) R15T Thermistor (Leak detection) The thermistor detects refrigerant leakage.
16

Refrigerant Circuit
(28)
Filter (32)
Liquid Check valve
Check valve
pipe
Electronic
expansion
valve Electronic expansion valve Solenoid valve Electronic
(6) expansion
(8) SV (13) valve
(8)
Capillary Filter
(22) Receiver valve valve tube
heat exchanger
Filter Pressure
Check valve (4) (3)
regulating Electronic
Fusible Fan Fan
valve (5) expansion
REYQ96-168TYDN / REYQ96-168TTJU
Filter plug (29)

(21) M M Filter valve
(31) (16) (33) (36) (30)
Four way valve Filter (7)
(34)
Filter Electronic expansion (9)
valve
(15) Electronic expansion
Four way valve
valve
Heat sink
Double tube Check Check

heat exchanger (17) valve valve
S1NPH Filter Filter
High pressure
sensor
High/low pressure gas (14) Four way valve
(38) (20) (19)
pipe Oil Separator Oil Separator
High pressure High pressure (25)
switch switch
S2PH S1PH
(27) Filter (26) Filter
Lows pressure Solenoid Solenoid
sensor Capillary Charge valve valve
(18)
S1NPL tube port (2) (12)
SV
SV
(1) (11)
(39) Compressor Compressor
(35) Filter
Suction gas INV Capillary INV Capillary
pipe 2 tube (24) 1 tube
(23)
Accumulator Fusible
plug
(37)
C: 3D091127
Refrigerant Circuit
SiUS341504E
1.3 Branch Selector Unit Functional Parts

Single Branch Selector Unit
BSQ36-96TVJ
Electric
No. Name symbol Function
1 Electronic expansion valve (EVH) Y2E Opens while in heating operation or all indoor units are in cooling.
(Max : 760 pulse)
2 Electronic expansion valve (EVL) Y3E Opens while in cooling. (Max : 760 pulse)
In simultaneous cooling and heating operation, it is used to subcooling
3 Electronic expansion valve (EVSC) Y1E liquid refrigerants when an indoor unit downstream of this Branch Selector
unit is in heating. (Max : 480 pulse)
Note: Factory setting of all EV opening: 60 pulse
Liquid pipe Liquid pipe

connection port connection port
Electronic
Double pipe heat Expansion Valve
exchanger (EVSC)
Filter
(3)
Electronic HP/LP gas pipe

Gas pipe
Expansion Valve connection port
connection port
Filter (EVH) Filter
(1)
Electronic
Suction gas pipe
Expansion Valve
connection port
(EVL)
Filter
(2)
4D085545A
Refrigerant Circuit SiUS341504E
Multi Branch Selector Unit

BS4Q54TVJ
connection port
Suction gas pipe
connection port
HP/LP gas pipe
connection port
Liquid pipe
Filter
Filter
(1)
(3)
Electronic Expansion Valve (HP/LP gas) Electronic
Filter Expansion Valve
Gas pipe Double pipe heat
Electronic Expansion Valve (Suction) (Subcooling) Filter
connection port exchanger
D unit
(2)
Liquid pipe
connection port
(3)
(1) Expansion Valve
Gas pipe Filter Double pipe heat
C unit
(2)
Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) (3)
Filter Expansion Valve
Gas pipe Double pipe heat
B unit
(2)
Liquid pipe
connection port
(3)
(1) Expansion Valve
Gas pipe Filter Double pipe heat
A unit
(2)
Liquid pipe
connection port
3D086032A
BS6Q54TVJ
connection port
Suction gas pipe
connection port
HP/LP gas pipe
connection port
Liquid pipe
Filter
Filter
(1) Expansion Valve
Filter
Gas pipe Electronic Expansion Valve (Suction) Double pipe heat (Subcooling)
exchanger Filter
F unit
connection port (2) (3)

Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
Filter
exchanger Filter
E unit

Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
Filter
exchanger Filter
D unit

Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
Filter
exchanger Filter
C unit

Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
Filter
exchanger Filter
B unit

Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
Filter
exchanger Filter
A unit
connection port (3)

(2)
Liquid pipe
connection port
3D086033A
BS8Q54TVJ
connection port
Suction gas pipe
connection port
HP/LP gas pipe
connection port
Liquid pipe
Filter
Filter
(1) Expansion Valve
Filter Double pipe heat (Subcooling)
Gas pipe Electronic Expansion Valve (Suction)
exchanger Filter
H unit

Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
exchanger Filter
G unit

Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
Gas pipe Electronic Expansion Valve (Suction) exchanger Filter
F unit

Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
E unit

Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
D unit

Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
C unit

Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
exchanger Filter
B unit

Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
exchanger Filter
A unit

Liquid pipe
connection port
3D086034A
BS10Q54TVJ
connection port
Suction gas pipe
connection port
HP/LP gas pipe
connection port
Liquid pipe
Filter
Filter
(1) Expansion Valve
connection port exchanger Filter
J unit
(2) (3)
Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
I unit
(2) (3)
Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
exchanger Filter
H unit
connection port (3)

(2)
Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
G unit
(2) (3)
Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
F unit
(2) (3)
Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
exchanger Filter
E unit
connection port (3)

(2)
Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
exchanger Filter
D unit
connection port (3)

(2)
Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
exchanger Filter
C unit
connection port (3)

(2)
Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
exchanger Filter
B unit

Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
A unit
(2) (3)
Liquid pipe
connection port
3D086035A
BS12Q54TVJ
connection port
HP/LP gas pipe
connection port
Suction gas pipe
connection port
Liquid pipe
Filter
Filter
(1) Expansion Valve
Gas pipe Electronic Expansion Valve (Suction) exchanger (3) Filter
L unit
connection port (2)

Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
Gas pipe Filter Double pipe heat (Subcooling)
Electronic Expansion Valve (Suction) exchanger (3) Filter
K unit
connection port (2)

Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
J unit
connection port (2)

Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
I unit
connection port (2)

Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
H unit
connection port (2)

Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve (Suction)
G unit
connection port exchanger (3) Filter

(2)
Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
F unit
connection port (2)

Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
E unit
connection port (2)

Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
Gas pipe Electronic Expansion Valve (Suction) Filter
D unit
exchanger (3)
connection port (2)
Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
C unit
connection port (2)

Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
B unit
connection port (2)

Liquid pipe
connection port
(1) Expansion Valve
A unit
connection port (2)

Liquid pipe
connection port
3D086036A
SiUS341504E Functional Parts Layout
2. Functional Parts Layout

2.1 REYQ72TYDN
Plane View
(Refrigerant cooling)
(Y5E)
(Subcooling heat exchanger) Solenoid valve (Liquid shutoff)
(Y2E) (Y3S)
Four way valve
(Heat exchanger lower) Solenoid valve (DS oil return)
(Y5S) (Y1S)
Four way valve
(Heat exchanger upper)
(Y6S)
Thermistor Thermistor (Suction)
(Heat exchanger gas lower) (R10T)
(R9T)
Thermistor
(Heat exchanger gas upper)
(R8T) Thermistor (M1C discharge)
(R2T)
Four way valve (HP/LP gas)
(Y4S)
Front View
High pressure sensor

Fan motor
(S1NPH)
(M1F)
High pressure switch

(S1PH)
Thermistor (Compressor suction)

(R12T)
Thermistor (Receiver gas purge)

(R13T)
Low pressure sensor
(S1NPL)
Thermistor (Deicer)
(R11T)
Crankcase heater Thermistor (M1C body)

(E1HC) (R14T)
Compressor (INV)
(M1C)
C: 1P385179A
Functional Parts Layout SiUS341504E
2.2 REYQ96 / 120TYDN

Plane View
(Refrigerant cooling) Solenoid valve (Liquid shutoff)
(Y5E) (Y3S)

(Subcooling heat exchanger) Solenoid valve (DS oil return 2)
(Y2E) (Y2S)
Four way valve

(Heat exchanger upper) Solenoid valve (DS oil return 1)
(Y6S) (Y1S)
Four way valve
(Heat exchanger lower)
(Y5S)
Thermistor High pressure sensor
(Heat exchanger gas upper) (S1NPH)
(R8T)
Thermistor (M1C discharge)

Thermistor (Suction)
(R21T)
(R10T)

(R22T)
Front View
Fan motor
(M1F)
Thermistor (Outdoor air)
(R1T)
Thermistor (Heat exchanger gas lower)
(R9T)
Fan motor
(M2F)
(S2PH)

(Y4S)
(S1PH)

(R12T)
Low pressure sensor

(S1NPL) Thermistor (Receiver gas purge)
(R13T)

(Y1E)

(Y3E)
Thermistor (Deicer)
(R11T)
Crankcase heater
(E1HC)
Crankcase heater
(E2HC)
Compressor (INV 1)
Compressor (INV 2) (M1C)
(M2C)
C: 1P385180B
2.3 REYQ144 / 168TYDN

Plane View
(Y5E) (Y3S)
(Subcooling heat exchanger) Solenoid valve (DS oil return 2)
(Y2E) (Y2S)
Four way valve
(Heat exchanger upper) Solenoid valve (DS oil return 1)
(Y6S) (Y1S)
Four way valve
(Heat exchanger lower) High pressure sensor
(Y5S) (S1NPH)
Thermistor
(R8T)
(R10T) Thermistor (M1C discharge)
(R21T)

(R22T)
Front View
Thermistor (Outdoor air)
Fan motor (R1T)
(M2F)
Fan motor
(M1F)

(R9T)
(Y4S)

(S1PH)
Low pressure sensor Thermistor (Compressor suction)

(S1NPL) (R12T)
Electronic expansion valve High pressure switch

(Heat exchanger upper) (S2PH)
(Y1E)
Thermistor (Deicer)
(R11T)

Electronic expansion valve (R13T)
(Y3E)
Crankcase heater
Thermistor (M2C body)
(E1HC)
(R14T)
Crankcase heater
(E2HC) Compressor (INV 1)
(M2C)
C: 1P385181C
2.4 REYQ72TTJU
Plane View
Electronic expansion valve Solenoid valve (Liquid shutoff)
(Refrigerant cooling) (Y3S)
(Y5E)
Solenoid valve (DS oil return)
(Y1S)
(Subcooling heat exchanger)
(Y2E)
Four way valve (R10T)
(Y5S)
Four way valve
(Y6S)
Thermistor
(Heat exchanger gas lower)
(R9T)
Thermistor Thermistor (M1C discharge)
(Heat exchanger gas upper) (R2T)
(R8T)
(Y4S)
Front View

Fan motor (S1NPH)
(M1F)

(S1PH)

(R12T)

(R13T)
Low pressure sensor

(S1NPL)
Thermistor (Deicer)
(R11T)
Thermistor (M1C body)

(R14T)
Crankcase heater
(E1HC) Compressor (INV)
(M1C)
C: 1P383624C
2.5 REYQ96 / 120TTJU

Plane View
Solenoid valve (Liquid shutoff)
(Y3S)
(Refrigerant cooling)
(Y5E)
Solenoid valve (DS oil return 2)
Electronic expansion valve (Y2S)
(Y2E)
Four way valve (Y1S)
(Y5S)
Thermistor High pressure sensor
(Heat exchanger gas upper) (S1NPH)
(R8T)
Four way valve

(Y6S) Thermistor (M1C discharge)
(R21T)
(R10T)
(R22T)
Front View
Fan motor
(M1F)
Thermistor (Outdoor air) Thermistor (Heat exchanger gas lower)

(R1T) (R9T)
Fan motor
(M2F) High pressure switch
(S2PH)
Four way valve (HP/LP gas) High pressure switch

(Y4S) (S1PH)

Low pressure sensor
(R12T)
(S1NPL)
Electronic expansion valve Thermistor (Receiver gas purge)

(Heat exchanger upper) (R13T)
(Y1E)

(Y3E)
Thermistor (Deicer)
(R11T) Crankcase heater
(E1HC)
Compressor (INV 1)
Crankcase heater (M1C)
(E2HC)
Compressor (INV 2)
(M2C)
C: 1P383625D
2.6 REYQ144 / 168TTJU

Plane View
(Y5E) (Y3S)
(Y2S)
(Y2E)
Four way valve
(Y6S)
(Y1S)
Four way valve
(Y5S)
(S1NPH)
Thermistor
(R8T)

Thermistor (Suction) (R21T)
(R10T)

(R22T)
Front View
Fan motor
Fan motor (M1F)
(M2F)

(R9T)

(Y4S)

Low pressure sensor (S1PH)
(S1NPL)

(R12T)
Electronic expansion valve High pressure switch
(Heat exchanger upper) (S2PH)
(Y1E)

(Y3E)

(R13T)
Thermistor (Deicer)
(R11T)
Thermistor (M2C body) Crankcase heater

(R14T) (E1HC)
Crankcase heater
(E2HC)
Compressor (INV 1)
(M2C)
C: 1P383626D
SiUS341504E Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
3. Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode

3.1 REYQ72TYDN / REYQ72TTJU
3.1.1 Cooling Operation
High temperature, high pressure gas
High temperature, high pressure liquid
Low temperature, low pressure gas
Low temperature, low pressure liquid
Indoor unit
Operation
Fan "OFF"
Fan "ON"
Fan "ON"
"OFF"
"ON"
"ON"
Thermostat "OFF"
Thermostat "ON"
Cooling Unit
Cooling Unit
Cooling Unit
Indoor Unit
Filter
Filter
Filter
Double pipe
Double pipe
Double pipe
exchanger
exchanger
exchanger
heat
heat
heat
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
(EVH)
(EVH)
(EVH)
Filter Electronic
Filter Electronic
Electronic
(EVL)
(EVL)
(EVL)
(EVSC)
(EVSC)
(EVSC)
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter

pipe Filter
Electronic
SV valve
Capillary Filter
Liquid
Filter Receiver
Pressure Electronic
Check valve
regulating expansion
Fusible Fan
valve valve
Filter plug
M Filter
Filter
Four way valve
Filter Electronic expansion

valve
Four way valve Electronic

expansion
valve
Heat sink

sensor Filter
Dual pressure
gas pipe Four way valve
Oil separator
High pressure
switch
S1PH
Filter
Low pressure
sensor Capillary Charge
S1NPL Solenoid
tube port
valve
SV
Suction gas Compressor

Filter
pipe INV
Capillary
tube
Accumulator Fusible
plug
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode SiUS341504E
3.1.2 Heating Operation

Indoor unit
Operation
Fan "OFF"
Fan "LL"
Fan "ON"
"OFF"
"ON"
"ON"
Thermostat "OFF"
Thermostat "ON"
Heating Unit
Heating Unit
Heating Unit
Indoor Unit
192 pulse
192 pulse
Filter
Filter
Filter
Double pipe
Double pipe
Double pipe
Expansion Valve exchanger

heat
heat
heat
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Filter Electronic
Filter Electronic
Filter Electronic
(EVSC)
(EVSC)
(EVSC)
(EVH)
(EVH)
(EVH)
(EVL)
(EVL)
(EVL)
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter

pipe Filter
Electronic
SV valve
Capillary Filter
Liquid
Filter Receiver
Pressure Electronic
Check valve
Fusible Fan
valve valve
Filter plug
M Filter
Filter
Four way valve

valve

expansion
valve
Heat sink

sensor Filter
Dual pressure
Oil separator
High pressure
switch
S1PH
Filter
Low pressure
S1NPL Solenoid
tube port
valve
SV

Filter
pipe INV
Capillary
tube
Accumulator Fusible
plug
3.1.3 Simultaneous Cooling / Heating Operation

Indoor unit
Operation
Fan "LL"
Fan "ON"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
"ON"
"ON"
Thermostat "OFF"
Thermostat "ON"
Thermostat "ON"
Heating Unit
Heating Unit
Cooling Unit
Indoor Unit
192 pulse
Filter
Filter
Filter
Double pipe
Double pipe
Double pipe

heat
heat
heat
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Filter Electronic
Filter Electronic
Filter Electronic
(EVSC)
(EVSC)
(EVSC)
(EVH)
(EVH)
(EVH)
(EVL)
(EVL)
(EVL)
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter

pipe Filter
Electronic
SV valve
Capillary Filter
Liquid
Filter Receiver
Pressure Electronic
Check valve
Fusible Fan
valve valve
Filter plug
M Filter
Filter
Four way valve

valve

expansion
valve
Heat sink

sensor Filter
Dual pressure
Oil separator
High pressure
switch
S1PH
Filter
Low pressure
S1NPL Solenoid
tube port
valve
SV

Filter
pipe INV
Capillary
tube
Accumulator Fusible
plug
3.1.4 Cooling Oil Return Operation

Indoor unit
Operation
Fan "OFF"
Fan "ON"
Fan "ON"
"OFF"
"ON"
"ON"
Thermostat "OFF"
Thermostat "ON"
Cooling Unit
Cooling Unit
Indoor Unit
Cooling Unit
192 pulse
Filter
Filter
Filter
Double pipe
Double pipe
Double pipe

heat
heat
heat
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Filter Electronic
Filter Electronic
Filter Electronic
(EVSC)
(EVSC)
(EVSC)
(EVH)
(EVH)
(EVH)
(EVL)
(EVL)
(EVL)
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter

pipe Filter
Electronic
SV valve
Capillary Filter
Liquid
Filter Receiver
Pressure Electronic
Check valve
Fusible Fan
valve valve
Filter plug
M Filter
Filter
Four way valve

valve

expansion
valve
Heat sink

sensor Filter
Dual pressure
Oil separator
High pressure
switch
S1PH
Filter
Low pressure
S1NPL Solenoid
tube port
valve
SV

Filter
pipe INV
Capillary
tube
Accumulator Fusible
plug
3.1.5 Defrost Heating Oil Return Operation

Indoor unit
Operation
Fan "OFF"
Fan "LL"
Fan "ON"
"OFF"
"ON"
"ON"
Thermostat "OFF"
Thermostat "ON"
Heating Unit
Heating Unit
Heating Unit
Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit
224 pulse
Filter
Filter
Filter
Double pipe
Double pipe
Double pipe

heat
heat
heat
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Filter Electronic
Filter Electronic
Filter Electronic
(EVSC)
(EVSC)
(EVSC)
(EVH)
(EVH)
(EVH)
(EVL)
(EVL)
(EVL)
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter

pipe Filter
Electronic
SV valve
Capillary Filter
Liquid
Filter Receiver
Pressure Electronic
Check valve
Fusible Fan
valve valve
Filter plug
M Filter
Filter
Four way valve

valve

expansion
valve
Heat sink

sensor Filter
Dual pressure
Oil separator
High pressure
switch
S1PH
Filter
Low pressure
S1NPL Solenoid
tube port
valve
SV

Filter
pipe INV
Capillary
tube
Accumulator Fusible
plug
3.1.6 Oil Return Operation at Simultaneous Cooling / Heating Operation

Indoor unit
Operation
Fan "ON"
Fan "ON"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
"ON"
"ON"
Thermostat "ON"
Thermostat "ON"
Heating Unit
Heating Unit
Cooling Unit
Indoor Unit
224 pulse
Filter
Filter
Filter
Double pipe
Double pipe
Double pipe

heat
heat
heat
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Filter Electronic
Filter Electronic
Filter Electronic
(EVSC)
(EVSC)
(EVSC)
(EVH)
(EVH)
(EVH)
(EVL)
(EVL)
(EVL)
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter

pipe Filter
Electronic
SV valve
Capillary Filter
Liquid
Filter Receiver
Pressure Electronic
Check valve
Fusible Fan
valve valve
Filter plug
M Filter
Filter
Four way valve

valve

expansion
valve
Heat sink

sensor Filter
Dual pressure
Oil separator
High pressure
switch
S1PH
Filter
Low pressure
S1NPL Solenoid
tube port
valve
SV

Filter
pipe INV
Capillary
tube
Accumulator Fusible
plug
3.2 REYQ96-168TYDN / REYQ96-168TTJU

3.2.1 Cooling Operation
Indoor unit
Operation
Fan "OFF"
Fan "ON"
Fan "ON"
"OFF"
"ON"
"ON"
Thermostat "OFF"
Thermostat "ON"
Cooling Unit
Cooling Unit
Cooling Unit
Indoor Unit
Filter
Filter
Filter
Double pipe
Double pipe
Double pipe

heat
heat
heat
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Filter Electronic
Filter Electronic
Filter Electronic
(EVSC)
(EVSC)
(EVSC)
(EVH)
(EVH)
(EVH)
(EVL)
(EVL)
(EVL)
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Stop valve (With service port 5/16in. (7.9mm) flare connection) Filter

pipe Filter
Electronic
expansion
expansion
SV
valve
Capillary Filter
heat exchanger Receiver valve valve tube
Filter Pressure
Check valve
Fusible Fan Fan
valve expansion
Filter plug
M M Filter valve
Four way valve Filter

valve
Four way valve Electronic expansion

valve
Heat sink

heat exchanger valve valve
S1NPH Filter Filter
High pressure
Dual pressure sensor
High pressure Oil Separator High pressure Oil Separator
switch switch
S2PH S1PH
Filter Filter
Low pressure Solenoid Solenoid
S1NPL tube port
SV
SV
Suction gas Compressor Compressor

Filter
pipe INV Capillary INV Capillary
2 tube 1 tube
Accumulator Fusible
plug
3.2.2 Heating Operation

Indoor unit
Operation
Fan "OFF"
Fan "LL"
Fan "ON"
"OFF"
"ON"
"ON"
Thermostat "OFF"
Thermostat "ON"
Heating Unit
Heating Unit
Heating Unit
Indoor Unit
192 pulse
192 pulse
Filter
Filter
Filter
Double pipe
Double pipe
Double pipe

heat
heat
heat
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Filter Electronic
Filter Electronic
Filter Electronic
(EVSC)
(EVSC)
(EVSC)
(EVH)
(EVH)
(EVH)
(EVL)
(EVL)
(EVL)
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter

pipe Filter
Electronic
expansion
expansion
SV
valve
Capillary Filter
Filter Pressure
Check valve
Fusible Fan Fan
valve expansion
Filter plug
M M Filter valve

valve

valve
Heat sink

S1NPH Filter Filter
High pressure
switch switch
S2PH S1PH
Filter Filter
S1NPL tube port
SV
SV

Filter
2 tube 1 tube
Accumulator Fusible
plug
3.2.3 Simultaneous Cooling / Heating Operation

Indoor unit
Operation
Fan "LL"
Fan "ON"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
"ON"
"ON"
Thermostat "OFF"
Thermostat "ON"
Thermostat "ON"
Heating Unit
Heating Unit
Cooling Unit
Indoor Unit
192 pulse
Filter
Filter
Filter
Double pipe
Double pipe
Double pipe

heat
heat
heat
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Filter Electronic
Filter Electronic
Filter Electronic
(EVSC)
(EVSC)
(EVSC)
(EVH)
(EVH)
(EVH)
(EVL)
(EVL)
(EVL)
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter

pipe Filter
Electronic
expansion
expansion
SV
valve
Capillary Filter
Filter Pressure
Check valve
Fusible Fan Fan
valve expansion
Filter plug
M M Filter valve

valve

valve
Heat sink

S1NPH Filter Filter
High pressure
switch switch
S2PH S1PH
Filter Filter
S1NPL tube port
SV
SV

Filter
2 tube 1 tube
Accumulator Fusible
plug
3.2.4 Cooling Oil Return Operation

Indoor unit
Operation
Fan "OFF"
Fan "ON"
Fan "ON"
"OFF"
"ON"
"ON"
Thermostat "OFF"
Thermostat "ON"
Cooling Unit
Cooling Unit
Cooling Unit
Indoor Unit
192 pulse
Filter
Filter
Filter
Double pipe
Double pipe
Double pipe

heat
heat
heat
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Filter Electronic
Filter Electronic
Filter Electronic
(EVSC)
(EVSC)
(EVSC)
(EVH)
(EVH)
(EVH)
(EVL)
(EVL)
(EVL)
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter

pipe Filter
Electronic
expansion
expansion
SV
valve
Capillary Filter
Filter Pressure
Check valve
Fusible Fan Fan
valve expansion
Filter plug
M M Filter valve

valve

valve
Heat sink

S1NPH Filter Filter
High pressure
switch switch
S2PH S1PH
Filter Filter
S1NPL tube port
SV
SV

Filter
2 tube 1 tube
Accumulator Fusible
plug
3.2.5 Defrost Heating Oil Return Operation

Indoor unit
Operation
Fan "OFF"
Fan "LL"
Fan "ON"
"OFF"
"ON"
"ON"
Thermostat "OFF"
Thermostat "ON"
Heating Unit
Heating Unit
Heating Unit
Indoor Unit
224 pulse
Filter
Filter
Filter
Double pipe
Double pipe
Double pipe

heat
heat
heat
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Filter Electronic
Filter Electronic
Filter Electronic
(EVSC)
(EVSC)
(EVSC)
(EVH)
(EVH)
(EVH)
(EVL)
(EVL)
(EVL)
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter

pipe Filter
Electronic
expansion
expansion
SV
valve
Capillary Filter
Filter Pressure
Check valve
Fusible Fan Fan
valve expansion
Filter plug
M M Filter valve

valve

valve
Heat sink

S1NPH Filter Filter
High pressure
switch switch
S2PH S1PH
Filter Filter
S1NPL tube port
SV
SV

Filter
2 tube 1 tube
Accumulator Fusible
plug
3.2.6 Oil Return Operation at Simultaneous Cooling / Heating Operation

Indoor unit
Operation
Fan "ON"
Fan "ON"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
"ON"
"ON"
Thermostat "ON"
Thermostat "ON"
Heating Unit
Heating Unit
Cooling Unit
Indoor Unit
224 pulse
Filter
Filter
Filter
Double pipe
Double pipe
Double pipe

heat
heat
heat
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Filter Electronic
Filter Electronic
Filter Electronic
(EVSC)
(EVSC)
(EVSC)
(EVH)
(EVH)
(EVH)
(EVL)
(EVL)
(EVL)
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter

pipe Filter
Electronic
expansion
expansion
SV
valve
Capillary Filter
Filter Pressure
Check valve
Fusible Fan Fan
valve expansion
Filter plug
M M Filter valve

valve

valve
Heat sink

S1NPH Filter Filter
High pressure
switch switch
S2PH S1PH
Filter Filter
S1NPL tube port
SV
SV

Filter
2 tube 1 tube
Accumulator Fusible
plug
SiUS341504E
Part 3
Remote Controller
1. Wired Remote Controller...........................................................................42
1.3 MAIN/SUB Setting when Using 2 Remote Controllers ............................... 44
1.4 Centralized Control Group No. Setting....................................................... 45
2. Wireless Remote Controller ......................................................................47
2.3 Address and MAIN/SUB Setting................................................................. 49
3. Service Mode ............................................................................................50
3.1 BRC1E73 ................................................................................................... 50
Remote Controller 41
Wired Remote Controller SiUS341504E
1. Wired Remote Controller

1.1 Applicable Models
FXFQ-T FXMQ-PB
FXFQ-P FXZQ-M FXDQ-M FXMQ-M FXHQ-M FXAQ-P FXUQ-P FXLQ-M FXNQ-M FXTQ-PA
BRC1E73 (Navigation Remote Controller)
1.2 Names and Functions

1.2.1 BRC1E73
1. Operation mode
selector button
11. LCD (with backlight)
4. Up button
5. Down button
6. Right button
7. Left button
9. Operation lamp
8. On/Off button
3. Menu/OK button
10. Cancel button
2. Fan speed control

button
Functions other than basic operation items (i.e., On/Off, Operation Mode, Fan Speed, and
Setpoint) are set from the menu screen.
NOTE Do not install the remote controller in places exposed to direct sunlight, the LCD will be
damaged.
Do not pull or twist the remote controller cord, the remote controller may be damaged.
Do not use objects with sharp ends to press the buttons on the remote controller damage may
result.
1. Operation mode selector button

Press this button to select the operation mode of your preference.
Available modes vary with the indoor unit model.
2. Fan speed control button

Press this button to select the fan speed of your preference.
Available fan speeds vary with the indoor unit model.
42 Remote Controller
SiUS341504E Wired Remote Controller
3. Menu/OK button
Used to enter the main menu.
Used to enter the selected item.
4. Up button S
Used to raise the setpoint.
The item above the current selection will be highlighted.
(The highlighted items will be scrolled continuously when the button is continuously pressed.)
Used to change the selected item.
5. Down button T
Used to lower the setpoint.
The item below the current selection will be highlighted.
(The highlighted items will be scrolled continuously when the button is continuously pressed.)
Used to change the selected item.
6. Right button X
Used to highlight the next items on the right-hand side.
Each screen is scrolled in the right-hand direction.
7. Left button W
Used to highlight the next items on the left-hand side.
Each screen is scrolled in the left-hand direction.
8. On/Off button
Press this button and system will start.
Press this button again to stop the system.
9. Operation lamp
This lamp illuminates solid green during normal operation.
This lamp blinks if an error occurs.
10.Cancel button
Used to return to the previous screen.
11.LCD (with backlight)

The backlight will be illuminated for approximately 30 seconds by pressing any button.
If two remote controllers are used to control a single indoor unit, only the controller accessed
first will have backlight functionality.
1.3 MAIN/SUB Setting when Using 2 Remote Controllers

Situation
The MAIN/SUB setting is necessary when 1 indoor unit is controlled by 2 remote controllers. When
you use 2 remote controllers (control panel and separate remote controller), set one to MAIN and
the other to SUB.
Setting
The remote controllers are factory setting to MAIN, so you only have to change one remote
controller from MAIN to SUB. To change a remote controller from MAIN to SUB, proceed as
follows:
1.3.1 BRC1E73
The designation of the main and sub remote controllers can be swapped. Note that this change
requires turning the power OFF and then ON again.
Basic screen
Select "Main RC" or
is displayed. "Sub RC" using the
Press and "S/T (Up/Down)"
Press
hold "Cancel" buttons, and then
"Cancel"
button for 4 press "Menu/OK"
button
seconds or button.
once.
more.
Select "Switch Main Sub Controller" Press "Menu/OK"
Service and press "Menu/OK" button. button.
Item 2 is Item 2 is
settings menu displayed. displayed.
Press "Cancel" button.
is displayed.
Service settings menu Item 2

Switch Main Sub Controller Main RC
Sub RC
SiUS341504E Wired Remote Controller
1.4 Centralized Control Group No. Setting

1.4.1 BRC1E73
In order to conduct the centralized remote control using the central remote controller and the unified
ON/OFF controller, Group No. settings should be made by group using the operating remote
controller.
Make Group No. settings for centralized remote control using the operating remote controller.
<When initializing Group Address>
Basic screen
is displayed.
Press Press and hold
"Cancel" "Cancel" button
button for 4 seconds
once. or more.
Select "Group Address"
and then press "Menu/OK"
Service button.
Item 2 is
settings menu Press "Cancel" displayed.
is displayed. button once.
Select "Group
Address (Unit)"
Press "Cancel" and then press
button once. "Menu/OK" button.
Item 2 is
displayed.
0 1-00
Select the desired

Unit No. using the
"S/T (Up/Down)"
buttons, and then
select Group
Address using the
"WX" buttons.
Item 2 is
displayed.
Press "Menu/OK" Select the desired
button. Group Address
using the "S/T
(Up/Down)"
buttons, and then
press "Menu/OK"
button.
Item 2 is
displayed.
Service settings menu Item 2 Description

This menu is used to make group address setting for centralized
Group Address Group Address (Group) control.
Group Address (Unit) It is also used to make group address setting by indoor unit.
Note: For setting group No. of Energy recovery ventilator and wiring adaptor for other air conditioners,
etc., refer to the instruction manual attached.
NOTICE
Enter the group No. and installation place of the indoor unit into the attached installation table. Be
sure to keep the installation table with the operation manual for maintenance.
<Group Address (Group)>

Basic screen
is displayed.
Press Press and hold
"Cancel" "Cancel" button
button for 4 seconds
once. or more.
Select "Group Address"
and then press "Menu/OK"
Service button.
Item 2 is
settings menu Press "Cancel" displayed.
is displayed. button once.
Select "Group
Press "Cancel" Address (Group)"
button once. and then press
"Menu/OK" button.
Item 2 is
displayed.
Press "Menu/OK" Select the desired

button. Group Address
using the "S/T
(Up/Down)"
buttons, and then
press "Menu/OK"
button.
Item 2 is
displayed.
SiUS341504E Wireless Remote Controller
2. Wireless Remote Controller

2.1 Applicable Models
FXFQ-T FXZQ-M FXDQ-M FXMQ-PB FXHQ-M FXAQ-P FXUQ-P FXLQ-M FXNQ-M FXTQ-PA
FXFQ-P FXMQ-M
BRC7C812 BRC4C82 BRC7E83 BRC7E818
2.2 Names and Functions
1-1
1
8
3
1-2
10
11
4
9
2 13
5 12
15
7
14
16
17
3P107422-11J
Wireless Remote Controller SiUS341504E
DISPLAY (SIGNAL 14 AIRFLOW DIRECTION ADJUST BUTTON

TRANSMISSION) OPERATION MODE SELECTOR BUTTON
1
This lights up when a signal is being 15 Press this button to select OPERATION
transmitted. MODE.
DISPLAY FILTER SIGN RESET BUTTON
(OPERATION MODE) 16 Refer to the section of MAINTENANCE in
the operation manual attached to the
2 This display shows the current indoor unit.
OPERATION MODE. For cooling only type,
INSPECTION/TEST OPERATION BUTTON
(Auto) and (Heating) are not 17 This button is used only by qualified service
installed. persons for maintenance purposes.
DISPLAY (SET TEMPERATURE) EMERGENCY OPERATION SWITCH
3 18 This switch is readily used if the remote
This display shows the set temperature. controller does not work.
RECEIVER
DISPLAY 19 This receives the signals from the remote
4 (PROGRAMMED TIME)
controller.
This display shows PROGRAMMED TIME
OPERATING INDICATOR LAMP (Red)
of the system start or stop.
5 DISPLAY 20 This lamp stays lit while the air
(AIRFLOW FLAP) conditioner runs. It blinks when the unit is
in trouble.
DISPLAY (FAN SPEED)
6 TIMER INDICATOR LAMP (Green)
The display shows the set fan speed. 21
This lamp stays lit while the timer is set.
DISPLAY TEST AIR FILTER CLEANING TIME
(INSPECTION/ TEST OPERATION) INDICATOR LAMP (Red)
7 When the INSPECTION/TEST 22
Lights up when it is time to clean the air
OPERATION BUTTON is pressed, the filter.
display shows the system mode is in.
DEFROST LAMP (Orange)
ON/OFF BUTTON
23 Lights up when the defrosting operation
8 Press the button and the system will start. has started. (For cooling only type this
Press the button again and the system will lamp does not turn ON.)
stop.
FAN SPEED CONTROL BUTTON NOTES
For the sake of explanation, all indications are
9 Press this button to select the fan speed,
shown on the display in Figure 1 contrary to
HIGH or LOW, of your choice. actual running situations.
TEMPERATURE SETTING BUTTON Fig. 1-2 shows the remote controller with the
10 Use this button for SETTING front cover opened.
TEMPERATURE (Operates with the front If the air filter cleaning time indicator lamp
cover of the remote controller closed.) lights up, clean the air filter as explained in the
PROGRAMMING TIMER BUTTON operation manual provided with the indoor
unit.
Use this button for programming START
11 and/or STOP time. (Operates with the After cleaning and reinstalling the air filter,
press the filter sign reset button on the remote
front cover of the remote controller
controller. The air filter cleaning time indicator
opened.)
lamp on the receiver will go out.
12 TIMER MODE START/STOP BUTTON The Defrost Lamp will blink when the power is
13 TIMER RESERVE/CANCEL BUTTON turned ON. This is not an error.
C: 3P107422-11J
SiUS341504E Wireless Remote Controller
2.3 Address and MAIN/SUB Setting

Introduction
To set the wireless remote controller, you have to set the address for:
The receiver of the wireless remote controller
The wireless remote controller.
Setting the Address for the Receiver

The address for the receiver of the wireless remote controller is factory setting to 1. To change this
setting, proceed as follows:
Set the wireless address switch (SS2) on the PCB according to the table below.
Unit No. No. 1 No. 2 No. 3
1
Wireless address
2
2
switch (SS2) 3
3
When using both a wired and a wireless remote controller for 1 indoor unit, the wired controller
should be set to MAIN. Therefore, set the MAIN/SUB switch (SS1) of the receiver to SUB.
MAIN/SUB MAIN SUB
MAIN/SUB S S
switch (SS1) M M
Setting the Address for the Wireless Remote Controller

The address for the wireless remote controller is factory setting to 1. To change this setting,
proceed as follows:
1. Hold down the button and the
Mode 3
button for at least 4 seconds to get
the Field setting mode.
(Indicated in the display area in the figure at right.)
2. Press the button and select a multiple

2
setting (A/b). Each time the button is pressed the
display switches between A and b.
3. Press the button or button to set the 4
Address
address.
Multiple
1 2 3 4 5 6 setting
Address can be set from 1 to 6, but set it to 1 ~ 3
and to same address as the receiver. (The 1
receiver does not work with address 4 ~ 6.)
5
4. Press the button to enter the setting.
5. Hold down the button for at least 1

second to quit the Field setting mode and return to
the normal display.
Service Mode SiUS341504E
3. Service Mode
3.1 BRC1E73
Operating the remote controller allows service data to be acquired and various services to be set.
Basic
screen is
displayed.
Press Press "Cancel"
"Cancel" Press and hold "Cancel" button button.
button for 4 seconds or more.
once.
Service
settings menu
is displayed.
Press and hold

"Cancel" button
for 4 seconds
or more.
Select the desired item from
the Maintenance menu, and Select the desired Unit No.
Maintenance then press "Menu/OK" button. Item 2 is using the "S/T (Up/Down)"
menu is buttons. The corresponding
displayed. data will be displayed.
displayed. Press "Cancel" button.
Maintenance Menu Item 2 Remarks

2.1 Model Name 1. Unit No. Select the Unit No. you want to check.
2. Indoor unit
3. Outdoor unit
2.2 Operation Hours 1. Unit No. Select the Unit No. you want to check.
2. Indoor unit operating All of these are displayed in hours.
time
3. Indoor fan operation
4. Indoor unit energized
time
5. Outdoor unit operating
time
6. Outdoor unit fan 1
operation
7. Outdoor unit fan 2
operation
8. Outdoor comp. 1
operation
9. Outdoor comp. 2
operation
2.3 Indoor Unit Status 1. Unit No. Select the Unit No. you want to check.
2. FAN Fan tap
3. FLAP Swing, fixed
4. Speed Fan speed (rpm)
5. EV Degree that electronic expansion valve is open (pulse)
6. MP Drain pump ON/OFF
7. EH Electric heater ON/OFF
8. Hu Humidifier ON/OFF
9. TBF Anti-freezing control ON/OFF
SiUS341504E Service Mode
Maintenance Menu Item 2 Remarks

2.3 Indoor Unit Status 10.FLOAT
11.T1/T2
12.Unit No. Select the Unit No. you want to check.
SkyAir VRV
13.Th1 Suction air thermistor Suction air thermistor
14.Th2 Heat exchanger Heat exchanger liquid
thermistor pipe thermistor
15.Th3 Heat exchanger gas
pipe thermistor
16.Th4 Discharge air thermistor Discharge air thermistor
17.Th5
18.Th6
2.4 Outdoor Unit Status 1. Unit No. Select the Unit No. you want to check.
2. FAN step Fan tap
3. COMP Compressor power supply frequency (Hz)
4. EV1 Degree that electronic expansion valve is open
(pulse)
5. SV1 Solenoid valve ON/OFF
SkyAir VRV
6. Th1 Outdoor air thermistor
7. Th2 Heat exchanger
thermistor
8. Th3 Discharge pipe
thermistor
9. Th4 Heat exchanger deicer
thermistor
10.Th5 Heat exchanger gas
pipe thermistor
11.Th6 Liquid pipe thermistor
2.5 Forced Defrost 1. Forced defrost ON Enables the forced defrost operation.
(SkyAir only) 2. Forced defrost OFF Disables the forced defrost operation.
2.6 Error Display 1. Display Error ON Displays the error on the screen.
2. Display Error OFF Displays neither errors nor warnings.
3. Display Warning ON Displays a warning on the screen if an error
occurs.
4. Display Warning OFF No warning is displayed.
2.7 Swap Unit No. 1. Current Unit No. A unit No. can be transferred to another.
2. Transfer Unit No.
2.8 Addressed Sensor { Unit No.: 0 - 15 Select the Unit No. you want to check.
Value { Code
00: Remote controller thermistor (F)
01: Suction air thermistor (F)
02: Heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor (F)
03: Heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor (F)
04: Indoor unit address No.
05: Outdoor unit address No.
06: Branch selector unit address No.
07: Zone control address No.
08: Cooling/Heating batch address No.
09: Demand/low-noise address No.
{ Data The corresponding data will be displayed, based
on the Unit No. and Code selected.
SiUS341504E
Part 4
Function and Control
1. Function General.......................................................................................53
1.1 Operation Mode.......................................................................................... 53
1.2 Stop Control ............................................................................................... 54
1.3 Standby Control.......................................................................................... 54
1.4 Startup Control ........................................................................................... 55
2. Basic Control.............................................................................................57
2.1 List of Functions in Normal Operation ........................................................ 57
2.2 Compressor PI Control............................................................................... 58
2.3 Operating Priority and Rotation of Compressors........................................ 58
2.4 Compressor Step Control........................................................................... 60
2.5 Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control....................................................... 63
2.6 Step Control of Outdoor Unit Fans ............................................................. 64
2.7 Heat Exchanger Control ............................................................................. 66
3. Protection Control .....................................................................................67
3.1 High Pressure Protection Control............................................................... 67
3.2 Low Pressure Protection Control................................................................ 69
3.3 Discharge Pipe Protection Control ............................................................. 70
3.4 Inverter Protection Control ......................................................................... 71
4. Special Control..........................................................................................72
4.1 Pump down Residual Operation................................................................. 72
4.2 Oil Return Operation .................................................................................. 73
4.3 Defrost Operation ....................................................................................... 75
4.4 Cooling / Heating Mode Switching ............................................................. 76
5. Other Control.............................................................................................80
5.1 Backup Operation....................................................................................... 80
5.2 Demand Operation ..................................................................................... 80
5.3 Heating Operation Prohibition .................................................................... 80
6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) .................................................................81
6.1 Operation Flow Chart ................................................................................. 81
6.2 Thermostat Control..................................................................................... 83
6.3 Drain Pump Control.................................................................................... 85
6.4 Control of Electronic Expansion Valve ....................................................... 87
6.5 Freeze-up Prevention................................................................................. 88
6.6 Heater Control (Optional PCB KRP1B ... is required.) ............................... 89
6.7 List of Swing Flap Operations .................................................................... 90
6.8 Hot Start Control (In Heating Only) ............................................................ 91
6.9 Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt.................................................. 92
6.10 Heater Control (FXTQ) ............................................................................... 93
6.11 4 Step Thermostat Processing (FXTQ) ...................................................... 95
6.12 Interlocked with External Equipment (FXTQ) ............................................. 96
52 Function and Control

SiUS341504E Function General
1. Function General
1.1 Operation Mode
Operation flow chart
For detailed description of each function in the flow below, refer to the details on related function on the following
pages.
1.1 Stop control

(1) Stop due to error
(2) When system is in stop mode
(3) Slave unit stops during master unit operation
1.6 Special control

1.2 Standby control
(1) Restart standby
(2) Crankcase heater control
(1) Pump down residual operation
(note 2)
Thermo. ON
Thermo. OFF
Thermo. ON
1.3 Startup control (2) Outdoor unit rotation
(include pressure equalization before startup)
(1) Startup control in cooling
(2) Startup control in heating
Thermo. OFF
Abnormality
End of
startup
control
1.4 Basic control

(1) List of Functions in Normal Operation
(2) Compressor PI control
(3) Operation priority and rotation of
compressors
(4) Compressor step control Conditions met for oil return
(5) Electronic expansion valve PI control (3) Oil return operation (note 1)
(6) Step control of outdoor unit fans
(7) Heat exchanger control
1.5 Protection control Conditions met for defrosting

(1) High pressure protection control (4) Defrost operation (note1)
(2) Low pressure protection control
(3) Discharge pipe protection control
(4) Compressor body protection control
(5) Inverter protection control
Note: 1. In the event indoor unit stops or the thermostat turns OFF while in oil return operation or
defrosting operation, pump down residual operation is performed on completion of the oil return
operation or defrosting operation.
2. Not performed during cooling mode.
Function and Control 53

Function General SiUS341504E
1.2 Stop Control

1.2.1 Stop due to Error
In order to protect compressors, if any of the abnormal state occurs, the system will make "stop with thermostat
OFF" and the error will be determined according to the number of retry times.
(Refer to "Error code and Description" (P.152~) of the troubleshooting for the items to determine the error.)
1.2.2 When System is in Stop Mode

The four way valves both for heat exchanger switch and piping switch retain the condition before they were
stopped.
1.2.3 Slave Unit Stops during Master Unit Operation

When slave unit is stopped (because of low demand), conditions for this unit are set same as above 1.2.2. When
System is in Stop Mode till this unit is required to operate (increase of load).
1.3 Standby Control

1.3.1 Restart Standby
Used to forcedly stop the compressor for a period of 5 minutes, in order to prevent the frequent ON/OFF of the
compressor and equalize the pressure within the refrigerant system.
In addition, the outdoor unit fan carry out the residual operation for a while to suppress the acceleration of the
pressure equalizing and melting of the refrigerant to the evaporator.
1.3.2 Crankcase Heater Control

In order to prevent the refrigerant from melting in the compressor oil in the stopped mode, this mode is used to
control the crankcase heater.
Discharge pipe
temperature < 70C (158F)
Crankcase heater Crankcase heater
OFF ON
Discharge pipe
temperature > 75C (167F)

SiUS341504E Function General
1.4 Startup Control

This control is used to equalize the pressure in the front and back of the compressor prior to the startup of the
compressor, thus reducing startup loads. Furthermore, the inverter is turned ON to charge the capacitor.
To avoid stresses to the compressor due to oil return or else after the startup, the following control is made and
the position of the four way valve is also determined. Start both the master and the slave units simultaneously to
position the four way valve.
1.4.1 Startup Control in Cooling

Frequency step up
5 sec. interval REYQ72T REYQ96-168T
E A 60 Hz 52 Hz
D B 75 Hz 74 Hz
C 90 Hz 90 Hz
C
D 120 Hz 120 Hz
B E 180 Hz 164 Hz
A
INV compressor 1 0 Hz
(M1C)
INV compressor 2 0 Hz
(M2C)
only REYQ96-168T 3,000 pulse (fully open)
Electronic expansion 0 pulse

valve (main)
(Y1E) Ta < 20C: OFF
(68F)
Ta 20C: Step4 +1step/15 sec. (Pc > 2.16 MPa (723 ftH2O))
Step4 (68F) 1step/15 sec. (Pc < 1.77 MPa (592 ftH2O))
Inverter fan
M1F: REYQ72T
M1F + M2F: REYQ96-168T
Pc Pe > 0.17 MPa (57 ftH2O) Pc Pe > 0.78 MPa (261 ftH2O)
OR
& Pc Pe > 0.39 MPa (130 ftH2O)
164 Hz or more

Function General SiUS341504E
1.4.2 Startup Control in Heating

Frequency step up
5 sec. interval
E
D
C REYQ72T REYQ96-168T
B A 60 Hz 52 Hz
+12 Hz/20 sec.
B 75 Hz 74 Hz
A A
INV compressor 1 C 90 Hz 90 Hz
(M1C) 0 Hz D 120 Hz 120 Hz
+12 Hz/20 sec. E 180 Hz 164 Hz
INV compressor 2 A
(M2C) 0 Hz
only REYQ96-168T UT(TaTe)control

Initial
opening
Electronic expansion
0 pulse
valve (main)
(Y1E)
Step8
Inverter fan Step4

M1F: REYQ72T
M1F + M2F: REYQ96-168T
Pc Pe > 0.17 MPa (57 ftH2O) Pc Pe > 0.78 MPa (261 ftH2O)
OR & Pc Pe > 0.39 MPa (130 ftH2O)
164 Hz or more

SiUS341504E Basic Control
2. Basic Control
2.1 List of Functions in Normal Operation
Electric Symbol Function of Functional Part
Part Name REYQ Normal
REYQ72T 96-168T Normal Cooling Normal Heating Simultaneous
Cooling / Heating
PI control, High PI control, High PI control, High
pressure protection,pressure protection, pressure protection,
Low pressure Low pressure Low pressure
Inverter compressor M1C M1C, M2C protection, Td protection, Td protection, Td
protection, Inverterprotection, Inverter protection, Inverter
protection, protection, protection,
Outdoor unit heat Outdoor unit heat
exchanger: exchanger:
Condenser / Condenser /
Inverter fan M1F M1F, M2F Cooling fan control Cooling fan control Cooling fan control
Outdoor unit heat Outdoor unit heat
exchanger: exchanger:
Evaporator / Fan Evaporator / Fan
step 7 or 8 step 7 or 8
Superheated degree
Electronic expansion valve Subcooled degree control (Subcooled Subcooled degree
Y1E Y1E control (when HE is
(Heat exchanger upper) control degree control in low
load) evaporator)
Superheated degree
Subcooled degree Superheated degree control (when HE is
Electronic expansion valve Y3E Y3E control (0 pulse in control (0 pulse in
(Heat exchanger lower) condensor)
low load) low load)
Electronic expansion valve Superheated degree Superheated degree Superheated degree
(Subcooling heat Y2E Y2E control (discharge control (discharge control (discharge
exchanger) pipe protection) pipe protection) pipe protection)
(Receiver gas purge) Y4E Y4E 0 pulse Gas purge control Gas purge control
Electronic expansion valve Cooling refrigerant Cooling refrigerant Cooling refrigerant
(Inverter cooling) Y5E Y5E control control control
Solenoid valve (Oil Y1S Y1S, Y2S ON ON ON
separator oil return)
Solenoid valve (Liquid pipe) Y3S Y3S ON ON ON
Four way valve (HP/LP gas
pipe) Y4S Y4S ON OFF OFF
Four way valve (Heat Y5S Y5S OFF (ON in low load) ON OFF (in cooling)
exchanger lower) OFF (In heating)
Four way valve (Heat OFF (in cooling)
exchanger upper) Y6S Y6S OFF ON (OFF in low load) OFF (In heating)
Normal cooling Normal Simultaneous Cooling / Normal heating

Branch selector unit actuator Heating
Cooling Cooling Heating Heating
Thermo. ON 0 pulse 0 pulse Subcooled 0 pulse
Electronic degree control
expansion valve Y1E Stopping 0 pulse 0 pulse 0 pulse 0 pulse
(EVSC)
Thermo. OFF 0 pulse 0 pulse 0 pulse 0 pulse
Electronic Thermo. ON 6,000 pulse 0 pulse 6,000 pulse 6,000 pulse
expansion valve Y2E Stopping 6,000 pulse 0 pulse 6,000 pulse 6,000 pulse
(EVH)
Thermo. OFF 6,000 pulse 0 pulse 6,000 pulse 6,000 pulse
Electronic Thermo. ON 6,000 pulse 6,000 pulse 0 pulse 0 pulse
expansion valve Y3E Stopping 6,000 pulse 6,000 pulse 0 pulse 0 pulse
(EVL)
Thermo. OFF 6,000 pulse 6,000 pulse 0 pulse 0 pulse

Basic Control SiUS341504E
2.2 Compressor PI Control

Carries out the compressor capacity PI control to maintain Te at constant during cooling operation
and Tc at constant during heating operation to ensure stable unit performance.
On multi-outdoor-unit systems, this control is made according to values of the first-priority unit,
which is detected with the pressure sensor.
[Cooling operation]
Controls compressor capacity to adjust Te to Te: Low pressure equivalent saturation temperature
achieve target value (TeS). TeS: Target temperature of Te
(Varies depending on Te setting, operating
Te set value (Make this setting while in Setting frequency, etc.)
mode 2.)
Te setting
L M (Normal) H
(factory setting)
3C 6C 7C 8C 9C 10C 11C
(37.4F) (42.8F) (44.6F) (46.4F) (48.2F) (50F) (51.8F)
[Heating operation]
Controls compressor capacity to adjust Tc to Tc: High pressure equivalent saturation temperature
achieve target value (TcS). TcS: Target temperature of Tc
(Varies depending on Tc setting, operating
Te set value (Make this setting while in Setting frequency, etc.)
mode 2.)
Tc setting
L M (Normal) : H
factory setting
43C 46C 48C
(109.4F) (114.8F) (118.4F)
2.3 Operating Priority and Rotation of Compressors

Each compressor operates in the following order of priority.
In the case of multi-outdoor-unit system, each compressor operates in any of Pattern 1 through Pattern 3
according to the rotation of outdoor units.
INV: Inverter compressor

INV 1: Inverter compressor 1
INV 2: Inverter compressor 2
Pattern 1 Pattern 2 Pattern 3
[Single Outdoor Unit]

Standard type: REYQ72T Standard type: REYQ96-168T
No. 1 No. 1 No. 2
INV INV1 INV2

[2 Outdoor Units]
Standard type: REYQ192T Standard type: REYQ216-336T
No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 1 No. 3 No. 2 No. 4

No. 2 No. 1 No. 3 No. 2 No. 4 No. 1 No. 3
INV INV1 INV2 INV1 INV2 INV1 INV2
[3 Outdoor Units]
Standard type: REYQ360-456T
No. 1 No. 4 No. 2 No. 5 No. 3 No. 6

No. 3 No. 6 No. 1 No. 4 No. 2 No. 5
No. 2 No. 5 No. 3 No. 6 No. 1 No. 4
INV1 INV2 INV1 INV2 INV1 INV2
Note: 1. In the case of combination of 3 outdoor units, the above diagram shows master unit, slave unit
1, and slave unit 2 from left to right.
2. Compressors may operate in any pattern other than those mentioned above according to the
operating status.

2.4 Compressor Step Control

Compressor operations vary with the following steps according to information in "2.2 Compressor PI Control".
Furthermore, the operating priority of compressors is subject to information in " Operating Priority and Rotation of
Compressors".
Single unit installation
REYQ72T
Step No. INV (Hz) Step No. INV (Hz) Step No. INV (Hz)
1 60.0 61 127.8 121 269.7
2 60.9 62 129.3 122 273.0
3 61.8 63 130.8 123 276.3
4 62.7 64 132.3 124 279.9
5 63.6 65 134.1 125 283.5
6 64.5 66 135.9 126 287.1
7 65.4 67 137.7 127 290.7
8 66.3 68 139.5 128 294.3
9 67.2 69 141.3 129 309.3
10 68.1 70 143.1 130 313.2
11 69.0 71 144.9 131 321.0
12 69.9 72 146.7 132 324.9
13 70.8 73 148.5 133 329.1
14 71.7 74 150.3 134 333.3
15 72.6 75 152.1 135 337.5
16 73.5 76 153.9 136 341.7
17 74.4 77 155.7 137 345.9
18 75.3 78 157.8 138 350.4
19 76.2 79 159.9 139 354.9
20 77.1 80 162.0 140 359.4
21 78.0 81 164.1 141 363.9
22 78.9 82 166.2 142 368.4
23 79.8 83 168.3 143 372.9
24 80.7 84 170.4 144 377.7
25 81.6 85 172.5 145 382.5
26 82.5 86 174.6 146 387.3
27 83.4 87 176.7 147 392.1 REYQ72T upper limit
28 84.3 88 178.8
29 85.5 89 180.9
30 86.7 90 183.3
31 87.9 91 185.7
32 89.1 92 188.1
33 90.3 93 190.5
34 91.5 94 192.9
35 92.7 95 195.3
36 93.9 96 197.7
37 95.1 97 200.1
38 96.3 98 202.5
39 97.5 99 204.9
40 98.7 100 207.6
41 99.9 101 210.3
42 101.1 102 213.0
43 102.3 103 215.7
44 103.5 104 218.4
45 104.7 105 221.1
46 105.9 106 223.8
47 107.1 107 226.5
48 108.3 108 229.2
49 109.8 109 232.2
50 111.3 110 235.2
51 112.8 111 238.2
52 114.3 112 241.2
53 115.8 113 244.2
54 117.3 114 247.2
55 118.8 115 250.2
56 120.3 116 253.2
57 121.8 117 256.5
58 123.3 118 259.8
59 124.8 119 263.1
60 126.3 120 266.4
Note:
1. Depending on the operating conditions of compressors, the compressors may run in patterns other
than those aforementioned.

REYQ96/120T
Step Step up (Hz) Step down (Hz) Step Step up (Hz) Step down (Hz) Step Step up (Hz) Step down (Hz)
No. INV1 INV2 INV1 INV2 No. INV1 INV2 INV1 INV2 No. INV1 INV2 INV1 INV2
1 52.0 0.0 52.0 0.0 64 120.8 0.0 56.4 64.4 127 154.4 164.4 154.4 164.4
2 52.8 0.0 52.8 0.0 65 122.4 0.0 56.6 66.0 128 156.6 166.6 156.6 166.6
3 53.4 0.0 53.4 0.0 66 124.0 0.0 57.0 67.0 129 158.8 168.8 158.8 168.8
4 54.2 0.0 54.2 0.0 67 125.8 0.0 58.0 68.0 130 161.2 171.2 161.2 171.2
5 54.8 0.0 54.8 0.0 68 127.4 0.0 58.8 68.8 131 163.4 173.4 163.4 173.4
6 55.6 0.0 55.6 0.0 69 129.2 0.0 59.6 69.6 132 165.8 175.8 165.8 175.8
7 56.4 0.0 56.4 0.0 70 130.8 0.0 60.4 70.4 133 168.2 178.2 168.2 178.2
8 57.2 0.0 57.2 0.0 71 61.4 71.4 61.4 71.4 134 170.6 180.6 170.6 180.6
9 57.8 0.0 57.8 0.0 72 65.0 75.0 65.0 75.0 135 173.2 183.2 173.2 183.2
10 58.6 0.0 58.6 0.0 73 66.0 76.0 66.0 76.0 136 175.6 185.6 175.6 185.6
11 59.4 0.0 59.4 0.0 74 67.0 77.0 67.0 77.0 137 180.6 190.6 180.6 190.6
12 60.2 0.0 60.2 0.0 75 67.8 77.8 67.8 77.8 138 183.2 193.2 183.2 193.2
13 61.0 0.0 61.0 0.0 76 68.8 78.8 68.8 78.8 139 192.0 202.0 192.0 202.0
14 61.8 0.0 61.8 0.0 77 69.8 79.8 69.8 79.8 140 195.4 205.4 195.4 205.4
15 62.8 0.0 62.8 0.0 78 70.8 80.8 70.8 80.8 141 199.0 209.0 199.0 209.0
16 63.6 0.0 63.6 0.0 79 71.8 81.8 71.8 81.8 142 201.6 213.6 201.6 213.6
17 64.4 0.0 64.4 0.0 80 73.0 83.0 73.0 83.0 143 205.4 217.4 205.4 217.4
18 65.2 0.0 65.2 0.0 81 74.0 84.0 74.0 84.0 144 207.2 223.2 207.2 223.2
19 66.2 0.0 66.2 0.0 82 75.0 85.0 75.0 85.0 145 211.0 227.0 211.0 227.0
20 67.0 0.0 67.0 0.0 83 76.2 86.2 76.2 86.2 146 215.0 231.0 215.0 231.0
21 68.0 0.0 68.0 0.0 84 77.2 87.2 77.2 87.2 147 218.8 234.8 218.8 234.8
22 68.8 0.0 68.8 0.0 85 78.4 88.4 78.4 88.4 148 223.0 239.0 223.0 239.0
23 69.8 0.0 69.8 0.0 86 79.4 89.4 79.4 89.4 149 227.0 243.0 227.0 243.0
24 70.8 0.0 70.8 0.0 87 80.6 90.6 80.6 90.6 150 229.2 249.2 229.2 249.2
25 71.6 0.0 71.6 0.0 88 81.8 91.8 81.8 91.8 151 233.6 253.6 233.6 253.6 REYQ96T
26 72.6 0.0 72.6 0.0 89 82.8 92.8 82.8 92.8 152 237.8 257.8 237.8 257.8 upper limit
27 73.6 0.0 73.6 0.0 90 84.0 94.0 84.0 94.0 153 242.2 262.2 242.2 262.2
28 74.6 0.0 74.6 0.0 91 85.2 95.2 85.2 95.2 154 246.8 266.8 246.8 266.8
29 75.6 0.0 75.6 0.0 92 86.4 96.4 86.4 96.4 155 251.4 271.4 251.4 271.4
30 76.6 0.0 76.6 0.0 93 87.8 97.8 87.8 97.8 156 256.0 276.0 256.0 276.0 REYQ120T
31 77.6 0.0 77.6 0.0 94 90.2 100.2 90.2 100.2 upper limit
32 78.8 0.0 78.8 0.0 95 91.6 101.6 91.6 101.6
33 79.8 0.0 79.8 0.0 96 92.8 102.8 92.8 102.8
34 80.8 0.0 80.8 0.0 97 94.2 104.2 94.2 104.2
35 82.0 0.0 82.0 0.0 98 95.4 105.4 95.4 105.4
36 83.0 0.0 83.0 0.0 99 96.8 106.8 96.8 106.8
37 84.2 0.0 84.2 0.0 100 98.2 108.2 98.2 108.2
38 85.4 0.0 85.4 0.0 101 99.6 109.6 99.6 109.6
39 86.4 0.0 86.4 0.0 102 101.0 111.0 101.0 111.0
40 87.6 0.0 87.6 0.0 103 102.6 112.6 102.6 112.6
41 88.8 0.0 88.8 0.0 104 104.0 114.0 104.0 114.0
42 90.0 0.0 90.0 0.0 105 105.4 115.4 105.4 115.4
43 91.2 0.0 91.2 0.0 106 106.8 116.8 106.8 116.8
44 92.4 0.0 92.4 0.0 107 108.4 118.4 108.4 118.4
45 93.6 0.0 93.6 0.0 108 109.8 119.8 109.8 119.8
46 95.0 0.0 95.0 0.0 109 111.4 121.4 111.4 121.4
47 96.2 0.0 96.2 0.0 110 113.0 123.0 113.0 123.0
48 97.6 0.0 97.6 0.0 111 114.6 124.6 114.6 124.6
49 98.8 0.0 98.8 0.0 112 116.2 126.2 116.2 126.2
50 100.2 0.0 100.2 0.0 113 118.0 128.0 118.0 128.0
51 101.6 0.0 101.6 0.0 114 119.6 129.6 119.6 129.6
52 103.0 0.0 52.0 52.0 115 121.2 131.2 121.2 131.2
53 104.2 0.0 52.0 53.0 116 122.8 132.8 122.8 132.8
54 105.6 0.0 52.0 54.0 117 130.0 140.0 130.0 140.0
55 107.0 0.0 52.6 54.6 118 131.8 141.8 131.8 141.8
56 108.6 0.0 52.8 56.0 119 133.8 143.8 133.8 143.8
57 110.0 0.0 53.0 57.0 120 139.6 149.6 139.6 149.6
58 111.4 0.0 53.8 57.8 121 141.6 151.6 141.6 151.6
59 113.0 0.0 54.0 59.4 122 143.6 153.6 143.6 153.6
60 114.6 0.0 54.4 60.4 123 145.8 155.8 145.8 155.8
61 116.0 0.0 55.0 61.0 124 147.8 157.8 147.8 157.8
62 117.6 0.0 55.2 62.6 125 150.0 160.0 150.0 160.0
63 119.2 0.0 55.6 63.6 126 152.2 162.2 152.2 162.2
Note:
1. Depending on the operating conditions of compressors, the compressors may run in patterns other than those
aforementioned.

REYQ144T
Step Step up (Hz) Step down (Hz) Step Step up (Hz) Step down (Hz) Step Step up (Hz) Step down (Hz)
No. INV1 INV2 INV1 INV2 No. INV1 INV2 INV1 INV2 No. INV1 INV2 INV1 INV2
1 52.0 0.0 52.0 0.0 61 116.0 0.0 54.2 61.8 121 132.8 140.7 132.8 140.7
2 52.8 0.0 52.8 0.0 62 117.6 0.0 55.0 62.7 122 140.4 148.8 140.4 148.8
3 53.4 0.0 53.4 0.0 63 119.2 0.0 55.8 63.3 123 142.4 150.6 142.4 150.6
4 54.2 0.0 54.2 0.0 64 120.8 0.0 56.6 64.2 124 144.4 152.7 144.4 152.7
5 54.8 0.0 54.8 0.0 65 122.4 0.0 57.4 65.1 125 146.4 154.8 146.4 154.8
6 55.6 0.0 55.6 0.0 66 124.0 0.0 58.2 65.7 126 148.6 156.9 148.6 156.9
7 56.4 0.0 56.4 0.0 67 125.8 0.0 59.0 66.9 127 150.6 159.3 150.6 159.3
8 57.2 0.0 57.2 0.0 68 127.4 0.0 59.8 67.5 128 152.8 161.4 152.8 161.4
9 57.8 0.0 57.8 0.0 69 129.2 0.0 60.6 68.4 129 155.0 163.8 155.0 163.8
10 58.6 0.0 58.6 0.0 70 130.8 0.0 61.6 69.3 130 157.2 166.2 157.2 166.2
11 59.4 0.0 59.4 0.0 71 132.6 0.0 62.4 70.2 131 159.4 168.3 159.4 168.3
12 60.2 0.0 60.2 0.0 72 140.0 0.0 66.0 74.1 132 161.6 170.7 161.6 170.7
13 61.0 0.0 61.0 0.0 73 141.8 0.0 66.8 75.0 133 163.8 172.8 163.8 172.8
14 61.8 0.0 61.8 0.0 74 143.8 0.0 67.8 75.9 134 166.2 175.5 166.2 175.5
15 62.8 0.0 62.8 0.0 75 68.8 76.8 68.8 76.8 135 168.6 177.9 168.6 177.9
16 63.6 0.0 63.6 0.0 76 69.8 77.7 69.8 77.7 136 170.8 180.3 170.8 180.3
17 64.4 0.0 64.4 0.0 77 70.8 78.9 70.8 78.9 137 173.2 183.0 173.2 183.0
18 65.2 0.0 65.2 0.0 78 71.8 79.8 71.8 79.8 138 175.8 185.4 175.8 185.4
19 66.2 0.0 66.2 0.0 79 72.8 80.7 72.8 80.7 139 178.2 188.1 178.2 188.1
20 67.0 0.0 67.0 0.0 80 73.8 81.9 73.8 81.9 140 180.8 190.5 180.8 190.5
21 68.0 0.0 68.0 0.0 81 74.8 83.1 74.8 83.1 141 183.2 193.2 183.2 193.2
22 68.8 0.0 68.8 0.0 82 75.8 84.0 75.8 84.0 142 185.8 195.9 185.8 195.9
23 69.8 0.0 69.8 0.0 83 77.0 85.2 77.0 85.2 143 191.2 202.8 191.2 202.8
24 70.8 0.0 70.8 0.0 84 78.0 86.4 78.0 86.4 144 193.8 207.3 193.8 207.3
25 71.6 0.0 71.6 0.0 85 79.2 87.6 79.2 87.6 145 196.6 211.5 196.6 211.5
26 72.6 0.0 72.6 0.0 86 80.2 88.5 80.2 88.5 146 199.4 216.0 199.4 216.0
27 73.6 0.0 73.6 0.0 87 81.4 89.7 81.4 89.7 147 202.2 220.8 202.2 220.8
28 74.6 0.0 74.6 0.0 88 82.6 90.9 82.6 90.9 148 205.0 225.3 205.0 225.3
29 75.6 0.0 75.6 0.0 89 83.6 91.8 83.6 91.8 149 207.8 230.1 207.8 230.1
30 76.6 0.0 76.6 0.0 90 84.8 93.0 84.8 93.0 150 210.8 234.9 210.8 234.9
31 77.6 0.0 77.6 0.0 91 86.0 94.2 86.0 94.2 151 213.8 240.0 213.8 240.0
32 78.8 0.0 78.8 0.0 92 87.2 95.4 87.2 95.4 152 216.8 245.1 216.8 245.1
33 79.8 0.0 79.8 0.0 93 88.6 96.9 88.6 96.9 153 219.8 250.2 219.8 250.2
34 80.8 0.0 80.8 0.0 94 91.0 99.3 91.0 99.3 154 223.0 255.6 223.0 255.6
35 82.0 0.0 82.0 0.0 95 92.4 100.8 92.4 100.8 155 226.0 261.0 226.0 261.0
36 83.0 0.0 83.0 0.0 96 93.6 102.0 93.6 102.0 156 229.2 266.4 229.2 266.4
37 84.2 0.0 84.2 0.0 97 95.0 103.2 95.0 103.2 157 232.4 272.1 232.4 272.1
38 85.4 0.0 85.4 0.0 98 96.2 104.4 96.2 104.4 158 235.8 277.8 235.8 277.8
39 86.4 0.0 86.4 0.0 99 97.6 105.9 97.6 105.9 159 239.0 283.5 239.0 283.5
40 87.6 0.0 87.6 0.0 100 99.0 107.1 99.0 107.1 160 242.4 289.5 242.4 289.5
41 88.8 0.0 88.8 0.0 101 100.4 108.6 100.4 108.6 161 245.8 292.8 245.8 292.8
42 90.0 0.0 90.0 0.0 102 101.8 110.1 101.8 110.1 162 249.4 296.4 249.4 296.4
43 91.2 0.0 91.2 0.0 103 103.2 111.9 103.2 111.9 163 252.8 299.7 252.8 299.7
44 92.4 0.0 92.4 0.0 104 104.6 113.1 104.6 113.1 164 256.4 303.0 256.4 303.0
45 93.6 0.0 93.6 0.0 105 106.2 114.3 106.2 114.3 165 260.0 306.6 260.0 306.6
46 95.0 0.0 95.0 0.0 106 107.6 115.8 107.6 115.8 166 263.8 310.2 263.8 310.2
47 96.2 0.0 96.2 0.0 107 109.2 117.3 109.2 117.3 167 267.4 313.8 267.4 313.8
48 97.6 0.0 97.6 0.0 108 110.8 118.8 110.8 118.8 168 275.0 321.0 275.0 321.0
49 98.8 0.0 98.8 0.0 109 112.2 120.3 112.2 120.3 169 275.0 328.8 275.0 328.8
50 100.2 0.0 100.2 0.0 110 113.8 121.8 113.8 121.8 170 275.0 352.5 275.0 352.5 REYQ144T
51 101.6 0.0 101.6 0.0 111 115.4 123.6 115.4 123.6 upper limit
52 103.0 0.0 103.0 0.0 112 117.2 125.4 117.2 125.4
53 104.2 0.0 104.2 0.0 113 118.8 127.2 118.8 127.2
54 105.6 0.0 105.6 0.0 114 120.4 128.7 120.4 128.7
55 107.0 0.0 107.0 0.0 115 122.2 130.2 122.2 130.2
56 108.6 0.0 108.6 0.0 116 123.8 131.7 123.8 131.7
57 110.0 0.0 110.0 0.0 117 125.6 133.5 125.6 133.5
58 111.4 0.0 52.0 60.0 118 127.4 135.0 127.4 135.0
59 113.0 0.0 52.8 60.3 119 129.2 136.8 129.2 136.8
60 114.6 0.0 53.4 61.2 120 131.0 138.9 131.0 138.9
Note:
1. Depending on the operating conditions of compressors, the compressors may run in patterns other than those
aforementioned.

2.5 Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control

Main electronic expansion valve EVM control
When the outdoor unit heat exchanging is performed via the evaporator (20SA is set to ON), this
function is used to exert PI control on the electronic expansion valve (Y1E or Y3E) so that the
evaporator outlet superheated degree (SH) will become constant.
SH = Tg Te SH: Evaporator outlet superheated degree
Tg: Suction pipe temperature detected by the
heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor R2T
Te: Low pressure equivalent saturated
temperature
Subcooling electronic expansion valve EVT control

In order to make the maximum use of the subcooling heat exchanger, this function is used to exert
PI control on the electronic expansion valve (Y2E, Y5E or Y3E) so that the evaporator-side gas
pipe superheated degree (SH) will become constant.
SH = Tsh Te SH: Evaporator outlet superheated degree
Tsh: Suction pipe temperature detected by
the subcooling heat exchanger outlet
thermistor R5T
Te: Low pressure equivalent saturated
temperature
Refrigerant charge electronic expansion valve EVJ control

While in automatic refrigerant charge mode, this function is used to exert PI control on the opening
degree of the electronic expansion valve (Y2E or Y4E) in response to outdoor temperature and
close the valve after the completion of refrigerant charge.
For normal operation, fully open this electronic expansion valve.

2.6 Step Control of Outdoor Unit Fans

Used to control the revolutions of outdoor unit fans in the steps listed in table below, according to condition changes.
REYQ72T REYQ96T
Standard (default) Standard (default)
Step No. Heating Heating
Cooling Simultaneous Step No. Cooling Simultaneous
0 0 0 FAN1 FAN2 FAN1 FAN2
1 281 281 0 0 0 0 0
2 291 291 1 281 0 281 0
3 301 301 2 290 0 290 0
4 312 312 3 299 0 299 0
5 323 323 4 308 0 308 0
6 334 334 5 348 0 348 0
7 346 346 6 356 0 356 0
8 358 358 7 365 0 365 0
9 368 368 8 375 0 375 0
10 401 401 9 384 0 384 0
11 415 415 10 395 0 395 0
12 429 429 11 405 0 405 0
13 444 444 12 416 0 416 0
14 459 459 13 427 0 427 0
15(1) 475 475 14 438 0 438 0
16 491 491 15 450 0 450 0
17 508 508 16 461 0 461 0
18 526 526 17 474 0 474 0
19 544 544 18 487 0 487 0
20 563 563 19 500 0 500 0
21 583 583 20 513 0 513 0
22 603 603 21 527 0 527 0
23 624 624 22 541 0 541 0
24 646 646 23 556 0 556 0
25 669 669 24 309 339 309 339
26 693 693 25 332 362 332 362
27 717 717 26 348 378 348 378
28 743 743 27(1) 359 389 359 389
29 760 760 28 374 404 374 404
30(2) 801 801 29 389 419 389 419
31 845 845 30 405 435 405 435
32 890 890 31 422 452 422 452
33 920 920 32 440 470 440 470
33 458 488 458 488
34 477 507 477 507
35 497 527 497 527
36 518 548 518 548
37 540 570 540 570
38 562 592 562 592
39 586 616 586 616
40 610 640 610 640
41 636 666 636 666
42 663 693 663 693
43 690 720 690 720
44 719 749 719 749
45 749 779 749 779
46 781 811 781 811
47 814 844 814 844
48 848 878 848 878
49 883 913 883 913
50 951 921 951 921
51 963 933 963 933
52 1055 975 1055 975
53 (2) 1097 1017 1097 1017
1. Step 2/X
2. Step X

REYQ120T REYQ144T
Standard (default) Standard (default)
Step No. Cooling Heating Step No. Cooling Heating
Simultaneous Simultaneous
FAN1 FAN2 FAN1 FAN2 FAN1 FAN2 FAN1 FAN2
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 281 0 281 0 1 281 0 281 0
2 291 0 291 0 2 290 0 290 0
3 304 0 304 0 3 303 0 303 0
4 348 0 348 0 4 310 0 310 0
5 360 0 360 0 5 329 0 329 0
6 372 0 372 0 6 348 0 348 0
7 384 0 384 0 7 357 0 357 0
8 396 0 396 0 8 371 0 371 0
9 409 0 409 0 9 386 0 386 0
10 423 0 423 0 10 402 0 402 0
11 437 0 437 0 11 419 0 419 0
12 452 0 452 0 12 436 0 436 0
13 467 0 467 0 13 453 0 453 0
14 482 0 482 0 14 472 0 472 0
15 499 0 499 0 15 491 0 491 0
16 516 0 516 0 16 511 0 511 0
17 533 0 533 0 17 532 0 532 0
18 551 0 551 0 18 554 0 554 0
19 570 0 570 0 19 576 0 576 0
20 589 0 589 0 20 285 315 285 315
21 339 369 339 369 21 303 333 303 333
22 354 384 354 384 22 310 345 310 345
23 369 399 369 399 23 329 359 329 359
24 384 414 384 414 24 332 362 332 362
25 401 431 401 431 25(1) 345 375 345 375
26(1) 418 448 418 448 26 358 388 358 388
27 435 465 435 465 27 372 402 372 402
28 454 484 454 484 28 386 416 386 416
29 473 503 473 503 29 401 431 401 431
30 493 523 493 523 30 417 447 417 447
31 514 544 514 544 31 434 464 434 464
32 536 566 536 566 32 451 481 451 481
33 559 589 559 589 33 470 500 470 500
34 582 612 582 612 34 489 519 489 519
35 607 637 607 637 35 509 539 509 539
36 633 663 633 663 36 531 561 531 561
37 660 690 660 690 37 553 583 553 583
38 688 718 688 718 38 577 607 577 607
39 717 747 717 747 39 601 631 601 631
40 748 778 748 778 40 627 657 627 657
41 780 810 780 810 41 655 685 655 685
42 813 843 813 843 42 683 713 683 713
43 848 878 848 878 43 713 743 713 743
44 884 914 884 914 44 745 775 745 775
45 922 952 922 952 45 778 808 778 808
46 961 991 961 991 46 813 843 813 843
47 962 1072 962 1072 47 849 879 849 879
48 1005 1115 1005 1115 48 888 918 888 918
49 1050 1160 1050 1160 49 928 958 928 958
50 1096 1206 1096 1206 50 930 1040 930 1040
51 1135 1265 1110 51(2) 1021 1131 1021 1131
52(2) 1340 1160 1335 1155 52 1262 1132 1262 1132
53 1350 1170 1300 1120
1. Step 2/X
2. Step X

2.7 Heat Exchanger Control

While in heating or cool/heat simultaneous operation, ensure target condensing and evaporating
temperature by changing over the air heat exchange of outdoor unit to the evaporator or the
condenser in response to loads.
[Single system]
Outdoor unit Outdoor unit

Lower side Upper side Lower side Upper side
Condenser Condenser Evaporator Condenser
CL decrease CL increase CL decrease CL increase
HL increase HL decrease HL increase HL decrease
CL decrease
Outdoor unit HL increase Outdoor unit
Lower side Upper side Lower side Upper side
Condenser CL increase
HL increase Evaporator Evaporator
[Multi outdoor unit system]

1 2 3 1 2 3
Lower side Upper side Lower side Upper side Lower side Upper side Lower side Upper side Lower side Upper side Lower side Upper side
Condenser Condenser Condenser Condenser Condenser Evaporator Condenser

1 2 3 1 2 3
Condenser Condenser Condenser Condenser Evaporator Evaporator
CL CL
CL decrease CL increase decrease increase CL decrease CL increase
HL increase HL decrease HL HL HL increase HL decrease
Outdoor unit increase decrease Outdoor unit

1 2 3 1 2 3
Condenser Condenser Condenser Evaporator Evaporator Evaporator Evaporator
1 2 3 1 2 3
Condenser Condenser Evaporator Evaporator Evaporator Evaporator Evaporator Evaporator
<Symbol meanings>
CL: Cooling Load
HL: Heating Load

SiUS341504E Protection Control
3. Protection Control
3.1 High Pressure Protection Control
This high pressure protection control is used to prevent the activation of protection devices due to
abnormal increase of high pressure and to protect compressors against the transient increase of
high pressure.
[In cooling]
Upper limit compressor step = max (Max. Step)

Normal Operation
Pc: High pressure sensor
Pc > 3.57 MPa
detection value for each
(1194 ftH2O)
outdoor unit
2-step down
After 10 seconds After 15 seconds
21-step down 9-step up
Pc > 3.67 MPa Pc < 3.14 MPa

(1228 ftH2O) After 10 (1050 ftH2O)
seconds Current Pc < 3.33 MPa (1114 ftH2O)
9-step down step 3-step up
maintained
Pc > 3.62 MPa After 15 seconds
(1211 ftH2O) Pc < 3.45 MPa
Pc > 3.57 MPa
(1194 ftH2O) (1154 ftH2O)
Pc > 3.70 MPa After 10 seconds

(1238 ftH2O)
Compressor step: 1
Pc > 3.72 MPa High pressure switch (4.0 MPa

(1245 ftH2O) (1338 ftH2O)) is activated
High pressure standby Abnormal stop

(2 times within 30 minutes) (E3 is displayed)

Protection Control SiUS341504E
[In heating]
Normal Operation
Pc > 3.31 MPa Pc < 3.17 MPa

(1107 ftH2O) Pc < 3.17 MPa (1061 ftH2O) (1061 ftH2O) Pc: High pressure sensor
detection value for master
Pc > 3.39 MPa unit
(1134 ftH2O) All units
System 9-step Compressor step: 1
down/10 seconds
Pc > 3.31 MPa Pc < 3.22 MPa
(1107 ftH2O) (1077 ftH2O)
System 3-step up/15
seconds
High pressure switch (4.0 MPa

Pc > 3.72 MPa (1245 ftH2O) (1338 ftH2O)) is activated
High pressure standby Abnormal stop

3.2 Low Pressure Protection Control

This low pressure protection control is used to protect compressors against the transient decrease
of low pressure.
[In cooling]
Normal Operation
Pe < 0.25 MPa Pe > 0.39 MPa

(83.6 ftH2O) (130.5 ftH2O)
Pe: Low pressure sensor
detection value for master
All compressors step.: 1 unit
Pe < 0.15 MPa

(50.2 ftH2O)
Master unit: Compressor step: 1

Slave unit: All stop
Low pressure standby

Pe < 0.07 MPa (23.4 ftH2O) (4 times within 60 minutes)
Low pressure standby Abnormal stop
[In heating]
Pe < 0.17 MPa

(56.9 ftH2O) Upper limit compressor step = max (Max. Step)
Normal Operation Pe: Low pressure sensor
detection value for each
outdoor unit

Pe < 0.17 MPa Pe > 0.27 MPa

(56.9 ftH2O) Current step (90.3 ftH2O)
maintained
Pe < 0.14 MPa Pe > 0.20 MPa
(46.8 ftH2O) (66.9 ftH2O)
Pe < 0.13 MPa After 10 seconds

(43.5 ftH2O)
Compressor step: 1
Pe < 0.07 MPa Low pressure standby

(23.4 ftH2O) (4 times within 60 minutes)
Low pressure standby Abnormal stop


Protection Control SiUS341504E
3.3 Discharge Pipe Protection Control

This discharge pipe protection control is used to protect the compressor internal temperature
against an error or transient increase of discharge pipe temperature.
[INV compressor]
HTdi > 115C Upper limit compressor step

(239F) = max (Max. Step)
Normal Operation HTdi: Value of INV compressor
discharge pipe temperature
(Tdi) compensated with
outdoor air temperature

HTdi > 115C HTdi < 100C

(239F) After 30 (212F)
seconds Current
9-step down step
HTdi > 118C maintained
HTdi > 120C (244.4F) HTdi < 110C
(248F) (230F)
HTdi > 130C After 20 seconds

(266F)
Compressor step: 1
HTdi > 135C (275F) Discharge pipe temperature standby

OR (3 times within 100 minutes)
HTdi > 120C (248F)
continues for 10 minutes
Discharge pipe temperature
standby Abnormal stop
(2 times within 100 minutes) (F3 is displayed)

3.4 Inverter Protection Control

Inverter current protection control and radiation fin temperature control are performed to prevent
tripping due to an error, or transient inverter overcurrent, and fin temperature increase.
In the case of multi-outdoor-unit system, each INV compressor performs these controls in the
following sequence.
[Inverter overcurrent protection control]
Perform the following control of integrated as well as multi units for each INV compressor.
Normal operation
A B
Reduce compressor capacity
When occurring 3 times within 60

Inverter current standby minutes, the error code L8 is
output.
REYQ72T REYQ96-144T REYQ168T

Model
M1C M1C M2C M1C M2C
A > 18.5 A > 14.7 A > 14.7 A > 14.7 A > 22.0 A
B < 18.5 A < 14.7 A < 14.7 A < 14.7 A < 22.0 A
C > 22.5 A > 16.1 A > 16.1 A > 16.1 A > 22.5 A
[Radiation fin temperature control]

Perform the following control of integrated as well as multi units for each INV compressor.
Normal operation
A B
Reduce compressor capacity
When occurring 4 times within 60

Fin temperature standby minutes, the error code L4 is output.
REYQ72T REYQ96-144T REYQ168T

Model
M1C M1C M2C M1C M2C
A > 96 C (204.8F) > 99 C (210.2F) > 99 C (210.2F) > 99 C (210.2F) > 80 C (176F)
B < 93 C (199.4F) < 96 C (204.8F) < 96 C (204.8F) < 96 C (204.8F) < 77 C (170.6F)
C > 100 C (212F) > 105 C (221F) > 105 C (221F) > 105 C (221F) > 84 C (183.2F)

Special Control SiUS341504E
4. Special Control
4.1 Pump down Residual Operation
If the liquid refrigerant stays in the evaporator at the startup of a compressor, this liquid refrigerant enters the compressor,
thus resulting in diluted oil in the compressor and then degraded lubrication performance.
Consequently, in order to recover the refrigerant in the evaporator while the compressor stops, the pump down residual
operation is conducted.
Electric Symbol Function of Functional Part
Part Name
REYQ72T REYQ96-168T Normal Cooling Normal Heating
Inverter compressor 1 M1C M1C 124 Hz/120 Hz 124 Hz/120 Hz
Inverter compressor 2 M2C 0 Hz 0 Hz
Inverter fan M1F M1F, M2F For heat exchanger mode For heat exchanger mode
Electronic expansion valve (Heat Y1E Y1E
exchanger upper)
Same as normal operation Same as normal operation
Electronic expansion valve (Heat
exchanger lower) Y3E Y3E
Electronic expansion valve Y2E Y2E 0 pulse 0 pulse
Electronic expansion valve Y4E Y4E Open slightly Open slightly
(Inverter cooling) Y5E Y5E Same as normal operation Same as normal operation
Solenoid valve (Oil separator oil Y1S Y1S, Y2S ON ON
return)
Solenoid valve (Liquid pipe) Y3S Y3S ON ON
Four way valve (HP/LP gas pipe) Y4S Y4S Hold Hold
Four way valve (Heat exchanger Y5S Y5S Hold Hold
lower)
Four way valve (Heat exchanger
upper) Y6S Y6S Hold Hold
A lapse of 30 seconds
A lapse of 30 seconds Pe_min < 0.25 Mpa (83.6 ftH2O)
Ending condition Pe_min < 0.49 Mpa (163.9 ftH2O) Master unit DSH > 35C (95F)
OR Master unit DSH > 35C (95F) OR Pc_max > 3.14 MPa (1050 ftH2O)
Pc_max > 2.94 MPa (984 ftH2O) Master unit TaTe > 5C (9F)
REYQ72T

SiUS341504E Special Control
4.2 Oil Return Operation

In order to prevent the compressor from running out of oil, the oil return operation is conducted to recover oil flown out from
the compressor to the system side.
4.2.1 Oil Return Operation in Cooling Operation

[Starting conditions]
Referring to the set conditions for the following items, start the oil return operation in cooling
Cumulative oil feed rate
Timer setting (Make this setting so as to start the oil return operation when the initial cumulative operating time reaches 2
hours after power supply is turned ON and then every 8 hours.)
Furthermore, the cumulative oil feed rate is computed from Tc, Te, and compressor loads.
Electric Symbol
Part Name Oil return operation
REYQ72T REYQ96-168T
Inverter compressor 1 M1C M1C
Constant low pressure control
Inverter compressor 2 M2C
Inverter fan M1F M1F, M2F For heat exchanger mode
exchanger upper) Same as normal Same as normal
Electronic expansion valve (Heat operation operation
Y3E Y3E
exchanger lower)
(Subcooling heat exchanger) Y2E Y2E 0 pulse
(Receiver gas purge) Y4E Y4E 0 pulse
Electronic expansion valve (Inverter cooling) Y5E Y5E Same as normal operation
Solenoid valve (Oil separator oil return) Y1S Y1S, Y2S ON
Solenoid valve (Liquid pipe) Y3S Y3S ON
Four way valve (HP/LP gas pipe) Y4S Y4S Hold
Four way valve (Heat exchanger lower) Y5S Y5S Hold
Four way valve (Heat exchanger upper) Y6S Y6S Hold
A lapse of 3 minutes
TsA Te < 3C (5.4F)
Ending condition & A lapse of 6 minutes while the
OR frequency is more than that of oil
return operation.
Indoor unit actuator Oil return operation

Thermostat ON unit Remote controller setting
Fan Stopping unit OFF
Thermostat OFF unit Remote controller setting
Thermostat ON unit Normal control
Electronic expansion valve Stopping unit 224 pulse
Thermostat OFF unit Forced thermo. OFF (PI control)
Normal cooling Normal Simultaneous Cooling / Heating Normal heating

Branch selector unit actuator
Electronic Thermo. ON 0 pulse 0 pulse Subcooled degree control 0 pulse
expansion Y1E Stopping 0 pulse 0 pulse 0 pulse 0 pulse
valve (EVSC) Thermo. OFF 0 pulse 0 pulse 0 pulse 0 pulse
expansion Y2E Stopping 6,000 pulse 0 pulse 6,000 pulse 6,000 pulse
valve (EVH) Thermo. OFF 6,000 pulse 0 pulse 6,000 pulse 6,000 pulse
expansion Y3E Stopping 6,000 pulse 6,000 pulse 0 pulse 0 pulse
valve (EVL) Thermo. OFF 6,000 pulse 6,000 pulse 0 pulse 0 pulse

4.2.2 Oil Return Operation in Heating Operation

[Starting conditions]
Electric Symbol
Part Name Oil return operation
REYQ72T REYQ96-168T
Inverter compressor 1 M1C M1C +1 to +6 steps from frequency to frequency when oil
Inverter compressor 2 M2C return is IN at a constant level
Inverter fan M1F M1F, M2F Same as normal operation
exchanger upper)
Same as normal operation
(Subcooling heat exchanger) Y2E Y2E Same as normal operation
Electronic expansion valve Y4E Y4E 0 pulse
(Inverter cooling) Y5E Y5E Same as normal operation
Solenoid valve (Oil separator oil
return) Y1S Y1S, Y2S ON
lower) Y5S Y5S Hold
Four way valve (Heat exchanger Y6S Y6S Hold
upper)
A lapse of 8 minutes while the frequency is more than
Ending condition that of oil return operation.
Indoor unit actuator Cooling Heating

Thermostat ON unit Remote controller setting Remote controller setting
Fan Stopping unit OFF OFF
Thermostat OFF unit Remote controller setting Remote controller setting
Thermostat ON unit Normal control Normal control
Electronic expansion valve Stopping unit 224 pulse 224 pulse
Thermostat OFF unit Forced thermo. OFF 224 pulse

Thermo. ON 0 pulse 0 pulse Subcooled degree 0 pulse
Electronic control
expansion Y1E
valve (EVSC) Stopping 0 pulse 0 pulse 0 pulse 0 pulse

4.3 Defrost Operation

To defrost the outdoor unit heat exchanger while in Evaporator, the defrost operation is conducted to recover the heating
capacity.
Electric Symbol
Part Name Defrost operation
REYQ72T REYQ96-168T
REYQ72: Hz
Inverter compressor 1 M1C M1C REYQ96/120: Hz
REYQ144/168: Hz
Inverter compressor 2 M2C With high pressure
Inverter fan M1F M1F, M2F OFF Step 2/X Step X
exchanger upper)
100%
(Inverter cooling) Y5E Y5E Same as normal operation
Solenoid valve (Oil separator oil Y1S Y1S, Y2S ON
return)
Four way valve (Heat exchanger Y5S Y5S Hold
lower)
upper) Y6S Y6S Hold
A lapse of 15 minutes
Ending condition OR Tb>11C (51.8F) continues for 30 seconds or more
Indoor unit actuator Defrost operation

Thermostat ON unit OFF
Fan Stopping unit OFF
Thermostat OFF unit OFF
Thermostat ON unit Defrost EV opening degree
Electronic expansion
valve Stopping unit Defrost EV opening degree
Thermostat OFF unit Defrost EV opening degree

Subcooled degree
Electronic Thermo. ON 0 pulse 0 pulse control 0 pulse
expansion Y1E Stopping 0 pulse 0 pulse 0 pulse 0 pulse
valve (EVSC)

4.4 Cooling / Heating Mode Switching

[While in cooling / heating mixed mode, single-room cooling heating]
First, the electronic expansion valve of the indoor unit in cooling operation will close, and the Y2E and Y3E electronic
expansion valves of the branch selector unit will all close once.
Next, the Y2E electronic expansion valve will open little by little to perform pressure equalization.
Then the electronic expansion valve will fully open, and the electronic expansion valve of the indoor unit will open to
activate the heating circuit.
The required switching time is approximately 6 minutes. (Field settings, however, can shorten the time from 6 minutes to 4
minutes.)
(1) In cooling operation

Outdoor unit Branch selector unit
Liquid pipe
Y1E
Dual pressure gas pipe

Y2E
Y3E
Suction gas pipe
Cooling unit
(2) In equalization
Indoor unit Branch selector unit
Liquid pipe
(close) Y1E

Y2E (open)
Y3E (close)
Suction gas pipe
(3) To heating mode
Liquid pipe
Y1E

Y2E
Y3E
Suction gas pipe
Heating unit

[While in cooling/heating mixed mode, single-room heating cooling]

First, the electronic expansion valve of the indoor unit in heating operation will close, and the Y2E and Y3E electronic
expansion valves of the branch selector unit will all close once.
Next, the Y3E electronic expansion valve will open little by little to perform pressure equalization.
Then the electronic expansion valve will fully open, and the electronic expansion valve of the indoor unit will open to
activate the heating circuit.
The required switching time is approximately 6 minutes. (Field settings, however, can shorten the time from 6 minutes to 4
minutes.)
(1) In heating
Liquid pipe
Y1E

Y2E
Y3E
Suction gas pipe
Heating unit
(2) In equalization
Liquid pipe
(close) Y1E

Y2E (open)
Y3E (close)
Suction gas pipe
In equalization
(3) To cooling
Liquid pipe
Y1E

Y2E
Y3E
Suction gas pipe
Cooling unit

[While in all-room cooling operation All-room cooling/heating simultaneous operation]

Dual pressure gas pipe (1) All the indoor units in cooling operation
Suction gas pipe Using the dual pressure gas pipe as a suction
gas pipe.
Liquid
pipe

(2) Pump-down residual operation
Cooling Cooling Cooling Cooling Cooling (3) Pre-startup control

Switching between the electronic expansion
Dual pressure gas pipe valves of branch selector unit.
Required switching time: 30 seconds (switching
Suction gas pipe control time)
(While switching: The compressor stops
operating.)
Liquid
pipe (4) Startup control
Switching the dual pressure gas pipe from low
pressure to high pressure.
Dual pressure gas pipe (5) Into heating operation or cooling and heating
Suction gas pipe simultaneous operation
Each indoor unit
Liquid In warm air supply operation under cool air
prevention control (for 3 to 5 minutes).
pipe

Heating Heating Heating Heating Heating

[While in all-room heating operation or cooling/heating simultaneous operation All-room cooling]

Dual pressure gas pipe (1) In heating operation or cooling and heating
Suction gas pipe simultaneous operation
Using the dual pressure gas pipe as a suction
gas pipe.
Liquid
pipe

(2) Pump-down residual operation
(3) Pre-startup control
Heating Heating Heating Heating Heating Switching between the electronic expansion
valves of branch selector unit.
Dual pressure gas pipe Required switching time: 2 to 4 minutes
(switching control time)
Suction gas pipe (While switching: The compressor stops
operating.)
Liquid
pipe (4) Startup control
Switching the dual pressure gas pipe from low
pressure to high pressure.
Vent Vent Vent Vent Vent

(5) Into all-unit cooling operation
Suction gas pipe In cool air supply operation
Liquid
pipe

Cooling Cooling Cooling Cooling Cooling

Other Control SiUS341504E
5. Other Control
5.1 Backup Operation
If any of the compressors goes wrong, disable the relevant compressor or the relevant outdoor unit
from operating, and then conduct emergency operation only with operational compressors or
outdoor units.
"Emergency operation with remote controller reset" and "Emergency operation with outdoor unit
PCB setting" are available
Operating method (1) Emergency operation with (2) Emergency operation with
Applicable model remote controller reset outdoor unit PCB setting
(Auto backup operation) (Manual backup operation)
Backup operation by the
REYQ96-168T compressor
REYQ192-456T Backup operation by the Backup operation by the

outdoor unit outdoor unit
(1) Emergency operation with remote controller reset

[Operating method]
Reset the remote controller. (Press the ON/OFF button for 4 seconds or more.)
[Details of operation]
Disable the defective outdoor unit from operating, and then only operate other outdoor units.
(On the system with 1 outdoor unit, this emergency operation is not available.)
(2) Emergency operation with outdoor unit PCB setting

[Setting method]
Make setting of the compressor, "the operation of which is to be disabled", in field setting
mode (setting mode 2).
[Details of operation]
Disable the compressor with "operation disable setting" made from operating and only
operate other compressors.
(On the system with 1 compressor, REYQ72T, this emergency operation is not available.)
5.2 Demand Operation

In order to save the power consumption, the capacity of outdoor unit is saved with control forcibly
by using Demand 1 Setting or Demand 2 Setting.
To operate the unit with this mode, additional setting of Continuous Demand Setting or
external input by external control adaptor for outdoor unit is required.
Setting item Condition Content

Demand 1 Level 1 The compressor operates at the power of 60% or less of the rating.
Level 2 The compressor operates at the power of 70% or less of the rating.
Level 3 The compressor operates at the power of 80% or less of the rating.
Demand 2 The compressor operates at the power of 40% or less of the rating.
Demand 3 Forced thermostat OFF
5.3 Heating Operation Prohibition

Heating operation is prohibited when the outdoor air temperature is above 24C (75.2F).

SiUS341504E Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)

6.1 Operation Flow Chart
Start Cooling Operation
(Option)
Turn ON Aux. electric
power supply heater 52H : OFF
Humidifier Mu : OFF
Initialize electronic
expansion valve 20E
Detect louver lock
The previous settings of airflow

LED in remote
controller turns ON ( rate, wind direction, and
temperature are displayed.
) Swing flap
No
Dew Yes
Cyclic operation with Stop prevention condition?
Run or Stop? Yes
RUN/STOP push button
No
Run RUN indicating lamp: OFF
Dew prevention position
Swing flap Set wind direction Cassette type: P1
Is the Yes
safety device Ceiling suspended type: P0
activated?
No RUN indicating lamp: Blink

Error code: Displayed 1 ON
Program dry
ON/OFF
Is the RUN Yes
indicating lamp OFF
blinking? Program dry operation
No Press the RESET Program dry display: Reset
RUN/STOP push
button. A
RUN indicating lamp: ON Fan: MF
Airflow rate display: Displayed Operating with set airflow rate
Wind direction display: Displayed (Option)
Temp. setting display: Displayed RUN indicating lamp: OFF Is
Error mode display: Reset Restart prevention Yes Drain pump kit
operation in progress? : OFF after 5-min.
(5 min.) MP residual operation
No (Option)
Fan 4
Fan or Temp. Is freeze- Yes Drain pump kit
control? 2 Fan MF : Stop up prevention operation in
progress? MP :ON
Temp. control Electronic
expansion valve 20E : Closed No
Cooling Cooling or Louver MA : Stop Is
Heating? test run in
(Option) progress?
Heating Drain No
3 pump kit MP : OFF (Option)
Aux. electric 5 OFF Drain pump kit
Cooling Operation Heating Operation Fan Operation heater 52H : OFF
Thermostat status
Humidifier Mu : OFF
MP : OFF after 5-min.
residual operation
ON
Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve

20E : Capacity control 20E : Closed
A Thermostat-ON- Thermostat-ON-
operation signal to
operation signal to
outdoor unit: Output outdoor unit: Output
(Option)
6 Drain pump kit
1. If any error occurs, the relevant error code will be displayed according to the error code display of the
MP : ON
remote controller.
2. When the aux. electric heater turns ON, the fan will stop after it conducts residual operation for 1 min.
3. When the drain pump kit turns ON, the drain pump kit will stop after it conducts residual operation for a
period of 5 min.
4. If the evaporator inlet temperature is kept at not more than 5C (23F) for a period of cumulative 10 A
min. or not more than 1C (30.2F) for a cumulative period of 40 min., freeze-up prevention operation
will be conducted. If the evaporator inlet temperature is kept at not less than 7C (44.6F) for a
consecutive period of 10 min., the freeze-up prevention operation will be reset.
5. Thermostat status
Set temperature ON
Suction air temperature
a = b = 1C (1.8F)
OFF (a = b = 0.5C (0.9F) is only available for the FXFQ and FXHQ series.)
a b
6. The FXFQ series have the drain pump as standard equipment.

Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) SiUS341504E
Program dry operation Heating Operation
(option)
7
Program
dry display Drain
MP : OFF
pump kit
8
OFF
Thermostat status
ON Fan MF : Operating
Fan MF : in L mode after it stops for 6 min.
Operating in L mode No
Swing flap?
Electronic
expansion valve 20E : 12
Electronic Closed 12 Yes
expansion valve 20E :
Superheated degree control (Option)
Swing flap Set wind direction
Drain pump kit
MP : residual
OFF after 5-min.
operation
Is
defrost operation in Yes
progress?
No
13
Is hot Yes
starting in progress?
A
No
7. Program dry display DEFROST/HOT START
DEFROST/HOT START
No set temperature and airflow rate of the remote controller are displayed. indicating lamp: OFF indicating lamp: ON
Set temperature when operating the program dry mechanism.
Restart
Yes prevention operating
in progress?
(4 min.)
No
Is test run
in progress?
a b
Suction air temperature 14
(1) (3)
Thermostat status
(2)
9 (Option) (Option) (Option) (Option)
Aux. Aux. Aux. Aux.
Fan Operation electric heater 52H : OFF electric heater 52H : OFF electric heater 52H : ON electric heater 52H : OFF
(Option) Humidifier Mu : OFF Humidifier Mu : ON Humidifier Mu : ON Humidifier Mu : OFF
Drain
pump kit MP : OFF
Aux.
electric heater 52H : OFF
15 Is
Humidifier Mu : OFF outlet air Yes
temperature drop protection
in progress?
No
Fan MF : Fan MF : Fan MF : Fan MF :
LL operation Operating with set airflow rate Operating in L mode Stop
No
Swing flap
Electronic Electronic expansion valve 20E : Electronic
10 expansion valve 20E : expansion valve 20E :
Yes Closed Capacity control Open
Swing flap Set wind direction
11
Fan MF:
Operating with set airflow rate A
12. Wind direction
When the heating thermostat turns OFF, the wind direction will be set to 100% horizontal.
Electronic
expansion valve 20E : 13. Hot start
Closed If the condenser inlet temperature exceeds 34C (93.2F) at the time of starting operation or
after the completion of defrost operation, or until 3 minutes pass or Tc is above 52C (125.6F),
hot starting will be conducted.
A (3)
9. Fan operation
By setting the remote controller to Fan, the fan a
(2)
will operate with thermostat OFF in set
temperature control operation mode.
10. Set wind direction
According to wind direction instruction from the b (1)
remote controller, the wind direction is set to
100% horizontal while in heating operation. 4C (24.8F) 2C (28.4F) Set temp.
11. Fan Suction air temp.
According to fan speed instruction from the 15. Outlet air temperature drop protection
remote controller, the fan is put into operation
When the set temperature is below 24C (75.2F) or the electronic expansion valve opening is
in LL mode while in heating operation.
small, the protection will be activated.

6.2 Thermostat Control

6.2.1 Thermostat Control While in Normal Operation
VRV multi systems are set at factory to thermostat control mode using the remote controller. While
in normal thermostat differential control mode (i.e., factory setting mode), the thermostat turns OFF
when the system reaches a temperature of 1C ( 1.8F) from the set temperature while in cooling
operation or of +1C (+1.8F) from that while in heating operation.
Tr < Set temperature 1C

(1.8F)
Normal Tr: Temperature detected with the suction
Cooling operation: operation Thermostat OFF
air thermistor (R1T)
Tr > Set temperature +1C

(+1.8F)
Normal Thermostat OFF
Heating operation: operation
While in a single remote controller group control, the suction air thermistor in the indoor unit is only
used from this control.
Furthermore, while in heating operation, ceiling mounted cassette type indoor units conduct the
thermostat control by a value compensated by 2C (3.6F) for the value detected with the suction
air thermistor in the indoor unit. (Through field settings, the thermostat differential setting can be
changed from 1C (1.8F) to 0.5C (0.9F). For details on the changing procedure, refer to
information on page onward.)
6.2.2 Thermostat Control in Dry Operation

While in dry operation, the thermostat control is conducted according to a suction air temperature at
the time of starting the dry operation.
Assuming that the suction air temperature at the time of starting the dry operation is Tro and the
suction air temperature in operation is Tr,
Tr < Tro 1C
(1.8F)
when Tro 24.5C: Tro: Suction air temperature at the
In dry operation Thermostat OFF
(76.1F) time of starting the dry operation
Tr < Tro 1.5C

(2.7F)
when Tro > 24.5C: Tr: Temperature detected with the
In dry operation Thermostat OFF
(76.1F) suction air thermistor (R1T)
Furthermore, while in dry operation mode, fans operate at L flow rate, stops for a period of 6
minutes while the thermostat is OFF, and then return to operation at L flow rate. (This control is
used to prevent a rise in indoor humidity while in thermostat OFF mode.)

6.2.3 Thermostat Control with Operation Mode Set to "AUTO"

When the operation mode is set to "AUTO" on the remote controller, the system will conduct the
temperature control shown below.
Furthermore, setting changes of the differential value (D) can be made according to information in
the "Field Setting from Remote Controller (P.100 and later)" section.
Mode First code Second code No.
Contents of setting
No. No. 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08
12 4 Differential value while in "AUTO" 0C 1C 2C 3C 4C 5C 6C 7C

operation mode 0F 1.8F 3.6F 5.4F 7.2F 9.0F 10.8F 12.6F
: Factory setting
Set heating temperature Set cooling temperature

(A D) A
D
Cooling thermostat ON
Cooling thermostat OFF
Display change
Cooling Heating
Display change
Heating Cooling
Heating thermostat OFF

Heating thermostat ON
3C (5.4F)
(D
2 + 2)C
(D
2 + 3.6)F
(Ex.) When automatic cooling temperature is set to 27C (80.6F):
Differential value: 0C (0F) Differential value set to 4C (7.2F)
Set cooling/ heating temp. Set heating temp. Set cooling temp.
25C 27C 30C 23C 26C 27C
(77F) (80.6F) (86F) Cooling mode (73.4F) (78.8F) (80.6F) Cooling mode
Control temp. Control temp.
Heating mode Heating mode
Differential value set to 1C (1.8F) Differential value set to 5C (9F)

Set heating temp. Set cooling temp. Set heating temp. Set cooling temp.
26C 27C 29C 22C 22.5C 25C 27C
Cooling
24.5C (78.8F) (80.6F) (84.2F) mode (71.6F) (72.5F) (77F) (80.6F) Cooling mode
(76.1F)
Differential value set to 2C (3.6F) Differential value set to 6C (10.8F)

Set heating temp. Set cooling temp. Set heating Set cooling temp.
temp.
25C 27C 28C 22C 24C 27C
Cooling
24C (77F) (80.6F) (82.4F) mode 21C (71.6F) (75.2F) (80.6F) Cooling mode
(75.2F) (69.8F)
Differential value set to 3C (5.4F) Differential value set to 7C (12.6F)

Set heating temp. Set cooling temp. Set heating Set cooling temp.
temp.
24C 27C 21.5C 23C 27C
23.5C (75.2F) (80.6F) Cooling mode 20C (70.7F) (73.4F) (80.6F) Cooling mode
(74.3F) (68F)

6.3 Drain Pump Control

6.3.1 Normal Operation
ON
Float switch
OFF
Thermostat ON
(running)
OFF
ON
Error display
OFF
ON
Drain pump
OFF
5 min.
The float switch is OFF in normal operation.

When cooling operation starts (thermostat ON), the drain pump turns ON simultaneously.
After the thermostat turns OFF, the drain pump continues to operate for another 5 minutes.
The aim of residual operation after thermostat OFF is to eliminate the dew that condenses on
the indoor heat exchanger during cooling operation.
6.3.2 If the Float Switch is ON with the Thermostat ON in Cooling Operation

1 2 4
3
}
ON
Float switch
OFF
Thermostat ON
(running)
OFF
A3
ON
Error display
OFF
ON
Drain pump
OFF
5 min. 5 sec. 5 min. 5 sec.

When the float switch turns ON, the thermostat turns OFF simultaneously.
After the thermostat turns OFF, the drain pump continues to operate for another 5 minutes.
1. If the float switch turns OFF again during the residual operation of the drain pump, cooling
operation also turns on again (thermostat ON).
2. If the float switch remains ON even after the residual operation of the drain pump has ended,
the error code A3 is displayed on the remote controller.
3. The drain pump turns OFF once residual operation has ended, then turns ON again after 5
seconds.
4. After A3 is displayed and the unit comes to an abnormal stop, the thermostat will remain OFF
even if the float switch turns OFF again.

6.3.3 If the Float Switch is ON with the Thermostat OFF in Cooling Operation
ON
Float switch
OFF
Thermostat ON
(running)
OFF
A3
ON
Error display
OFF
ON
Drain pump
OFF
5 min. 5 sec.
When the float switch turns ON, the drain pump turns ON simultaneously.
If the float switch remains ON even after the residual operation of the drain pump has ended,
the error code A3 is displayed on the remote controller.
The drain pump turns OFF once residual operation has ended, then turns ON again after 5
seconds.
6.3.4 If the Float Switch Turns ON and OFF Continuously, or the Float Switch
Turns ON While AF Displayed
1 2 3
} }
Float switch
Thermostat ON
(running)
OFF
ON
OFF
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
}
AF A3
ON
Error display
OFF
ON
Drain pump
OFF
5 min. 5 min. 5 min. 5 min. 5 min. 5 min. 5 min. 5 sec.
When the float switch turns ON, the drain pump turns ON simultaneously.
1: If the float switch continues to turn ON and OFF 5 times consecutively, it is judged as a drain
system error and the error code AF is displayed on the remote controller.
2: The drain pump continues to turn ON/OFF in accordance with the float switch ON/OFF even
after AF is displayed on the remote controller.
3: While the error code AF is displayed, if the float switch remains ON even after the residual
operation of the drain pump has ended, the error code A3 will be displayed on the remote
controller.

6.4 Control of Electronic Expansion Valve

Electronic expansion valves in indoor units have the functions of conducting superheated degree
control in cooling operation and subcooling degree control in heating operation. However, if the
indoor units receive any control command such as a protection control command or a special
control command from the outdoor unit, the units will give a priority to the control command.
Superheated degree control in cooling operation

This function is used to adjust the opening of the electronic expansion valve so that superheated
degree (SH), which is calculated from the detection temperature (Tg) of the gas pipe thermistor
(R3T) and the detection temperature (Tl) of the liquid temperature thermistor (R2T) of the indoor
unit, will come close to a target superheated degree (SHS).
At that time, correction to the superheated degree is made according to the differences (T)
between set temperature and suction air temperature.
SH = Tg Tl SH: Evaporator outlet superheated degree

Tg: Indoor unit gas pipe temperature (R3T)
Tl: Indoor unit liquid pipe temperature (R2T)
SHS (Target SH value) SHS: Target superheated degree
Normally 5C (9F)
As T (Remote controller set temp. Suction air temp.) becomes larger, SHS becomes
lower.
As T (Remote controller set temp. Suction air temp.) becomes smaller, SHS becomes
higher.
Subcooling degree control in heating operation

This function is used to adjust the opening of the electronic expansion valve so that the high
pressure equivalent saturated temperature (Tc), which is converted from the detected pressure of
the high pressure sensor in the outdoor unit, and the subcooling degree (SC), which is calculated
from the detected temperature (Tl) of the liquid temperature thermistor (R2T) in the indoor unit, will
come close to the target subcooling degree (SCS).
At that time, corrections to the subcooling degree are made according to differences (T) between
set temperature and suction air temperatures.
SC = Tc Tl SC: Condenser outlet subcooling degree

Tc: High pressure equivalent saturated temperature
detected by the high pressure sensor (S1NPH)
Tl: Indoor unit liquid pipe temperature (R2T)
SCS (Target SC value) SCS: Target subcooling degree
Normally 5C (9F)
As T (Remote controller set temp. Suction air temp.) becomes larger, SCS becomes
lower.
As T (Remote controller set temp. Suction air temp.) becomes smaller, SCS becomes
higher.

6.5 Freeze-up Prevention

Freeze-up Prevention by Off Cycle (Indoor Unit)
When the temperature detected by liquid pipe thermistor (R2T) of the indoor unit heat exchanger
drops too low, the unit enters freeze-up prevention operation in accordance with the following
conditions, and is also set in accordance with the conditions given below.
When freeze-up prevention is activated, the electronic expansion valve is closed, the drain pump
turns ON and the fan tap is fixed to L airflow. When the following conditions for stopping are
satisfied, it returns.
Conditions for starting freeze-up prevention

Temperature is 1C (30.2F) or less for total of 40 minutes, or temperature is 5C (23F) or less
for total of 10 minutes.
Conditions for stopping freeze-up prevention: Temperature is 7C (44.6F) or more for 10 minutes
continuously.
10 minutes
7C
(44.6F) 10 minutes
7C
(44.6F)
0C
(32F) OR
0C
(32F)
5C
1C
(23F) Freeze-up prevention operation (30.2F) Freeze-up prevention operation
Forced OFF by thermostat Forced OFF by thermostat
10 minutes t1 t2 t3 t4 t > 40 minutes
Conditions for starting when airflow direction is two-way or three-way

Temperature is 1C (33.8F) or less for a total of 15 minutes or 0C (32F) or less for 1 minute
continuously.
10 minutes
10 minutes
7C
7C
(44.6F)
(44.6F)
OR
0C
(32F) 1C
Freeze-up prevention operation
(33.8F)
Forced OFF by thermostat Freeze-up prevention operation
Forced OFF by thermostat
1 minute
t1 t2 t3 t4 t > 15 minutes

6.6 Heater Control (Optional PCB KRP1B ... is required.)

The heater control is conducted in the following manner.
[Normal control]
While in heating, the heater control (ON/
ON Set temperature
OFF) is conducted as shown on the right.
OFF
2C 2C
(3.6F) (3.6F)
[Overload control]
When the system is overloaded in
heating, the heater will be turned ON 43C (109.4F) 50C (122F)
OFF in the following 2 manners. Liquid pipe temperature
(1) The heater control (ON/OFF) is
conducted through the liquid
pipe temperature (R2T) of the OFF
indoor unit.
(2) The heater control (ON/OFF) is
conducted by converting the ON 50C (122F) 60C (140F)
Condensing pressure
heater temperature into the
equivalent saturated
condensing pressure equivalent temperature
saturated temperature (Tc) OFF
according to the temperature
detection through the high
pressure sensor (S1NPH) of the outdoor unit.
[Fan residual operation]

While the heater turns OFF, in order to prevent the activation of the thermal protector, the fan
conducts residual operation for a given period of time after the heater turns OFF. (This operation is
conducted regardless of with or without heater equipped.)
Residual operation time = 100 seconds on ceiling suspended type or 60 seconds on other types

6.7 List of Swing Flap Operations

Swing flaps operate as shown in table below.
Flap
Fan
FXFQ FXHQ FXAQ
Swing OFF Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal
Hot start from defrosting
operation
Airflow direction set OFF Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal
Swing OFF Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal

Defrosting operation
Airflow direction set OFF Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal
Swing LL Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal

Heating Thermostat OFF
Airflow direction set LL Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal
Hot start from thermostat Swing LL Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal

OFF mode (for prevention
of cold air) Airflow direction set LL Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal
Swing OFF Horizontal Horizontal Totally closed

Stop
Airflow direction set OFF Horizontal Horizontal Totally closed
Swing L (1) Swing Swing Swing

Thermostat ON in
program dry
Airflow direction set L (1) Set Set Set
Swing Swing Swing Swing

Thermostat OFF in OFF or L
program dry
Airflow direction set Horizontal or Set Set Set
Swing Set Swing Swing Swing

Cooling Thermostat OFF in
cooling
Airflow direction set Set Set Set Set
Swing OFF Horizontal Horizontal Totally closed

Stop
Airflow direction set OFF Horizontal Horizontal Totally closed
Micro-computer control Swing L Swing Swing Swing

(including cooling
operation) Airflow direction set L Set Set Set
Note: 1. L or LL only on FXFQ models

6.8 Hot Start Control (In Heating Only)

At startup with thermostat ON or after the completion of defrosting in heating operation, the indoor
unit fan is controlled to prevent cold air from blasting out and ensure startup capacity.
[Detail of operation]
When either the starting condition 1 or the starting condition 2 is established, the operations
shown below will be conducted.
Defrost ending or oil return ending Hot start ending conditions

or Thermostat ON lapse of 3 minutes
OR TH2 > 34C (93.2F)
Tc > 52C (125.6F)
Hot start control Hot start in progress
H/L remote Normal control

controller setting
Fan
LL
The fan is not OFF before initiating the hot start: LL
The fan is OFF before initiating the hot start: OFF
OFF
Remote controller Normal control
Louver
setting
Po (Horizontal)
FXTQ
At startup with thermostat ON or after the completion of defrosting in heating operation, the indoor
unit fan is controlled to prevent cold air from blasting out and ensure startup capacity.
[Detail of operation]
When either the starting condition 1 or the starting condition 2 is established, the operations
shown below will be conducted.
Hot start start conditions Hot start ending conditions

Starting condition 1: Defrost ending or lapse of 3 minutes
OR oil return ending OR TH2 > 34C (93.2F)
Starting condition 2: Thermostat ON Tc > 52C (125.6F)
Hot start control Hot start in progress Hot start delay
30 sec.
H/L remote Normal control

controller setting
Fan
LL
The fan is not OFF before initiating the hot start: LL
The fan is OFF before initiating the hot start: OFF
OFF
Normal control
ON
Heater
OFF
Normal control
Humidifier
ON
The fan is ON: ON
The fan is OFF: OFF
OFF
TH2: Temperature detected with the gas thermistor

TC : High pressure equivalent saturated temperature

6.9 Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt

We have added a control feature that allows you to select the range of in which air direction can be
adjusted in order to prevent the ceiling surrounding the air discharge outlet of ceiling mounted
cassette type units from being soiled. (This feature is available on round flow, 4 way ceiling
mounted cassette (2'2') types.)
Existing position
P0
P1
P2
P3
P4
Draft prevention position Standard Setting Ceiling soiling prevention

position position
P0 P0 P0
P1 P1
P0' P2
P2
P3 P1' P4 P0''
P4 P1''
P4 P2'
P2''
P3' P3''
P4' P4''
Draft
prevention P0 P1 P2 P3 P4 Same as existing position
position
Range of direction adjustment
Standard Separated into 5 positions

position
Prohibited P0' P1' P2' P3' P4' (P1 - 4)
Range of direction adjustment

Dirt
Separated into 5 positions
prevention Prohibited P0'' P1'' P2'' P3'' P4'' (P2 - 4)
position
The factory setting position is standard position.
Note: The factory setting position of FXFQ model only (round flow) is draft prevention position.

6.10 Heater Control (FXTQ)

6.10.1 Auxiliary Heater Control
If heating is insufficient in heat pump system alone, an electrical heater is to be used as the
auxiliary heater. The following shows the ON/OFF conditions for the electric heater.
Fan H tap
Thermostat OFF/Stop operation
120 seconds (2)
Thermostat OFF
Thermostat OFF
Stop operation
Thermostat step 1 Fan H tap

Heat Pump: Fan normal operation 120 seconds (2)
Condition A
Continues for 5 minutes Timer clear
Electrical heater step setting 01
Heater 1 ON
Heater 2 OFF
Fan H tap (1) Elimination of Condition A
Thermostat step 3 = "ON"
Thermostat step 3 = "OFF"
Heater 1 ON
Heater 2 ON
Fan H tap (1)
Elimination of Condition A
Heater 1 ON
Heater 2 ON
Fan H tap (1)
Note: 1. Fixing of the fan H tap.

2. The heater backup prohibiting conditions are prioritized. Even when the heater ON conditions
are met, the heater is turned OFF when the prohibiting conditions are met.

6.10.2 Heat Pump Lockout Mode

During heating operation, users can select an electrical heater for heating. For this, signals are sent
using ABC terminal of outdoor unit PCB.
When the hot-water heating signal is received from the outdoor unit PCB, heating operation is
performed only with the heater as manual backup operation. The ON/OFF conditions for this
electrical heater are shown below.
Fan H tap
Thermostat OFF/Stop operation 120 seconds (3)
Thermostat OFF
Thermostat ON
Stop operation
Thermostat step 1 H/P Fan H tap

Fan: Normal operation 120 seconds (3)
Condition A
Timer count: 5 minutes Timer clear
Electrical heater step setting 01
Heater 1 ON
Heater 2 OFF
Fan H tap (1) Condition B
Heater 1 ON
Heater 2 ON
Fan H tap (1) Condition B
Heater 1 ON
Heater 2 ON
Fan H tap (1)
Condition B

Condition A
Heating mode
Not during fan residual operation
& [Electrical heater setting] = "01"
OR
& [Electrical heater setting] = "03"
Hot-water heater = "1" (ON)
Condition B
Indoor unit error [Stop due to error]
Indoor unit error [Abnormal stop] Heater backup prohibiting
OR
Indoor unit error [Remote control thermistor error] conditions (2)
Indoor unit error [Suction air thermistor error]
During defrosting or oil return operation
Note: 1. Fixing of the fan H tap.

2. The heater backup prohibiting conditions are prioritized. Even when the heater ON conditions
are met, the heater is turned OFF when the prohibiting conditions are met.
3. The operation must continue for a certain period of time after the heater turns OFF.
4. The thermostat steps for this control comply with the 6.11 4 Step Thermostat Processing
(FXTQ).
6.11 4 Step Thermostat Processing (FXTQ)

[Outline]
The thermostat ON/OFF for the indoor unit is controlled in accordance with [Thermostat Step 1].
The heater ON/OFF operation during heating is controlled in accordance with [Thermostat Step 2,
3, or 4] or [Thermostat Step 1, 2, or 3].
For more details of the heater, see 9.10 Heater Control (FXTQ).
[Detail]
Drain pump abnormal output = OFF
Thermostat OFF error has not occurred.
Forced thermostat OFF = "0" (OFF)
& Normal operation = ON
Remote control operation mode = "Heating"
OR Not during anti-freeze operation
[Thermostat step 1] = "OFF"
[Thermostat step 2] = "OFF" Perform the processing
[Thermostat step 3] = "OFF" in the following chart.
[Thermostat step 4] = "OFF" Elimination conditions of the above
(1) Cooling (2) Heating
ON
OFF [Thermostat step 4]
1.5C (2.7F) 1.5C (2.7F)
ON ON
[Thermostat step 2] OFF [Thermostat step 3]
OFF 1.5C (2.7F) 1.5C (2.7F)
2C (3.6F) ON
4C (7.2F) OFF [Thermostat step 2]
[Thermostat step 1] <Ttsoff>
ON <Ttson>
OFF ON
OFF [Thermostat step 1]
1C (1) 1C (1) 1C (1) 1C (1) Controlled
(1.8F) (1.8F) Controlled temperature temperature
(1.8F) (1.8F)
Set temperature Set temperature
Note: 1. This value varies according to the field setting

6.12 Interlocked with External Equipment (FXTQ)

6.12.1 Humidifier
When a humidifier is connected onsite, the fan operates with the airflow rate set of the remote
controller or with the H tap.
Remote control operation = ON

& (including thermostat OFF) Fan X (3) tap operation
External input = ON (Same operation as with the airflow rate
selected with the remote controller)
Remote control operation = ON
& (including thermostat OFF)
When the external input Fan residual operation for Y (3) seconds
changes from ON to OFF. (The fan airflow rate is set with the X (3) tap.)
Note: 1.This control is different from connection of humidifier and it is used for humidifiers locally
connected in North America.
2.External input ON is an input signal to the X12A terminal on the PCB (A3P).
3. Refer to 2.4 Setting Contents and Code No. for Indoor Units (P.103)
: Factory setting
Mode First Second Code No.

No. Code No. Description of Setting
01 02 03 04
Remote
14 4 Setting of humidifier / air purifier fan tap controller H tap
(24) setting
5 Humidifier residual operation time 30 seconds 60 seconds 120 seconds

6.12.2 Economizer
When indoor and outdoor air temperatures are reversed, the compressor is stopped to let in the
outdoor air to save energy.
This operation is called economizer operation, and the equipment to detect indoor and outdoor air
temperatures and open and close the damper to perform this operation is called an economizer.
The economizer detects indoor and outdoor air temperatures, informs the air conditioner that the
economizer operation is ready, and opens and closes the damper.
The indoor unit stops the outdoor unit when it receives a signal from the economizer and performs
air supply operation.
When the indoor air temperature is cooled down sufficiently by the economizer operation, and it is
no longer necessary (thermostat OFF), the indoor unit outputs a signal to the economizer to close
the damper.
Cooling mode
&
When the thermostat is ON
Stop Thermostat ON signal (1) Transfer Thermostat ON signal (1) to the
to the economizer. economizer.
Elimination of others
Cooling mode
& When the thermostat is ON
External input = ON (2)
Normal operation Transfer the thermostat OFF state to
the outdoor unit. (3)
EV = 0 pulse
Elimination of others
The remote controller indicates cooling
operation.
The fan tap follows the remote
controller.
Remote control ON
Stop indoor unit ON signal (4) Transfer indoor unit ON signal (4) to the
to the economizer. economizer.
Remote control OFF
Note: 1. Thermostat ON signal: A signal to turn ON the indoor unit thermostat and allow the economizer
to open the damper.
It turns ON the relay on the X8A side of X23A on the PCB (A3P).
2. External input ON is an input signal to the X11A terminal on the PCB (A3P).
3. To stop the compressor while the economizer is in operation to save energy.
4. Remote control ON signal: Contact output which shows the operating status of the indoor unit.
This signal turns on the relay on the opposite side of X8A of X23A on the PCB (A3P).
6.12.3 Air Purifier (UV lamp)

When an air purifier is connected onsite, the fan is operated with the airflow rate set of the remote
controller or with the H tap.
Remote control operation Fan x tap operation

& (including thermostat OFF) (Same operation as with the airflow rate selected
External input = ON (1) with the remote controller)
Note: 1. External input ON is an input signal to the X25A terminal on the PCB (A3P).

SiUS341504E
Part 5
Field Settings
1. Test Operation ..........................................................................................99
1.1 Checks before Test Operation ................................................................... 99
1.2 Test Operation Checks............................................................................... 99
2. Field Setting from Remote Controller...................................................... 100
2.1 Wired Remote Controller.......................................................................... 100
2.2 Wireless Remote Controller ..................................................................... 101
2.3 Simplified Remote Controller.................................................................... 102
2.4 Setting Contents and Code No. for Indoor Units ...................................... 103
3. Field Setting from Outdoor Unit............................................................... 120
3.1 Accessing the BS Buttons on the Logic Board......................................... 120
3.2 Operating the BS Buttons and DIP Switches on the Logic Board ............ 121
3.3 Connecting of the Optional PC Configurator Cable to the
Outdoor Unit ............................................................................................. 123
3.4 Monitoring Function and Field Settings .................................................... 124
3.5 Cool / Heat Mode Changeover................................................................. 130
3.6 Setting of Low Night Noise Operation and Demand Operation................ 131
4. Charging Refrigerant............................................................................... 136
4.1 Precautions .............................................................................................. 136
4.2 Calculating the Additional Refrigerant Charge ......................................... 136
4.3 Method for Adding Refrigerant ................................................................. 138
98 Field Settings
SiUS341504E Test Operation
1. Test Operation
1.1 Checks before Test Operation
Before carrying out a test operation, proceed as follows:
Step Action
1 Make sure the voltage at the primary side of the safety breaker is:
(230V or 460V) 10% for 3-phase units
2 Fully open the liquid and the gas stop valve.
1.2 Test Operation Checks

To carry out a test operation, check the following:
Check that the temperature setting of the remote controller is at the lowest level in cooling mode or use test
mode.
Go through the following checklist:
Checkpoints Cautions or warnings
Are all units securely installed? z Dangerous for turning over during storm
z Possible damage to pipe connections
Is the earth wire installed according to the applicable local Dangerous if electric leakage occurs
standard?
Are all air inlets and outlets of the indoor and outdoor units z Poor cooling
unobstructed? z Poor heating
Does the drain flow out smoothly? Water leakage
Is piping adequately heat-insulated? Water leakage
Have the connections been checked for gas leakage? z Poor cooling
z Poor heating
z Stop
Is the supply voltage conform to the specifications on the Incorrect operation
name plate?
Are the cable sizes as specified and according to local Damage of cables
regulations?
Are the remote controller signals received by the unit? No operation
Field Settings 99
Field Setting from Remote Controller SiUS341504E
2. Field Setting from Remote Controller

Individual function of indoor unit can be changed from the remote controller. At the time of installation or after
service inspection / repair, make the field setting in accordance with the following description.
Wrong setting may cause error.
(When optional accessory is mounted on the indoor unit, setting for the indoor unit may be required to change.
Refer to information in the option handbook.)
2.1 Wired Remote Controller

2.1.1 BRC1E73
<Basic screen> 1. Press and hold Cancel button for
(1) 4 seconds or more.
Service settings menu is
displayed.
2. Select Field Settings in the

Service Settings menu, and
press Menu/OK button.
Field settings screen is
displayed.
Press and hold Cancel
button for 4 seconds or
more during backlight lit. 3. Highlight the mode, and select
desired Mode No. by using
(Up/Down) button.
<Service Settings menu screen>
4. In the case of setting per indoor
(2) unit during group control (When
Mode No. such as 20 , 21 ,
22 , 23 , 25 are selected),
highlight the unit No. and select
Indoor unit No. to be set by
using (Up/Down) button.
(In the case of group total setting,
this operation is not needed.)
Press Menu/OK button.
In the case of individual setting
per indoor unit, current settings
<Service Settings screen> are displayed. And, SECOND
CODE NO. - means no
In the case of individual In the case of group total function.
setting per indoor unit setting
(3) (3)
5. Highlight SECOND CODE NO. of
(4) (5) the FIRST CODE NO. to be
(5) changed, and select desired
SECOND CODE NO. by using
(Up/Down) button. Multiple
SECOND CODE NO. identical mode number settings
FIRST CODE (SW) NO. are available.
In case of setting for all indoor
units in the remote control
group, available SECOND
CODE NO. is displayed as
which means it can be
changed.
When SECOND CODE NO. is
displayed as - , there is no
function.
100 Field Settings

SiUS341504E Field Setting from Remote Controller
6. Press Menu/OK button. Setting

confirmation screen is displayed.
<Setting confirmation screen>
(6) 7. Select Yes and press Menu/OK

button. Setting details are
(7) determined and field settings
screen returns.
8. In the case of multiple setting

changes, repeat (3) to (7).

9. After all setting changes are
completed, press Cancel button
twice.
Setting confirmation
10. Backlight goes out, and
Checking the connection.
Please standby. is displayed for
initialization. After the
initialization, the basic screen
returns.
NOTE
Installation of optional accessories on the indoor unit may require changes to field settings.
See the manual of the optional accessory.
For field setting details related to the indoor unit, see installation manual shipped with the indoor unit.
2.2 Wireless Remote Controller

MODE NO.
FIELD SETTING MODE
3
4
SECOND CODE NO.

FIRST CODE NO.
1, 6
1. When in the normal mode, press the button for 4 seconds or more, and operation then enters the
field setting mode.
2. Select the desired mode No. with the button.
3. Pressing the button, select the first code No.
4. Pressing the button, select the second code No.
5. Press the timer button and check the settings.
6. Press the button to return to the normal mode.
(Example)
When setting the filter sign time to Contamination Heavy in all group unit setting, set the Mode No. to 10, First
code No. to 0 and second code No. to 02.
Field Settings 101

2.3 Simplified Remote Controller
MODE NO.
FIRST
CODE NO.
UNIT NO.
SECOND
CODE NO.
3
3
8 2 7 4 5 6
1. Remove the upper part of remote controller.

2. When in the normal mode, press the [BS6] BUTTON () (field setting), and the FIELD SETTING MODE is
entered.
3. Select the desired MODE No. with the [BS2] BUTTON () (temperature setting V) and the [BS3] BUTTON
() (temperature setting W).
4. During group control, when setting by each indoor unit (mode No. 20, 22, and 23 have been selected), press
the [BS8] () BUTTON (unit No.) and select the INDOOR UNIT NO. to be set. (This operation is unnecessary
when setting by group.)
5. Press the [BS9] BUTTON () (set A) and select FIRST CODE NO.
6. Press the [BS10] BUTTON () (set B) and select SECOND CODE NO.
7. Press the [BS7] BUTTON () (set/cancel) once and the present settings are SET.
8. Press the [BS6] BUTTON () (field setting) to return to the NORMAL MODE.
9. (Example) If during group setting and the time to clean air filter is set to FILTER CONTAMINATION - HEAVY,
SET MODE NO. to 10, FIRST CODE NO. to 0, and SECOND CODE NO. to 02.
102 Field Settings

2.4 Setting Contents and Code No. for Indoor Units

: Factory setting
No. Code Setting Contents
(2) No. 01 02 03 04
Approx. Approx.
Ultra long life 10,000 5,000
Filter Sign Setting filter
(Setting for display time to hrs. hrs.
clean air filter) Approx. Approx.
0 (Sets display time to clean air Long life filter Light 2,500 Heavy 1,250
filter to half when there is hrs. hrs.
heavy filter contamination.) Standard Approx. Approx.
filter 200 hrs. 100 hrs.
0 (6) Filter Sign Setting Light Heavy
1 Ultra Long Life Filter Sign Setting Long life filter Ultra long life filter
10(20) 1 (6) Filter cleaning sign time (Light/Heavy) 2,500/1,250 10,000/5,000
Remote controller + Only suction air Only remote
2 Selection of Thermistor Suction air controller
thermistor thermistor thermistor
Only remote sensor Only remote
2 (6) Remote sensor and remote controller thermistor Both controller
thermistor thermistor
3 "Filter Cleaning" Displayed or Not Displayed Display No display
Remote controller Remote controller
6 Remote controller thermostat control during the thermostat control thermostat control
group control
is not permitted is permitted
7 Auxiliary electric heater ON/OFF temperature Refer to P.108 for detail.
1 Auxiliary electric heater ON temperature: Ttson
(8)
Refer to P.108 for detail.
Auxiliary electric heater OFF temperature: Ttsoff
2 (8)
3 Setting the airflow rate when heating Standard Slightly increased Increased
Infrared
6 Setting the rate of human detection High sensitivity Low sensitivity Standard presence
11(21) sensitivity sensor
disabled
7 Airflow adjustment OFF Completion of Start of airflow
airflow adjustment adjustment
Priorities given on Priorities given
8 Compensating the temperature around human Suction air the suction air Standard on the floor
temperature only
temperature temperature
9 Compensating the floor temperature 4C (7.2F) 2C (3.6F) 0C (0F) +2C (+3.6F)
0 Optional Output Switching Refer to P.110 for detail.
(field selection of output for adaptor for wiring)
External ON/OFF Input
1 (Set when ON/OFF is to be controlled from Refer to P.110 for detail.
outside.)
Thermostat Switching
2 (Set when remote sensor is to be used.) 1C (1.8F) 0.5C (0.9F) (7)
12(22)
3 Airflow Setting when Heating Thermostat is OFF LL Set fan speed
Setting of Operation Mode to "AUTO"
4 (automatic temperature differential setting for Refer to P.111 for detail.
VRV system Heat Recovery series cool/heat)
5 Auto Restart after Power Failure Reset Not equipped Equipped
6 Airflow when Cooling Thermostat is OFF LL Set fan speed
0 Setting of Normal Airflow N H S
1 Airflow Direction Setting F (4 directions) T (3 directions) W
(Set when a blocking pad kit has been installed.) (2 directions)
2 Swing pattern settings All direction Facing swing
(In case of an infrared floor sensor is installed) synchronized swing
13(23) 3 Operation of downward flow flap: Yes/No Equipped Not equipped
4 Setting of Airflow Direction Adjustment Range Draft prevention Standard Ceiling Soiling
prevention
5 Setting of the Static Pressure Selection Standard High static pressure
6 External Static Pressure Settings Refer to P.113 for detail.
4 (6) Setting of Humidifier / Air Purifier Fan Tap Remote controller H tap
14 setting
(24)
5 (6) Residual Operation Time 30 seconds 60 seconds 120 seconds
Field Settings 103


No. Code Setting Contents
(2) No. 01 02 03 04
1 Humidification when Heating Thermostat is OFF Not equipped Equipped
Setting of Direct Duct Connection
2 (when the indoor unit and energy recovery Not equipped Equipped
ventilator unit are connected by duct directly.)
15(25) (5)
3 Interlocked Operation between Humidifier and Not equipped Equipped
Drain Pump
5 Individual Setting of Ventilation Not equipped Equipped
1b (2b) 3 Display of Contact Center Displayed Not displayed
4 Display of error codes on the remote controller Two-digit display Four-digit
display
12 Key-lock pattern settings No operation No operation No menu No menu
allowed (Cancel allowed (Cancel operation is operation is
procedure is procedure is not allowed allowed any
displayed.) displayed.) (Cancel time.
procedure is
displayed.)
14 Setting "restricted / permitted" of airflow block Refer to P.115 for detail.
1c (2c) 0 Room temperature display Room temperature Room temperature
is not displayed is displayed
1. Settings are made simultaneously for the entire group, however, if you select the mode No. inside
Note : parentheses, you can also set by each individual unit. Setting changes however cannot be checked except in
the individual mode for those in parentheses.
2. The mode numbers inside parentheses cannot be used by wireless remote controllers, so they cannot be set
individually. Setting changes also cannot be checked.
3. Do not make settings other than those described above. Nothing is displayed for functions the indoor unit is
not equipped with.
4. 88 or Checking the connection. Please stand by. may be displayed to indicate the remote controller is
resetting when returning to the normal mode.
5. If the setting mode to Equipped, energy recovery ventilator fan conducts the fan residual operation by
linking to indoor unit.
6. Only for FXTQ
7. For FXTQ: Factory setting is 02.
8. Thermostat
ON Set temperature
Thermostat
OFF
<Ttsoff>
<Ttson>
104 Field Settings

2.4.1 Applicable Range of Field setting

Ceiling mounted Slim Ceiling Ceiling Wall Floor Concealed Air 4-way blow
cassette type ceiling mounted suspended mounted standing floor handling ceiling
Setting Modes mounted duct type type type type standing unit suspended
Round flow 4 way flow duct type type cassette type
FXFQ FXZQ FXDQ FXMQ FXHQ FXAQ FXLQ FXNQ FXTQ FXUQ
Filter sign
Ultra long life filter sign
Remote controller
Set fan speed when

thermostat OFF
Airflow adjustment ceiling
height
Airflow direction
Airflow direction
adjustment
(Down flow operation)
Airflow direction
adjustment range
Field setting fan speed

selection 1 1
Auxiliary electric heater

ON/OFF temperature (FXFQ-T only)
1. Static pressure selection
Field Settings 105

2.4.2 Detailed Explanation of Setting Modes

Filter Sign Setting
If switching the filter sign ON time, set as given in the table below.
Mode No. First Code Second Standard Long Life Ultra Long Life Setting
No. Code No. Filter Filter Filter
01 200 hrs. 2,500 hrs. 10,000 hrs. Contamination Light
10 (20) 0
02 100 hrs. 1,250 hrs. 5,000 hrs. Contamination Heavy
FXTQ
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. Setting
01 Light
10 (20) 0
02 Heavy
Ultra Long Life Filter Sign Setting

When a Ultra long life filter is installed, the filter sign timer setting must be changed.
01 Long Life Filter
10 (20) 1
02 Ultra Long Life Filter
FXTQ
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. Display time (Light/Heavy)
01 2,500/1,250
10 (20) 1
02 10,000/5,000
Selection of Thermistor
Select a thermistor to control room temperature.
When the unit is not equipped with an infrared floor sensor:
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. Thermistor that controls room temperature
01 Room temperature thermistor in remote controller

and suction air thermistor for indoor unit
10 (20) 2 02 Suction air thermistor for indoor unit
03 Room temperature thermistor in remote controller
The factory setting for the Second Code No. is "01" and room temperature is controlled by the suction air
thermistor and room temperature thermistor in remote controller.
When the Second Code No. is set to "02", room temperature is controlled by the suction air thermistor.
When the Second Code No. is set to "03", room temperature is controlled by the room temperature thermistor in
remote controller.
106 Field Settings

(F) (C)
96.8 36
93.2 34 In cooling
89.6 32
Suction air Remote controller Suction air
86 30 thermistor thermistor thermistor
Set temperature
82.4 28 thermistor thermistor thermistor
78.8 26
75.2 24
71.6 22
68 20
17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 (C)
62.6 66.2 69.8 73.4 77 80.6 84.2 87.8 91.4 95 98.6 (F)
(F) (C)
89.6 32
86 30
82.4 28
78.8 26 In heating Suction air

Set temperature
Suction air Remote controller

thermistor thermistor thermistor
75.2 24
71.6 22 thermistor thermistor thermistor
68 20
64.4 18
60.8 16
57.2 14
14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 (C)
57.2 60.8 64.4 68 71.6 75.2 78.8 82.4 86 89.6 93.2 (F)
When the unit is equipped with an infrared floor sensor:
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No.
10 (20) 2 01 02 02 02 02 03
11 (21) 8 01 01 02 03 04 01
The thermistor to be used
Remote controller thermistor { {
Suction air thermistor { { { { {
Infrared floor sensor { { {
The infrared floor Priorities given Priorities given on the

sensor is not used on the suction air floor temperature ()
temperature ()
Only the suction air Only the remote
Standard setting controller thermistor
thermistor is used
(Factory setting) is used
Refer to "Compensating the temperature around human."
Note that the control is automatically switched to the one performed only by the suction air thermistor for indoor
unit when the Second code No. is "01" during the group control.
To use the remote controller thermistor during the group control, select the Second code No. "02" in First code No. "6."
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. Note
01 The remote controller thermostat control is not permitted during the group control
10 (20) 6
02 The remote controller thermostat control is permitted during the group control
Field Settings 107

"Filter Cleaning" Displayed or Not Displayed

Whether or not to display "Filter Cleaning" after operation of certain duration can be selected.
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. "Filter Cleaning" display
01 Display
10 (20) 3
02 No display
"Filter Cleaning" is not displayed when an Auto-clean Panel is connected.
Auxiliary Electric Heater ON/OFF Temperature Setting
Thermostat
ON Set temperature
Thermostat
OFF
<Ttsoff>
<Ttson>
First Code Second Code No.

Mode No. Symbol
No. 01 02 03 04 05 06
4C 3.5C 3C 2.5C 2C 1.5C
1 <Ttson> (7.2F) (6.3F) (5.4F) (4.5F) (3.6F) (2.7F)
11 (21)
2 <Ttsoff> 2C 1.5C 1C 0.5C 0C 0.5C
(3.6F) (2.7F) (1.8F) (0.9F) (0F) (0.9F)
FXTQ, FXMQ-PB
First Code Second Code No.
Mode No. No. Symbol
01 02 03 04 05 06
4C 3.5C 3C 2.5C 2C 1.5C
<Ttson> (7.2F) (6.3F) (5.4F) (4.5F) (3.6F) (2.7F)
10 (20) 7
2C 1.5C 1C 0.5C 0C 0.5C
<Ttsoff> (3.6F) (2.7F) (1.8F) (0.9F) (0F) (0.9F)
There is a limitation of combination between Ttson and Ttsoff as below due to 2C (3.6F) hysteresis required for
reliability. The combinations shown with N/A cannot be selected.
<Ttson>
Second Code No. 01 02 03 04 05 06

4C 3.5C 3C 2.5C 2C 1.5C
(7.2F) (6.3F) (5.4F) (4.5F) (3.6F) (2.7F)
06 0.5C (0.9F)
05 0C (0F) N/A
<Ttsoff>
04 0.5C (0.9F) N/A N/A

03 1C (1.8F) N/A N/A N/A
02 1.5C (2.7F) N/A N/A N/A N/A
01 2C (3.6F) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
108 Field Settings

Setting the Airflow Rate when Heating

The fan revolution is changed to maintain the sufficient distance for warm air to reach during the heating
operation. The setting should be changed depending on the installation condition of the unit.
Second Code No.
Mode No. First Code No.
01 02 03
11 (21) 3 Standard Slightly increased Increased
Note that this setting is effective only during the heating operation.
Setting the Rate of Human Detection

(For units with the infrared presence sensor only)
Set the sensitivity of the infrared presence sensor.
The infrared presence sensor can be disabled by selecting the Second code No. "04."
(Note) When the infrared presence sensor is disabled, the remote controller menu does not display some
functions such as the automatic draft reduction, energy-saving operation in absence and halt in absence.
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. Contents
01 High sensitivity
02 Low sensitivity
11(21) 6
03 Standard sensitivity
04 Infrared presence sensor disabled
Airflow Adjustment (AUTO)

External Static Pressure Settings
Make settings in either method (a) or method (b) as explained below.
(a) Use the airflow auto adjustment function to make settings.
Airflow auto adjustment: The volume of discharge air is automatically adjusted to the rated quantity.
(b) Select External Static Pressure with Remote Controller Check that 01 (OFF) is set for the SECOND CODE No.
in MODE No. 21 for airflow adjustment on an indoor unit basis in Table 4. The SECOND CODE No. is set to
01 (OFF) at factory setting. Change the SECOND CODE No. as shown in table according to the external static
pressure of the duct to be connected.
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. Airflow Adjustment
01 OFF
11 (21) 7 02 Completion of airflow adjustment
03 Start of airflow adjustment
Compensating the Temperature around Human

(When the unit is equipped with an infrared floor sensor)
Change the ratio between the suction air temperature and floor temperature used to calculate the temperature
around human.
The temperature around human is calculated using the values of the suction air thermistor and the infrared floor
sensor. The factory setting is "Normal" (the average value of the suction air temperature and the floor
temperature is applied). However, the rate at which the suction air thermistor and the infrared floor sensor affect
the temperature around human can be changed with this setting.
To reflect the effect of the temperature around the ceiling, select the "Priorities given on the suction air
temperature" (the Second code No. "02").
To reflect the effect of the temperature around the floor, select the "Priorities given on the floor temperature"
(the Second code No. "04").
The infrared floor sensor can be disabled by selecting "Suction air temperature only" (the Second code No.
"01").
01 Suction air temperature only
02 Priorities given on the suction air temperature
11 (21) 8
03 Standard
04 Priorities given on the floor temperature
Field Settings 109

Compensating the Floor Temperature

(When the unit is equipped with an infrared floor sensor)
Offset the detected value of the infrared floor sensor with a certain temperature. This setting should be used to
have the actual floor temperature detected when, for example, the unit is installed close to a wall.
01 4C (7.2F)
02 2C (3.6F)
11 (21) 9
03 0C (0F)
04 +2C (+3.6F)
[Actual procedure to use the setting]
Although the standard setting is normally used with no problem, the setting should be changed in the following
cases:
Environment Operation Mode Problem Setting Value
The unit is installed close to a wall or a window. Heated too much +2C (+3.6F)
High thermal capacity of the floor whose material is
concrete, etc. Heating
There are many heat sources like a PC. Heated little 2C to 4C
There is a non-negligible heat source such as floor (3.6F to 7.2F)
heating.
Optional Output Switching

Using this setting, "operation output signal" and "abnormal output signal" can be provided. Output signal is output
between terminals X1 and X2 of "adaptor for wiring", an optional accessory.
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. Remarks
01 Indoor unit thermostat ON/OFF signal is provided.
02
Output linked with "Start/Stop" of remote controller is
03 provided.
In case of "Error Display" appears on the remote
12 (22) 0 04 controller, output is provided.
05
06
07 Only for FXMQ-PB
Economizer (field supply) ON/OFF signal is provided.
External ON/OFF Input

This input is used for "ON/OFF operation" and "Protection device input" from the outside. The input is performed
from the T1-T2 terminal of the operation terminal block in the electrical component box.
F2 T1 T2
Forced stop
Input A
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. Operation by input of the signal A
ON: Forced stop (prohibition of using the remote
01 controller)
OFF: Permission of using the remote controller
OFF ON: Permission of operation
02 ON OFF: Stop
ON: Operation
12 (22) 1 OFF: The system stops, then the applicable unit
03 indicates "A0". The other indoor units indicate
"U9".
04
Only for FXMQ-PB
05 ON: Economizer (field supply) is connected.
OFF: Not connected
110 Field Settings

Thermostat Switching
Differential value during thermostat ON/OFF control can be changed.
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. Differential value
01 1C (1.8F)
12(22) 2
02 0.5C (0.9F)
Airflow Setting when Heating Thermostat is OFF

This setting is used to set airflow when heating thermostat is OFF.
When thermostat OFF airflow volume up mode is used, careful consideration is required before deciding
installation location.
01 LL airflow
12 (22) 3
02 Preset airflow
Setting of Operation Mode to "AUTO"

This setting makes it possible to change differential values for mode selection while in automatic operation mode.
Second Code No.
Mode No. First Code No.
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08
12 (22) 4 0C 1C 2C 3C 4C 5C 6C 7C
(0F) (1.8F) (3.6F) (5.4F) (7.2F) (9.0F) (10.8F) (12.6F)
The automatic operation mode setting is made by the use of the "Operation Mode Selector" button.
Auto Restart after Power Failure Reset

01 Not equipped
12 (22) 5
02 Equipped
For the air conditioners with no setting for the function, the units will be left in the stop condition when the power
supply is reset automatically after power failure reset or the main power supply is turned ON again after once
turned OFF. However, for the air conditioners with the setting (same as factory setting), the units may start
automatically after power failure reset or the main power supply turned ON again (return to the same operation
condition as that of before power failure).
For the above reasons, when the unit is set enabling to utilize Auto restart function after power failure reset,
utmost care should be paid for the occurrence of the following situation.
Caution 1. The air conditioner starts operation suddenly after power failure reset or
the main power supply turned ON again. Consequently, the user might be
surprised (with question for the reason why).
2. In the service work, for example, turning OFF the main power switch
during the unit is in operation, and turning ON the switch again after the
work is completed start the unit operation (the fan rotates).
Airflow when Cooling Thermostat is OFF

This is used to set airflow to "LL airflow" when cooling thermostat is OFF.
01 LL airflow
12 (22) 6
02 Preset airflow
Field Settings 111

Setting of Normal Airflow

Make the following setting according to the ceiling height. The second code No. is set to 01 at the factory.
In the Case of FXHQ, FXAQ
01 Standard (N)
13 (23) 0 02 Slight increase (H)
03 Normal increase (S)
In the Case of FXFQ12~30

First Code Second Ceiling height
Mode No. No. Code No. Setting
4-way Outlets 3-way Outlets 2-way Outlets
Lower than Lower than Lower than
01 Standard (N) 2.7 m 3.0 m 3.5 m
(8-29/32 ft) (9-29/32 ft) (11-1/2 ft)
13 (23) 0 02 High Ceiling (H) 3.0 m 3.3 m 3.8 m
(9-29/32 ft) (10-27/32 ft) (12-15/32 ft)
Lower than Lower than
03 Higher Ceiling (S) 3.5 m 3.5 m
(11-1/2 ft) (11-1/2 ft)
In the Case of FXFQ36

First Code Second Ceiling height
Mode No. No. Code No. Setting
4-way Outlets 3-way Outlets 2-way Outlets
01 Standard (N) 3.2 m 3.6 m 4.2 m
(10-1/2 ft) (11-12/18 ft) (13-25/32 ft)
13 (23) 0 02 High Ceiling (H) 3.6 m 4.0 m 4.2 m
(11-12/18 ft) (13-1/8 ft) (13-25/32 ft)
Lower than Lower than
03 Higher Ceiling (S) 4.2 m 4.2 m
(13-25/32 ft) (13-25/32 ft)
Airflow Direction Setting

Set the airflow direction of indoor units as given in the table below. (Set when sealing material kit of air discharge
outlet has been installed.) The second code No. is factory set to 01.
01 F: 4-direction airflow
13 (23) 1 02 T: 3-direction airflow
03 W: 2-direction airflow
Swing Pattern Settings

(In case of a infrared floor sensor is installed)
Set the flap operation in swing mode.
With the factory swing, flaps facing each other are synchronized to operate, and flaps placed side by side are set
to swing in an opposite direction to agitate airflow to reduce temperature irregularity.
Conventional swing operation (all direction synchronized swing) can be set onsite.
01 All direction synchronized swing
13 (23) 2 02
03 Facing swing
112 Field Settings

Setting of Airflow Direction Adjustment Range

Make the following airflow direction setting according to the respective purpose.

01 Upward (Draft prevention)
13 (23) 4 02 Standard
03 Downward (Ceiling soiling prevention)
Some indoor unit models are not equipped with draft prevention (upward) function.
Setting of the Static Pressure Selection (for FXDQ model)
Model No. First Code No. Second Code No. External static pressure
01 Standard (FXDQ07-12: 10 Pa (0.04 inH2O),

FXDQ1824: 30 Pa (0.12 inH2O))
13 (23) 5 High static pressure
02 (FXDQ07-12: 15 Pa (0.06 inH2O),
FXDQ1824: 45 Pa (0.18 inH2O))
External Static Pressure Settings (for FXMQ model)

Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. External Static Pressure
01 30 Pa (0.12 inH2O) (1) (3)
02 50 Pa (0.20 inH2O)
03 60 Pa (0.24 inH2O)
04 70 Pa (0.28 inH2O)
05 80 Pa (0.32 inH2O)
06 90 Pa (0.36 inH2O)
07 100 Pa (0.40 inH2O)
13 (23) 6 08 110 Pa (0.44 inH2O) (2)
09 120 Pa (0.48 inH2O) (2)
10 130 Pa (0.52 inH2O) (2)
11 140 Pa (0.56 inH2O) (2)
12 150 Pa (0.60 inH2O) (2) (3)
13 160 Pa (0.64 inH2O) (2) (3)
14 180 Pa (0.72 inH2O) (2) (3)
15 200 Pa (0.80 inH2O) (2) (3)
The Second Code No. is set to 07 (an external static pressure of 100 Pa (0.40 inH2O)) at factory setting.
1. FXMQ15 18 24 30 36 48PB cannot be set to 30 Pa (0.12 inH2O).
2. FXMQ07 09 12PB cannot be set to 110 ~ 200 Pa (0.44 ~ 0.80 inH2O).
3. FXMQ54PB cannot be set to 30 Pa (0.12 inH2O) or 150 ~ 200 Pa (0.60 ~ 0.80 inH2O).
Setting of Humidifier / Air Purifier Fan Tap (for FXTQ model)

01 Remote controller setting
14 (24) 4
02 H tap
Residual Operation Time (for FXTQ model)

01 30 seconds
14 (24) 5 02 60 seconds
03 120 seconds
Field Settings 113

Humidification when Heating Thermostat is OFF

Setting to "Humidification Setting" turns ON the humidifier if suction air temperature is 20C (68F) or above and
turns OFF the humidifier if suction air temperature is 18C (64.4F) or below when the heating thermostat is OFF.
01 Not equipped
15 (25) 1
02 Setting of humidifier
Setting of Direct Duct Connection

This is used when "fresh air intake kit equipped with fan" is connected. The indoor fan carries out residual
operation for one minute after the thermostat is stopped. (For the purpose of preventing dust on the air filter from
falling off.)
01 Without direct duct connection
15 (25) 2
02 With direct duct connection equipped with fan
Interlocked Operation between Humidifier and Drain Pump

This is used to interlock the humidifier with the drain pump. When water is drained out of the unit, this setting is
unnecessary.
01 Individual operation of humidifier
15 (25) 3 Interlocked operation between humidifier and drain
02 pump
Individual Setting of Ventilation

This is set to perform individual operation of Energy recovery ventilator using the remote controller/central unit
when Energy recovery ventilator is built in.
(Switch only when Energy recovery ventilator is built in.)
01 Not equipped
15 (25) 5
02 Individual operation of ventilation
Display of Contact Center (For BRC1E73 only)

You can turn OFF the display of "DAIKIN Contact Center" as "Contact for Service Display."
01 Displayed
1b (2b) 3
02 Not displayed
Display of Error Codes on the Remote Controller (For BRC1E73 only)

Error code (four digits) is displayed for limited products.
Select two-digit display if four-digit display is not preferred.
02 Two-digit display
1b (2b) 4
04 Four-digit display
114 Field Settings

Key-lock Pattern Settings (For BRC1E73 only)

Setting of key-lock pattern for the remote controller
No operation allowed
01 (Cancel procedure is displayed.)
02 No operation allowed
1b (2b) 12 (Cancel procedure is not displayed.)
03 No menu operation is allowed.
04 No menu operation is allowed any time.
When the Second code No. is set to "04," no menu operation is allowed without key-lock by pressing and
holding the menu button. Set the Second code No. to other than "4" to cancel it.
Setting "Restricted / Permitted" of Airflow Block (For Sensing flow type only)
Due to possibility of dew condensation, the airflow block function cannot be enabled when closure material kit,
fresh air intake kit, natural / separately installed evaporation humidifier, or branch air duct.
This setting will prevent the airflow bock is advertently set to ON.
Ensure that this setting is "Disable airflow block" when using together with options listed above.
01 Airflow block permitted
02
1b (2b) 14 03
04
05 Airflow block restricted
Room Temperature Display (For BRC1E73 only)

A "Detailed display screen" can be selected as the display screen. This setting is used if you do not want to
display "Room temperature display" on the "Detailed display screen."
01 Room temperature is not displayed.
1c (2c) 0
02 Room temperature is displayed.
Field Settings 115

2.4.3 Centralized Control Group No. Setting

BRC1E Type
In order to conduct the centralized remote control using the central remote controller and the unified ON/OFF
controller, Group No. settings should be made by group using the operating remote controller.
Make Group No. settings for centralized remote control using the operating remote controller.
(1) <Basic screen>
1. Press and hold Cancel button for 4 seconds or more.
Service Settings menu in displayed.
(2) <Service Settings menu screen>

2. Select Group Address , and press Menu/OK button.
Group Address screen is displayed.
(3) <Group Address>

3. Select Group Address (Group), and press Menu/OK button.
Group Address (Group) screen is displayed.
(3) <Group Address (Group)>

4. Select the group No. by using ST (Up/Down) button.
For wireless remote controller, see the following.

Note: For setting group No. of Energy recovery ventilator and wiring adaptor for other air conditioners, etc., refer to
the installation manual attached.
NOTICE
Enter the group No. and installation place of the indoor unit into the attached installation table. Be sure to keep
the installation table with the operation manual for maintenance.
116 Field Settings

BRC7C Type / BRC7E Type / BRC4C Type

Group No. setting by wireless remote controller for centralized control
1. When in the normal mode, press button for 4 seconds or more, and operation then enters the field
setting mode.
2. Set mode No. 00 with button.
3. Set the group No. for each group with button (advance/backward).
4. Enter the selected group numbers by pressing button.
5. Press button and return to the normal mode.
MODE No.
FIELD SETTING MODE
3
GROUP No.
1, 5
Group No. Setting Example
Central Remote
Controller
Indoor/Outdoor Outdoor/Outdoor Indoor/Outdoor Outdoor/Outdoor
F1 F2
F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2
F1 F2 P1 P2 F1 F2 P1 P2 F1 F2 P1 P2 F1 F2 P1 P2
RC
Main RC RC Sub RC Group Control by Remote Controller
1-00
(Automatic unit address)
1-01 1-02
F1 F2 P1 P2 F1 F2 P1 P2 F1 F2 P1 P2 F1 F2 P1 P2
No Remote Controller
RC
1-03
1-04
When turning the power supply ON, the unit may often not accept any operation while 88 is displaying after all
Caution indications were displayed once for about 1 minute on the liquid crystal display. This is not an operative fault.
Field Settings 117

2.4.4 Outdoor-Air Processing Unit - Field Setting (Remote Controller)

: Factory setting
No.
Code Setting Contents
No. 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15
0 Filter contamination 2500 hr 1250 hr
10 Display time to
(20) 3 clean air filter Display No
calculation display
1 External ON/OFF Forced ON/OFF

12 input OFF control
(22) Power failure Not
5 automatic reset equipped Equipped
Discharge C 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 25 25
14 3 pipe
(24) temperature
(cooling) F 55.4 57.2 59 60.8 62.6 64.4 66.2 68 69.8 71.6 73.4 75.2 77 77 77
2.4.5 Setting of Operation Control Mode from Remote Controller

(Field Setting)
The operation control mode is compatible with a variety of controls and operations by limiting the functions of the
operation remote controller. Furthermore, operations such as remote controller ON/OFF can be limited in
accordance with the combination conditions. (Refer to information in the next page.)
Central remote controller is normally available for operations. (Except when centralized monitor is connected)
2.4.6 Contents of Control Modes

20 modes consisting of combinations of the following 5 operation modes with temperature and operation mode
setting by remote controller can be set and displayed by operation modes 0 through 19.
ON/OFF control impossible by remote controller
Used when you want to turn ON/OFF by central remote controller only.
(Cannot be turned ON/OFF by remote controller.)
OFF control only possible by remote controller
Used when you want to turn ON by central remote controller only, and OFF by remote controller only.
Centralized
Used when you want to turn ON by central remote controller only, and turn ON/OFF freely by remote
controller during set time.
Individual
Used when you want to turn ON/OFF by both central remote controller and remote controller.
Timer operation possible by remote controller
Used when you want to turn ON/OFF by remote controller during set time and you do not want to start
operation by central remote controller when time of system start is programmed.
118 Field Settings

How to Select Operation Mode

Whether operation by remote controller will be possible or not for turning ON/OFF, controlling temperature or
setting operation mode is selected and decided by the operation mode given on the right edge of the table below.
Example
ON by remote OFF by remote
Temperature Operation mode
controller controller OFF by Control
control by setting by
(Unified ON by (Unified OFF by remote mode is "1".
remote controller remote controller
central remote central remote controller
controller) controller)

Rejection Rejection Rejection Acceptance Acceptance
: Factory setting
Control by remote controller
Operation
Unified operation,
Control mode individual operation Unified OFF, Control mode
individual stop by OFF Temperature Operation
by central remote control mode setting
controller, or central remote
operation controlled controller, or timer
by timer stop
Acceptance 0
Rejection
ON/OFF control Rejection 10
impossible by Rejection
(Example) Acceptance
remote controller Acceptance (Example) 1 (Example)
(Example)
Rejection (Example) Rejection 11
Acceptance 2
Rejection
OFF control only Rejection (Example) Rejection 12
possible by remote
controller Acceptance 3
Acceptance
Rejection 13
Acceptance 4
Rejection
Rejection 14
Centralized
Acceptance 5
Acceptance
Rejection 15
Acceptance Acceptance
Acceptance 6
Rejection
Rejection 16
Individual Acceptance
Acceptance 7
Acceptance
Rejection 17
Acceptance 8
Rejection
Timer operation Acceptance Rejection Rejection 18
possible by remote (During timer at ON (During timer at OFF
controller position only) position only) Acceptance 9
Acceptance
Rejection 19
Do not select timer operation possible by remote controller if not using a remote controller. Operation by timer is
impossible in this case.
Local remote controllers cannot set

temperature or operation mode when
the system is under centralized control
and "CENTRAL CONTROL" is
displayed on the screen.
Field Settings 119

Field Setting from Outdoor Unit SiUS341504E
3. Field Setting from Outdoor Unit

To continue the configuration of the VRV IV heat recovery system, it is required to give some input to the logic
board of the unit. This chapter will describe how manual input is possible by operating the BS buttons/DIP
switches on the logic board and reading the feedback from the 7 segment displays.
For VRV IV heat recovery system it is alternatively possible to make several commissioning field setting through
a personal computer interface (for this, option EKPCCAB1 is required). The installer can prepare the
configuration (off-site) on PC and afterwards upload the configuration to the system.
3.1 Accessing the BS Buttons on the Logic Board

It is not required to open the complete electronic component box to access the BS buttons on the logic board and
read out the 7 segment display(s).
To access you can remove the front plate (see figure). Now you can open the inspection cover of the electrical
component box front plate (see figure). You can see the three BS buttons and the three 7 segment displays and
DIP switches.
3
2
1 Front plate
2 Inspection cover
3 Main PCB with 3sevensegmentdisplay and 3 BS
buttons
Operate the switches and BS buttons with an insulated stick (such as a closed ball-point pen) to avoid touching
of live parts.
Location of the segment displays, buttons and DIP switches:

1 2
BS1BS2BS3 DS1 DS2
X27A
BS1 MODE for changing the set mode

BS2 SET for field setting
BS3 RETURN for field setting
DS1, DS2 DIP switches
1 7segment displays (3x)
2 BS buttons
120 Field Settings

SiUS341504E Field Setting from Outdoor Unit
3.2 Operating the BS Buttons and DIP Switches on the Logic

Board
Operating the BS buttons
By operating the BS buttons it is possible to:
Perform special actions (testrun, etc).
Perform field settings (demand operation, low noise, etc).
Below procedure explains how to operate the BS buttons to reach the required mode in the menu, select the
correct setting and modify the value of the setting. This procedure can be used any time special settings and
regular field setting are discussed in this manual.
Setting definition: [A-B] = C; A = mode; B = setting; C = setting value. A, B and C are numerical values for field
settings. Parameter C has to be defined. It can be a chosen from a set (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, ) or regarded as an ON/
OFF (1 or 0) depending on the contents. This is informed when the field setting is explained.
INFORMATION During special operation (e.g., test run, etc.) or when an error happened,
information will contain letters and numerical values.
Functions of the BS button switches which are located on the outdoor unit PCB (A1P)
Turn ON the power supply of the outdoor unit and all indoor units.
When the communication between indoor units and outdoor unit(s) is established and normal, the segment
indication state will be as below (default situation when shipped from factory).
When turning ON the power supply: flashing as indicated. First checks on power supply are executed (1 ~ 2
minutes).
When no trouble occurs: lighted as indicated (8 ~ 10 minutes).
Ready for operation: blank display indication as indicated.
Segment display indications:

Off
Blinking
On
When above situation cannot be confirmed after 12 minutes, the error code can be checked on the indoor unit
user interface and the outdoor unit segment display. Solve the error code accordingly. The communication wiring
should be checked at first.
INFORMATION During special operation (e.g., test run, etc.) or when an error happened,
information will contain letters and numerical values.
Field Settings 121

Accessing modes
BS1 is used to change the mode you want to access.
Access mode 1
Press BS1 once. Segment indication changes to:
Access mode 2
Press BS1 for at least 5 seconds. Segment indication changes to:
INFORMATION If you get confused in the middle of the process, press BS1.
Then it returns to idle situation (no indication on segment displays: blank)
Mode 1
Mode 1 is used to set basic settings and to monitor the status of the unit.
Changing and access the setting in mode 1:
Once mode1 is selected (press BS1 once), you can select the wanted setting. It is done by pushing BS2.
Accessing the selected setting's value is done by pressing BS3 once.
To quit and return to the initial status, press BS1.
Example:
Checking the content of parameter [1-10] (to know how many indoor units are connected to the system).
[A-B] = C in this case defined as: A = 1; B = 10; C = the value we want to know/monitor:
Make sure the segment indication is as during normal operation (default situation when shipped from factory).
Press BS1 once; result segment display:
Result: mode 1 is accessed.
Press BS2 10 times; result segment display:
Result: mode 1 setting 10 is addressed.

Press BS3 1 time; the value which is returned (depending on the actual field situation), is the amount of
indoor units which are connected to the system.
Result: mode1 setting 10 is addressed and selected, return value is monitored information
To leave the monitoring function, press BS1 once, you will return to the default situation when shipped from
factory.
Mode 2
Mode 2 is used to set field settings of the outdoor unit and system.
Changing and access the setting in mode 2:
Once mode 2 is selected (press BS1 for more than 5 seconds), you can select the wanted setting. It is done
by pressing BS2.
Accessing the selected setting's value is done by pressing BS3 once.
To quit and return to the initial status, press BS1.
Changing the value of the selected setting in mode 2:
- Once mode 2 is selected (press BS1 for more than 5 seconds) you can select the wanted setting. It is done
by pressing BS2.
- Accessing the selected setting's value is done by pressing BS3 once.
- Now BS2 is used to select the required value of the selected setting.
- When the required value is selected, you can define the change of value by pressing BS3 once.
- Press BS3 again to start operation according to the chosen value.
122 Field Settings

Example:
Checking the content of parameter [2-18] (to define the high static pressure setting of the outdoor unit's fan).
[A-B] = C in this case defined as: A = 2; B = 18; C = the value we want to know/change
Make sure the segment indication is as during normal operation (default situation when shipped from factory).
Press BS1 for over 5 seconds; result segment display:
Result: mode 2 is accessed.

Press BS2 18 times; result segment display:
Result: mode 2 setting 18 is addressed.
Press BS3 once; the value which is returned (depending on the actual field situation), is the status of the
setting. In the case of [2-18], default value is "0", which means the function is not active.
Result: mode2 setting 18 is addressed and selected, return value is the current setting situation.
To change the value of the setting, press BS2 till the required value appears on the segment indication. When
achieved, define the setting value by pressing BS3 once. To start operation according to the chosen setting,
confirm again by pressing BS3.
To leave the monitoring function, press BS1 2 times, you will return to the default situation when shipped from
factory.
Operating the DIP switches

By operating the DIP switches it is possible to:
What to do with DIP switch DS1
NOT USED
2-4 DO NOT CHANGE THE FACTORY SETTING
What to do with DIP switch DS2
NOT USED
1-4 DO NOT CHANGE THE FACTORY SETTING
Field Settings 123

3.4 Monitoring Function and Field Settings

The operation of the outdoor unit can further be defined by changing some field settings. Next to making field
settings it is also possible to confirm the current operation parameters of the unit. The setting can also be
performed via the PC configuration software.
Below relevant Monitoring mode (mode 1) and Field setting mode (mode 2) settings are explained in detail.
Making settings is done via the master outdoor unit.
3.4.1 Mode 1
Mode 1 can be used to monitor the current situation of the outdoor unit. Some field setting contents can be
monitored as well.
Below the settings in mode 1 are explained.
[1-0] = shows whether the unit you check is a master, slave 1 or slave 2 unit
No indication = undefined situation
0 = outdoor unit is master unit
1 = outdoor unit is slave 1 unit
2 = outdoor unit is slave 2 unit
Master, slave 1 and slave 2 indications are relevant in multiple outdoor unit system configurations. The
allocation of which outdoor unit is master, slave 1 or slave 2 are decided by the units logic.
The master unit should be used to input field settings in mode 2.
[1-1] = shows the status of low night noise operation

1 = unit is currently operating under low noise restrictions
0 = unit is currently not operating under low noise restrictions
Low night noise operation reduces the sound generated by the unit compared to nominal operating
conditions.
Low night noise operation can be set in mode 2. There are two methods to activate low night noise
operation of the outdoor unit system.
The first method is to enable an automatic low night noise operation during night time by field setting.The
unit will operate at the selected low noise level during the selected time frames.
The second method is to enable low night noise operation based on an external input. For this operation
an optional accessory is required.
[1-2] = shows the status of power consumption limitation operation

1 = unit is currently operating under power consumption limitation
0 = unit is currently not operating under power consumption limitations
Power consumption limitation reduces the power consumption of the unit compared to nominal operating
conditions.
Power consumption limitation can be set in mode 2.
There are two methods to activate power consumption limitation of the outdoor unit system.
The first method is to enable a forced power consumption limitation by field setting. The unit will always
operate at the selected power consumption limitation.
The second method is to enable power consumption limitation based on an external input. For this
operation an optional accessory is required.
124 Field Settings

[1-5] = shows the current T target parameter position.

[1-6] = shows the current T target parameter position
[1-10] = shows the total number of connected indoor units

It can be convenient to check if the total number of indoor units which are installed match the total
number of indoor units which are recognized by the system. In case there is a mismatch, It is advised to
check the communication wiring path between outdoor and indoor units (F1/F2 communication line).
[1-13] = shows the total number of connected outdoor units (in case of multiple outdoor system).
It can be convenient to check if the total number of outdoor units which are installed matches the total
number of outdoor units which are recognized by the system. In case there is a mismatch, It is advised to
check the communication wiring path between outdoor and outdoor units (Q1/Q2 communication line).
[1-17] = shows the latest error code.
[1-18] = shows the error code which occurred 1 time before current error code.
[1-19] = shows the error code which occurred 2 time before current error code.
When the latest error codes were reset by accident on an indoor unit user interface, they can be checked
again through this monitoring settings. Detailed information about error codes can be consulted in the
service manual of this unit.
[1-40] = shows the current cooling comfort setting.
[1-41] = shows the current heating comfort setting.
3.4.2 Mode 2
Mode 2 is used to change the field settings of the system. Consulting the current field setting value and changing
the current field setting value is possible.
In general, normal operation can be resumed without special intervention after changing field settings.
Some field settings are used for special operation (e.g., 1 time operation, recovery/vacuuming setting, manual
adding refrigerant setting, etc.). In such a case, it is required to abort the special operation before normal
operation can restart. It will be indicated in below explanations.
[2-8]: Te target temperature during cooling operation

Value Te target
[2-8]
0 (default) Auto
2 6C (42.8F)
3 7C (44.6F)
4 8C (46.4F)
5 9C (48.2F)
6 10C (50F)
7 11C (51.8F)
[2-9]: Tc target temperature during heating operation

Value
[2-9] Tc target
0 (default) Auto
1 41C (105.8F)
3 43C (109.4F)
6 46C (114.8F)
Field Settings 125

[2-12]: Enable the low night noise function and/or power consumption limitation via external control adaptor
(DTA104A61/62)
If the system needs to be running under low night noise operation or under power consumption limitation
conditions when an external signal is sent to the unit, this setting should be changed. This setting will
only be effective when the optional external control adaptor (DTA104A61/62) is installed.
Default value: 0
To activate this function: 1
[2-18]: Fan high static pressure setting

In order to increase the static pressure the outdoor unit fan is delivering, this setting should be activated.
For details about this setting, see technical specifications.
Default value: 0
[2-20]: Manual additional refrigerant charge

In order to add the additional refrigerant charge amount in a manual way (without automatic refrigerant
charging functionality), following setting should be applied.
Refer to Method for Adding Refrigerant on P.138 for further instructions regarding the different ways to
charge additional refrigerant.
Default value: 0
To stop the manual additional refrigerant charge operation (when the required additional refrigerant
amount is charged), press BS3. If this function was not aborted by pressing BS3, the unit will stop its
operation after 30 minutes.
If 30 minutes was not sufficient to add the needed refrigerant amount, the function can be reactivated by
changing the field setting again.
[2-21]: Refrigerant recovery/vacuuming mode

In order to achieve a free pathway to reclaim refrigerant out of the system or to remove residual
substances or to vacuum the system it is necessary to apply a setting which will open required valves in
the refrigerant circuit so the reclaim of refrigerant or vacuuming process can be done properly.
Default value: 0
To stop the refrigerant recovery/vacuuming mode, press BS3. If BS3 is not pressed, the system will
remain in refrigerant recovery/vacuuming mode.
[2-22]: Automatic low night noise setting and level during night time
By changing this setting, you activate the automatic low night noise operation function of the unit and
define the level of operation. Depending on the chosen level, the noise level will be lowered (3: Level 3 <
2: Level 2 < 1: Level 1).
The start and stop moments for this function are defined under setting [2-26] and [2-27].
Default value: 0
To activate this function: 1, 2, or 3
126 Field Settings

[2-25]: Low night noise operation level via the external control adaptor
If the system needs to be running under low night noise operation conditions when an external signal is
sent to the unit, this setting defines the level of low night noise that will be applied (3: Level 3 < 2: Level
2 < 1: Level 1).
This setting will only be effective when the optional external control adaptor (DTA104A61/62) is installed
and the setting [2-12] was activated.
Default value: 2
To activate this function: 1, 2, or 3
[2-26]: Low night noise operation start time

Value Start time automatic low night noise
[2-26] operation (approximately)
1 20:00
2 (default) 22:00
3 24:00
This setting is used in conjunction with setting [2-22].
[2-27]: Low night noise operation stop time

Value Start time automatic low night noise
[2-27] operation (approximately)
1 6:00
2 7:00
3 (default) 8:00
[2-30]: Power consumption limitation level (step 1) via the external control adaptor (DTA104A61/62)
If the system needs to be running under power consumption limitation conditions when an external
signal is sent to the unit, this setting defines the level power consumption limitation that will be applied
for step 1. The level is according to the table.
Value Power consumption limitation
[2-30] (approximately)
1 60%
2 65%
3 (default) 70%
4 75%
5 80%
6 85%
7 90%
8 95%
[2-31]: Power consumption limitation level (step 2) via the external control adaptor (DTA104A61/62)
If the system needs to be running under power consumption limitation conditions when an external
signal is sent to the unit, this setting defines the level power consumption limitation that will be applied
for step 2. The level is according to the table.
Value Power consumption limitation
[2-31] (approximately)
1 (default) 40%
2 50%
3 55%
Field Settings 127

[2-32]: Forced, all time, power consumption limitation operation (no external control adaptor is required to
perform power consumption limitation)
If the system always needs to be running under power consumption limitation conditions, this setting
activates and defines the level power consumption limitation that will be applied continuously. The level
is according to the table.
Value Restriction reference
[2-32]
0 (default) Function not active
1 Follows [2-30] setting
2 Follows [2-31] setting
[2-34]: Indoor unit fan tap setting

Indoor units fan speed limitation related to connection capacity and outdoor air temperature for energy
saving.
Value Indoor unit fan tap setting
[2-34]
Fan speed is limited to L tap when indoor units
0 (default) capacity 130%.
1 In heating mode, fan speed is limited to L tap

when indoor units capacity 130%.
Fan speed follows a setting of the remote
2 controller (not limited by indoor units connection
capacity).
Fan speed is limited to L tap when outdoor air
temperature goes down to below 29.5C (85.1F)
and indoor condition A (). It returns to remote
3 controller setting when outdoor air temperature
goes up to over 32.5C (90.5 F) or indoor
condition B ().
4 and indoor condition A (). It returns to remote
controller setting when outdoor air temperature
goes up to over 26.5C (79.7F) or indoor
condition B ().
and indoor condition A (). It returns to remote
5 controller setting when outdoor air temperature
goes up to over 22.3C (72.1F) or indoor
condition B ().
temperature goes down to below 29.5C
6 (85.1F). It returns to remote controller setting
when outdoor air temperature goes up to over
32.5C (90.5F).
26.5C (79.7F).
22.3C (72.1F).
Indoor condition A: 1.7C (3F) < Indoor air temperature set temperature < 3C (5.4F)
Indoor condition B: 1.7C (3F) Indoor air temperature set temperature, or 3C (5.4F)
128 Field Settings

[2-35]: Height difference setting

Default value: 1
In case the outdoor unit is installed in the lowest position (indoor units are installed on a higher position
than outdoor units) and the height difference between the highest indoor unit and the outdoor unit
exceeds 40 m (131 ft), the setting [2-35] should be changed to 0.
[2-45]: Technical cooling

[2-45] Description
0 (default) No technical cooling available
1 Technical cooling available
[2-47]: Te target temperature during heat recovery operation

Value
[2-47] Te target
0 (default) Auto
2 6C (42.8F)
3 7C (44.6F)
4 8C (46.4F)
5 9C (48.2F)
6 10C (50F)
7 11C (51.8F)
[2-49]: Max. level difference setting

In case the outdoor location is higher than indoor, extension is possible up till 90 m (295 ft), Refer to [2-
49] for dedicated setting.
Value Max. level difference setting
[2-49]
0 (default) OFF
1 ON
[2-81]: Cooling comfort setting

Value Cooling comfort setting
[2-81]
0 Eco
1 (default) Mild
2 Quick
3 Powerful
[2-82]: Heating comfort setting

Value
[2-82] Heating comfort setting
0 Eco
1 (default) Mild
2 Quick
3 Powerful
Field Settings 129

3.5 Cool / Heat Mode Changeover

Set Cool/Heat Separately for Each Branch Selector Unit by Cool/Heat Selector.
Set remote controller changeover switch (SS1, SS2) as following:

When using COOL/HEAT selector, turn this switch to the BS side.
NOTE: This setting must be completed

1 1 before turning power supply ON.
2 2
SS1 SS2
When using cool/heat selector, connect to the terminal A, B and C on the EC of the electrical component box.
EXAMPLE OF TRANSMISSION LINE CONNECTION

Example of connecting transmission wiring.
Connect the transmission wirings as shown in the figure below.
In case of the indoor unit connect as the cooling only unit, it wire
the terminal F1 F2 of the last Branch Selector unit.
OUT/D.BS
F1 F2 F1 F2
IN/D OUT/D.BS
F1 F2 F1 F2
Final Branch
Selector unit
1st unit Final unit
To the indoor unit where
the selection of heating
Cooling Only
and cooling is available.
Cool/heat selector remote

Outdoor unit Branch wiring
control wiring
Use 2-core wires.
TO IN/D UNIT TO OUT/D UNIT
(There is no polarity.) Use 3-core wires.
F1 F2 F1 F2
(Keep in mind the polarity.)
CONTROLLER
CONTROLLER
CONTROLLER
A A A
REMOTE
REMOTE
REMOTE
F1 F2 F1 F2 B F1 F2 F1 F2 B F1 F2 F1 F2 B
IN/D OUT/D.BS C IN/D OUT/D.BS C IN/D OUT/D.BS C
Branch Selector unit A Branch Selector unit B Final Branch Selector unit F1 F2
F1 F2 F1 F2 COOL/HEAT F1 F2 COOL/HEAT F1 F2 COOL/HEAT F1 F2

selector selector selector
Indoor unit for cooling
130 Field Settings

3.6 Setting of Low Night Noise Operation and Demand

Operation
Setting of Low Night Noise Operation
By connecting the external contact input to the low noise input of the outdoor unit external control adaptor
(optional), you can lower operating noise.
Setting Content
Level 1 Set the outdoor unit fan to Step 6 or lower.
A. When the low night noise operation is carried out by external contact (with the use of the external
control adaptor for outdoor unit)
1. Connect external control adaptor for outdoor unit and short circuit terminal of low night noise operation. If
carrying out demand or low noise input, connect the adaptors terminals as shown below.
F1 X
F2 X
P3 X
P4 X
External control X X X X X X
adaptor for 1 2 3 C Low
outdoor unit Demand noise
Host computer Outside wiring indicated

monitor panel by dotted line
or demand
controller
2. While in "Setting mode 2", set the setting condition for set item No. 12 (Setting of external low noise/demand
operation) to "YES".
3. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., "Level 1", "Level 2", or "Level 3") for
set item No. 25 (Setting of external low noise level).
4. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", set the setting condition for the set item No. 29 (Setting of capacity
priority) to "ON".
(If the condition is set to "ON", when the air conditioning load reaches a high level, the low night noise
operation command will be ignored to put the system into normal operation mode.)
B. When the low night noise operation is carried out automatically at night (The external control adaptor
for outdoor unit is not required)
1. While in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., "Level 1", "Level 2", or "Level 3") for set item No. 22
(Setting of low night noise operation level).
2. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., "20:00", "22:00", or "24:00") for set
item No. 26 (Setting of start time of low night noise operation).
(Use the start time as a guide since it is estimated according to outdoor temperatures.)
3. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., "06:00", "07:00", or "08:00") for set
item No. 27 (Setting of end time of low night noise operation).
(Use the end time as a guide since it is estimated according to outdoor temperatures.)
4. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", set the setting condition for set item No. 29 (Setting of capacity
priority) to "ON".
(If the condition is set to "ON", when the air conditioning load reaches a high level, the system will be put into
normal operation mode even during night-time.)
Field Settings 131

Image of operation in the case of A

If capacity priority is set in
Operation sound "Capacity priority setting", the fan
speed will be increased according
to the load of air conditioning when
Rated operation load is heavier.
sound Operation sound
Low noise mode instructing during low noise
Operation sound of mode is instructed
mode 1 Approx. 55 db (target)
(The power consumption may be increased by about 10%) can be set with
Operation sound of "External low noise
mode 2 Approx. 50 db (target) level setting"
Operation sound of (The power consumption may be increased by about 20%) (Factory setting is
mode 3 Approx. 45 db (target) Operation sound level set with "External low noise operation setting" "Mode 2".)
(The power consumption may be increased by about 30%)
Note 1: Above values are reference only (measured in silent room)

Note 2: Above values are for 1 module only.
Image of operation in the case of B

"Capacity priority setting", the fan
Operation sound to the load of air conditioning when Time set with "Low night noise operation
Time set with "Low night noise load is heavier. end setting"
operation start setting"
Rated operation Operation sound
sound during low night
Night-time noise mode is
Operation sound
of mode 1 instructed can be set
Operation sound with "Low night noise
of mode 2 level setting".
(Factory setting is
Operation sound "OFF".)
of mode 3 Operation sound level set with
"Low night noise operation setting"
PM 8:00 PM 10:00 PM 0:00 AM 6:00 AM 7:00 AM 8:00

Set with "Low night noise operation start setting". Set with "Low night noise operation end setting".
(Factory setting is "PM 10:00".) (Factory setting is "AM 8:00".)
Image of operation in the case of A and B

"Capacity priority setting", the fan
Operation sound to the load of air conditioning when Time set with "Low night noise
Time set with "Low night noise load is heavier. operation end setting"
operation start setting" Operation sound during low noise
Rated operation mode is instructed can be set with
sound "External low noise level setting".
Night-time (Factory setting is "Mode 2".)
Operation sound Operation sound during low night
of mode 1
Low noise mode noise mode is instructed can be
Operation sound instructing set with "Low night noise level
of mode 2 Operation sound
level set with setting".
Operation sound Low noise mode instructing "Low night noise Operation sound set with (Factory setting is "OFF".)
of mode 3 Operation sound set with "External operation setting" "External low noise When external low noise
low noise operation setting" operation setting" instruction is received during
PM 8:00 PM 10:00 PM 0:00 AM 6:00 AM 7:00 AM 8:00 the operation with low night
noise mode,
Set with "Low night noise operation start setting". Set with "Low night noise operation end setting". Mode 2 precedes Mode 1
(Factory setting is "PM 10:00".) (Factory setting is "AM 8:00".) and Mode 3 precedes Mode 2.
132 Field Settings

Setting of Demand Operation

By connecting the external contact input to the demand input of the outdoor unit external control adaptor for
outdoor unit (optional), the power consumption of unit operation can be saved suppressing the compressor
operating condition.
Description of setting Setting procedure
Setting External control

item Condition Description adaptor for outdoor Outdoor unit PCB
unit
Operate with power of
Level 1 approx. 60% or less of the Set the setting item No. 32 to "Demand 1"
rating. and the setting item No. 30 to "Level 1".
Short circuit
Operate with power of between "1" and "C" Set the setting item No. 32 to "Demand 1"
Demand 1 Level 2 approx. 70% or less of the of the terminal block and the setting item No. 30 to "Level 2".
rating. (TeS1).
Operate with power of
Level 3 approx. 80% or less of the Set the setting item No. 32 to "Demand 1"
rating. and the setting item No. 30 to "Level 3".
Operate with power of Short circuit

Demand 2 approx. 40% or less of the between "2" and "C". Set the setting item No. 32 to "Demand 2".
rating.
Operate with forced Short circuit
Demand 3 thermostat OFF between "3" and "C"
: However the demand operation does not occur in the following operation modes.
(1) Startup control (2) Oil return operation
(3) Defrosting operation (4) Pump down residual operation
If carrying out demand or low noise input, connect the adaptors terminals as shown below.
F1 X
F2 X
P3 X
P4 X
External control X X X X X X
adaptor for 1 2 3 C Low
outdoor unit Demand noise
Host computer Outside wiring indicated

monitor panel by dotted line
or demand
controller
A. When the demand operation is carried out by external contact (with the use of the external control
adaptor for outdoor unit).
1. Connect external control adaptor for outdoor unit and short circuit terminals as required (Refer above figure).
2. While in "Setting mode 2", set the setting condition for set item No. 12 (Setting of external low noise/demand
operation) to "YES".
3. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", select the set item No. 30 (Setting of Demand 1 level) and then set
the setting condition to targeted mode.
Field Settings 133

B. When the Normal demand operation is carried out. (Use of the external control adaptor for outdoor
unit is not required.)
1. While in "Setting mode 2", make setting of the set item No. 32 (Setting of alternate demand) to "ON".
2. While in "Setting mode 2", select the set item No. 30 (Setting of Demand 1 level) and then set the setting
condition to targeted mode.
If carrying out demand or low-noise input, connect the terminals
of the external control adaptor for outdoor unit as shown below.
F1
F2
N
P
X1M
1 2 3 C Low
Demand noise
Outside
To other external control adaptor wiring
for outdoor unit indicated by
dotted line.
Host computer monitor panel or demand controller
Image of operation in the case of A

Power consumption
Rated power consumption The power

consumption during
80 % of rated power consumption Demand level 1 instructing Demand level 2 instructing Demand level 3 instructing the demand level 1
70 % of rated power consumption instructing can be
60 % of rated power consumption set with the
Power consumption set by "Demand 1 level
40 % of rated power consumption "Demand 1 level setting". setting".
("70 % of rated
power consumption"
Forced thermostat OFF has been set at
(Fan operation) factory.)
Image of operation in the case of B
Power consumption When the "Normal

demand setting" is
set to ON ("OFF"
has been set at
Rated power consumption factory.) , the power
consumption can be
80 % of rated power consumption set with the
70 % of rated power consumption "Demand 1 level
60 % of rated power consumption setting". ("70 % of
The power consumption set with "Demand 1 level setting". rated power
consumption" has
been set at factory.)
134 Field Settings

Image of operation in the case of A and B

Power consumption The power
consumption can be
set with the
"Demand 1 level
Rated power consumption setting". ("70 % of
rated power
80 % of rated power consumption consumption" has
70 % of rated power consumption been set at factory.)
60 % of rated power consumption
The power consumption set with "Demand 1 level setting".
40 % of rated power consumption +Demand level 2 instructing +Demand level 3 instructing
+During continuous demand operation,
when the external demand instruction is
Forced thermostat OFF received repeatedly, the instruction with
(Fan operation) higher demand level has the precedence.
Detailed Setting Procedure of Low Night Noise Operation and Demand Control
1. Setting mode 1 (H1P OFF)
In setting mode 2, press the BS1 (MODE button) once Setting mode 1 is entered and H1P turns OFF.
During the setting mode 1 is displayed, In low night noise operation and In demand control are displayed.
2. Setting mode 2 (H1P ON)

(1) In setting 1, press and hold the BS1 (MODE button) for more than 5 seconds. Setting mode 2 is entered
and H1P lights.
(2) Press the BS2 (SET button) several times and match the LED display with the Setting No. you want.
(3) Press the BS3 (RETURN button) once, and the present setting content is displayed.
Press the BS2 (SET button) several times and match the LED display with the setting content you want.
(4) Press the BS3 (RETURN button) two times. Returns to (1).
(5) Press the BS1 (MODE button) once Returns to the setting mode 1 and H1P turns OFF.
Field Settings 135

Charging Refrigerant SiUS341504E
4. Charging Refrigerant
4.1 Precautions
NOTE Refrigerant cannot be charged until field wiring has been completed.
Refrigerant may only be charged after performing the leak test and the vacuum
drying.
When charging a system, care shall be taken that its maximum permissible
charge is never exceeded, in view of the danger of liquid hammer.
Charging with an unsuitable substance may cause explosions and accidents,
so always ensure that the appropriate refrigerant R-410A is charged.
Refrigerant containers shall be opened slowly.
Always use protective gloves and protect your eyes when charging refrigerant.
When the refrigerant system is to be opened, refrigerant must be treated
according to the applicable legislation.
DANGER: Electrical shock
To avoid compressor breakdown. Do not charge the refrigerant more than the specified amount.
This outdoor unit is factory charged with refrigerant and depending on pipe sizes and pipe lengths some
systems require additional charging of refrigerant.
In case re-charge is required, refer to the nameplate of the unit. It states the type of refrigerant and
necessary amount.
4.2 Calculating the Additional Refrigerant Charge

How to calculate the additional refrigerant to be charged
Additional refrigerant to be charged = R (lbs.). R should be rounded off in units of 0.1 lbs.
R = [(X1 7/8) 0.249 + (X2 3/4) 0.175 + (X3 5/8) 0.121 + (X4 1/2) 0.081 + (X5 3/8) 0.040 +
(X6 1/4) 0.015] 1.04 + [A] + [B] + [C]
X1...6 = Total length (ft. (m)) of liquid piping size at a
In units of 0.1 kg, additional refrigerant to be charged = R (kg).
R = [(X1 22.2) 0.37 + (X2 19.1) 0.26 + (X3 15.9) 0.18 + (X4 12.7) 0.12 +
(X5 9.5) 0.059 + (X6 6.4) 0.022] 1.04 + [A] + [B] + [C]
Parameter [A]
Refrigerant amount for Branch Selector units
Branch Selector unit model Refrigerant amount
BS4Q54T 0.7 lbs./unit (0.3 kg/unit)
BSQ36T 0.1 lbs./unit (0.05 kg/unit)
136 Field Settings

SiUS341504E Charging Refrigerant
INFORMATION Piping length is considered the distance from the outdoor unit to the
farthest indoor unit.
When using more than one multi branch selector unit, add the sum of
the individual BS unit charge factors.
In case of a multi-outdoor-unit system, add the sum of the individual
outdoor unit charge factors.
Parameter [B]
Refrigerant amount for outdoor units
Outdoor unit capacity type Refrigerant amount
REYQ72T 0.0 lbs./unit (0.0 kg/unit)
Parameter [C]
Refrigerant amount by field piping length
and indoor units capacity
Total indoor Refrigerant amount
Field piping unit capacity Total outdoor unit capacity type
length connection
ratio REYQ72-144T REYQ168-288T REYQ312-456T
85% 0.0
< 295.3 ft. (90 m) The smaller of [D] or 5.51 The smaller of [D] or 6.61 The smaller of [D] or 7.50
> 85% lbs. (2.5 kg) lbs. (3.0 kg) lbs. (3.4 kg)
85% 0.0
295.3 ft. (90 m)
> 85% 2.20 lbs. (1.0 kg)
Field Settings 137

4.3 Method for Adding Refrigerant

4.3.1 Flow Chart
For more information, see Charging Method on P.140.
Pre-charging refrigerant
Step 1
Calculate additional refrigerant charge amount: R (kg) p< p> C D
A B
Step 2+3
Close valves C, D and A N2 R-410A
Open valve B to the liquid line

Execute pre-charging amount: Q (kg)
Disconnect the manifold from the suction gas line and the high
pressure/low pressure gas line
Charging refrigerant
R=Q R<Q R>Q

Step 4a Refrigerant overcharge happened, recover Step 4b
Close valve B refrigerant to reach R=Q Close valve B
Disconnect the manifold from
Charging is finished
the liquid line
Fill in the amount on the additional
refrigerant charge label R>Q
Go to test run Step 5 (Refer as left figure)
Connect valve A to the suction gas stop
valve service port.
Open all outdoor unit stop valves
Manual charge
Step 6
Activate field setting [2-20] = 1
Unit will start manual refrigerant charging
Step 5 ~ End operation.
p< p>
A Open valve A
Charge remaining amount of refrigerant P (kg)
R=Q+P
R-410A
Close valve A
Press BS3 to stop manual charging
Charging is finished
Fill in the amount on the additional
refrigerant charge label
Go to test run
See figure Location of valves on P.140 for more information refer to the text in this chapter.
Be sure to charge the specified amount of refrigerant in liquid state.

Since this refrigerant is a mixed refrigerant, adding it in gas form may cause the refrigerant composition to
change, preventing normal operation.
Before charging, check whether the refrigerant cylinder is equipped with a siphon tube or not.
Charge the liquid Charge the liquid
refrigerant with the refrigerant with the
cylinder in upright cylinder in upside-down
position. position.
Be sure to use tools exclusively for R-410A to ensure required pressure resistance and to prevent foreign
materials from mixing into the system.
138 Field Settings

NOTE Charging with an unsuitable substance may cause explosions and accidents, so
always make sure that the appropriate refrigerant (R-410A) in charged.
Refrigerant containers must be opened slowly.
CAUTION When charging a system, charging over the permissible quantity can cause
liquid hammer.
Always use protective gloves and protect your eyes when charging
refrigerant.
When the refrigerant charging procedure is done or when pausing, close
the valve of the refrigerant tank immediately. If the tank is left with the valve
open, the amount of refrigerant which is properly charged may get off
point. More refrigerant may be charged by any remaining pressure after the
unit has stopped.
NOTE If the power of some units is turned OFF, the charging procedure cannot be
finished properly.
In case of a multiple outdoor system, turn on the power of all outdoor units.
Make sure to turn ON the power 6 hours before starting the operation. This is
necessary to warm the crankcase by the electric heater.
If operation is performed within 12 minutes after the indoor and outdoor units
are turned on, the compressor will not operate before the communication is
established in a correct way between outdoor unit(s) and indoor units.
Before starting charging procedures, check if the segment display indication of
the outdoor unit A1P PCB is as normal (see "Functions of the BS button which
are located on the outdoor unit PCB (A1P)".
Make sure all connected indoor units are recognised
Close the front panel before any refrigerant charge operation is executed.
Without the front panel attached the unit cannot judge correctly whether it is
operating properly or not.
NOTE In case of maintenance and the system (outdoor unit+field piping+indoor units)
does not contain any refrigerant any more (e.g., after refrigerant reclaim
operation), the unit has to be charged with its original amount of refrigerant (refer
to the nameplate on the unit) by pre-charging before the automatic charging
function can be started.
Field Settings 139

4.3.2 Charging Method

As explained during vacuum drying method, once vacuum drying is finished, additional refrigerant charging can
start.
Adding refrigerant by using the manual refrigerant charging function. See "Adding refrigerant by using the
manual charging function". This method uses a manual method for charging refrigerant.
A flow chart is available which gives an overview of the possibilities and actions to be taken (see "Flow Chart" on
P.138).
To speed up the process of pre-charging refrigerant for large systems, it is recommended to first charge a portion
of the refrigerant before performing charging. This step is included in below procedure. This step can be skipped,
charging will take longer in such a case.
Follow the steps as described below and take into account whether you want to use the automatic charge
function or not.
1 Calculate the additional amount of refrigerant to be added using the formula mentioned in "Calculating the
Additional Refrigerant Charge" on P.136.
2 The first 10 kg (22 lbs) of additional refrigerant can be charged without outdoor unit operation.
If the additional refrigerant amount is smaller than 10 kg (22 lbs), perform the pre-charging procedure as
explained in step 3 and 4a below.
If the additional refrigerant charge is larger than 10 kg (22 lbs), perform step 3 till the end of the procedure.
3 Pre-charging can be done without compressor running by connecting the refrigerant bottle to the liquid stop
valve service port (open valve B). Make sure that all outdoor unit stop valve , as well as valve A,C,D are
closed
p< p> C D
h
A B g
a f
d
N2 R-410A
b c e
a Pressure reducing valve
b Nitrogen
c Weighing scales
d Refrigerant R-410A tank (siphon system)
e Vacuum pump
f Liquid line stop valve
g Gas line stop valve
h High pressure/low pressure gas line stop valve
A Valve A
B Valve B
C Valve C
D Valve D
4 Do one of the following:

If Then
4a The calculated additional refrigerant amount Close valve B and disconnect the manifold
is reached by above pre-charging procedure from the liquid line.
4b The total amount of refrigerant could not be Close valve B, disconnect the manifold from
charged by pre-charging the liquid line, and perform steps 5~6.
140 Field Settings

INFORMATION If the total additional refrigerant amount was reached in step 4 (by pre-
charging only), record the amount of refrigerant that was added on the
additional refrigerant charge label provided with the unit and attach it on
the back side of the front panel.
Perform the test procedure as described in "Test Operation" on P.99.
5 After pre-charging, perform the refrigerant charge operation as shown below and connect valve A to the gas
line stop valve service port and charge the remaining additional refrigerant through this port open all outdoor
unit stop valves. At this point, valve A must remain closed.
p< p>
R-410A
INFORMATION For a multi outdoor unit system, it is not required to connect all charge
ports to a refrigerant tank.
The refrigerant will be charged with 22 kg (48.5 lbs) in 1 hour time at an
outdoor temperature of 30C DB (86FDB) or with 6 kg (13.2 lbs) at an
outdoor temperature of 0C DB (32FDB).
If you need to speed up in case of a multiple outdoor system, connect
the refrigerant tanks to each outdoor unit.
NOTE The unit's internal piping is already factory charged with refrigerant, so be
careful when connecting the charge hose.
After adding the refrigerant, do not forget to close the lid of the refrigerant
charging port. The tightening torque for the lid is 11.5 ~ 13.9 Nm (8.5 ~ 10.3
ftlbf).
In order to ensure uniform refrigerant distribution, it may take the compressor
10 minutes to start up after the unit has started operation. This is not an error.
Adding refrigerant by using the manual charging function

6 The remaining additional refrigerant charge can be charged by operating the outdoor unit by means of the
manual refrigerant charge operation mode:
Turn on the power of the indoor units and outdoor unit.
Take all the precautions mentioned in "start-up and configuration" into account.
Activate outdoor unit setting [2-20] = 1 to start manual refrigerant charge mode.
Result: The unit will start operation. Valve A can be opened.
Charging of remaining additional refrigerant can be done.
When the remaining calculated additional refrigerant amount is added, close valve A and press BS3 to stop
the manual refrigerant charging procedure.
Field Settings 141

INFORMATION The manual refrigerant charge operation will automatically stop within
30 minutes. If charging is not completed after 30 minutes, perform the
additional refrigerant charging operation again.
When an error is detected during the procedure (e.g., in case of closed
stop valve), an error code will be displayed. In that case, refer to "Error
code list" on P.152 and solve the error accordingly. Resetting the error
can be done by pushing BS3. The procedure can be restarted from 6B).
Aborting the manual refrigerant charge is possible by pressing BS3.
The unit will stop and return to idle condition.
4.3.3 Checks after Adding Refrigerant

Are the stop valves for liquid and gas open?
Is the amount of refrigerant, that has been added, recorded on the refrigerant charge label?
NOTE Make sure to open all stop valves after (pre-) charging the refrigerant.
Operating with the stop valves closed will damage the compressor.
142 Field Settings

SiUS341504E
Part 6
Service Diagnosis
1. Symptom-based Troubleshooting ........................................................... 145
2. Troubleshooting by Remote Controller ................................................... 148
2.1 Mode Access Operation ........................................................................... 148
2.2 Procedure of Self-diagnosis by Remote Controller .................................. 149
2.3 Error Code and Description...................................................................... 152
2.4 Error Codes - Sub Codes ......................................................................... 154
3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller ........................ 155
3.1 External Protection Device Abnormality ................................................... 155
3.2 PCB Abnormality ...................................................................................... 156
3.3 Drain Level Control System (S1L) Abnormality........................................ 157
3.4 Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload ............................................................. 159
3.7 Overload / Overcurrent / Lock of Indoor Unit Fan Motor .......................... 166
3.8 Swing Flap Motor (M1S) Abnormality....................................................... 167
3.9 Power Supply Voltage Abnormality .......................................................... 169
3.10 Electronic Expansion Valve Coil Abnormality / Dust Clogging ................. 170
3.12 Drain Level above Limit............................................................................ 172
3.13 Capacity Determination Device Abnormality ............................................ 173
3.14 Transmission Abnormality between Indoor Unit PCB and Fan PCB........ 174
3.16 Combination Error between Indoor Unit PCB and Fan PCB .................... 177
3.17 Remote Sensor Abnormality .................................................................... 178
3.19 Humidity Sensor System Abnormality ...................................................... 180
3.20 Room Temperature Thermistor in Remote Controller Abnormality .......... 181
3.21 PCB Abnormality ...................................................................................... 182
3.22 Actuation of High Pressure Switch ........................................................... 183
3.23 Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor ........................................................... 185
3.24 INV Compressor Motor Lock .................................................................... 186
3.25 Compressor Damage Alarm..................................................................... 188
3.26 Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Abnormality........................................................ 190
3.28 Discharge Pipe Temperature Abnormality ............................................... 193
3.29 Wet Alarm................................................................................................. 195
3.30 Refrigerant Overcharged.......................................................................... 196
3.31 Harness Abnormality (between Control PCB and Inverter PCB) ............. 197
3.32 Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Signal Abnormality............................................. 198
3.34 High Pressure Sensor Abnormality .......................................................... 202
Service Diagnosis 143

SiUS341504E
3.35 Low Pressure Sensor Abnormality ........................................................... 203

3.36 Inverter PCB Abnormality......................................................................... 204
3.37 Reactor Temperature Rise Abnormality ................................................... 206
3.38 Inverter Radiation Fin Temperature Rise Abnormality ............................. 207
3.39 INV Compressor Instantaneous Overcurrent ........................................... 208
3.40 INV Compressor Overcurrent................................................................... 210
3.41 INV Compressor Startup Abnormality ...................................................... 212
3.42 Transmission Error between Inverter and Control PCB ........................... 215
3.43 Power Supply Voltage Imbalance ............................................................ 217
3.44 Reactor Temperature Abnormality ........................................................... 219
3.45 Inverter Radiation Fin Temperature Abnormality ..................................... 220
3.46 Field Setting after Replacing Outdoor Unit Main PCB Abnormality or
Combination of PCB Abnormality............................................................. 221
3.47 Refrigerant Shortage ................................................................................ 222
3.48 Reverse Phase, Open Phase................................................................... 223
3.49 Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Abnormality ......................... 224
3.50 Check Operation is not Executed............................................................. 226
3.51 Transmission Error between Indoor Units and Outdoor Units.................. 227
3.52 Transmission Error between Remote Controller and Indoor Unit............. 230
3.53 Transmission Error between Outdoor Units ............................................. 231
3.54 Transmission Error between Main and Sub Remote Controllers ............. 237
3.55 Transmission Error between Indoor and Outdoor Units in the
Same System ........................................................................................... 238
Indoor Units and Remote Controller......................................................... 239
3.57 Address Duplication of Centralized Control Equipment ........................... 242
3.58 Transmission Error between Centralized Control Equipment and
Indoor Unit................................................................................................ 243
3.59 System is not Set yet................................................................................ 245
3.60 System Abnormality, Refrigerant System Address Undefined ................. 246
3.61 Check ....................................................................................................... 248
144 Service Diagnosis

SiUS341504E Symptom-based Troubleshooting
1. Symptom-based Troubleshooting
No. Symptom Supposed Cause Countermeasure
1 The system does not start operation at all. Blowout of fuse(s) Turn OFF the power supply and
then replace the fuse(s).
Cutout of breaker(s) If the knob of any breaker is in its
ON OFF position, turn ON the power
Knob supply.
Tripped If the knob of any circuit breaker
is in its tripped position, do not
OFF turn ON the power supply.
Circuit breaker
Power failure After the power failure is reset,
restart the system.
2 The system starts operation but makes an Blocked air inlet or outlet of indoor Remove obstacle(s).
immediate stop. or outdoor unit
Clogged air filter(s) Clean the air filter(s).
3 The system does not cool or heat air well. Blocked air inlet or outlet of indoor Remove obstacle(s).
or outdoor unit
Clogged air filter(s) Clean the air filter(s).
Enclosed outdoor unit(s) Remove the enclosure.
Improper set temperature Set the temperature to a proper
degree.
Airflow rate set to "LOW" Set it to a proper airflow rate.
Improper direction of air diffusion Set it to a proper direction.
Open window(s) or door(s) Shut it tightly.
[In cooling] Direct sunlight received Hang curtains or shades on
windows.
[In cooling] Too many persons staying in a The model must be selected to
room match the air conditioning load.
[In cooling] Too many heat sources (e.g. OA
equipment) located in a room
4 The system does The system stops and If the OPERATION lamp on the Normal operation. The system will
not operate. immediately restarts operation. remote controller turns ON, the automatically start operation after
system will be normal. These a lapse of 5 minutes.
Pressing the TEMP ADJUST symptoms indicate that the system
button immediately resets the is controlled so as not to put
system. unreasonable loads on the system.
The remote controller displays The system is controlled with Operate the system using the
"UNDER CENTRALIZED centralized control equipment. COOL/HEAT central remote
CONTROL", which blinks for a Blinking display indicates that the controller.
period of several seconds when system cannot be operated using
the OPERATION button is the remote controller.
depressed.
The system stops immediately The system is in preparation mode Wait for a period of approximately
after turning ON the power of micro-computer operation. 1 minute.
supply.
5 The system The remote controller displays The system stops due to an Remove causes of electrical
makes error codes "U4" and "U5", and interruption in communication noises.
intermittent the system stops but restarts between units caused by electrical If these causes are removed, the
stops. after a lapse of several minutes. noises coming from equipment system will automatically restart
other than air conditioners. operation.
6 COOL-HEAT The remote controller displays This remote controller has no Use a remote controller with option
selection is "UNDER CENTRALIZED option to select cooling operation. to select cooling operation.
disabled. CONTROL".
The remote controller displays COOL-HEAT selection is made Use the COOL-HEAT selection
"UNDER CENTRALIZED using the COOL-HEAT selection remote controller to select cool or
CONTROL", and the COOL- remote controller. heat.
HEAT selection remote
controller is provided.

Symptom-based Troubleshooting SiUS341504E

7 The system This symptom occurs The system is in preparation mode Wait for a period of approximately
conducts fan immediately after turning ON of operation. 10 minutes.
operation but not the power supply.
cooling operation
or heating
operation.
8 The airflow rate is Even pressing the AIRFLOW In heating operation, when the Normal operation.
not reproduced RATE SET button makes no room temperature reaches the set
according to the changes in the airflow rate. degree, the outdoor unit will stop
setting. while the indoor unit is brought to
fan LL operation so that no one
gets cold air.
Furthermore, if fan operation mode
is selected when other indoor unit
is in heating operation, the system
will be brought to fan LL operation.
(The fan LL operation is also
enabled while in oil return mode in
cooling operation.)
9 The airflow The airflow direction is not Automatic control Normal operation.
direction is not corresponding to that displayed
reproduced on the remote controller.
according to the The flap does not swing.
setting.
10 A white mist <Indoor unit> Uneven temperature distribution Clean the inside of the indoor unit.
comes out from In cooling, the ambient humidity due to heavy stain of the inside of
the system. is high. the indoor unit.
(This indoor unit is installed in a
place with much oil or dust.)
<Indoor unit> Hot gas (refrigerant) flown in the Normal operation.
Immediately after cooling indoor unit results to be vapor from
operation stopping, the outdoor the unit.
air temperature and ambient
humidity are low.
<Indoor and outdoor units> Defrosted moisture turns to be Normal operation.
After the completion of vapor and comes out from the
defrosting operation, the units.
system is switched to heating
operation.

SiUS341504E Symptom-based Troubleshooting

11 The system <Indoor unit> These are operating sounds of the Normal operation.
produces Immediately after turning ON electronic expansion valve of the This sound becomes low after a
sounds. the power supply, indoor unit indoor unit. lapse of approximately 1 minute.
produces "ringing" sounds.
<Indoor and outdoor units> These sounds are produced from Normal operation.
"Hissing" sounds are gas (refrigerant) flowing
continuously produced while in respectively through the indoor
cooling or defrosting operation. and outdoor units.
<Indoor and outdoor units> These sounds are produced when Normal operation.
"Hissing" sounds are produced the gas (refrigerant) stops or
immediately after the startup or changes flowing.
stop of the system, or the
startup or stop of defrosting
operation.
<Indoor unit> These sounds are produced from Normal operation.
Faint sounds are continuously the drain discharge device in
produced while in cooling operation.
operation or after stopping the
operation.
<Indoor unit> These sounds are produced from Normal operation.
"Creaking" sounds are resin parts expanding and
produced while in heating contracting with temperature
operation or after stopping the changes.
operation.
<Indoor unit> On VRV systems, these sounds Normal operation.
Sounds like "trickling" or the like are produced when other indoor
are produced from indoor units units in operation. The reason is
in the stopped state. that the system runs in order to
prevent oil or refrigerant from
dwelling.
<Outdoor unit> The reason is that the compressor Normal operation.
Pitch of operating sounds changes the operating frequency.
changes.
12 Dust comes out Dust comes out from the Dust, which has deposited on the Normal operation.
from the system. system when it restarts after the inside of indoor unit, is blown out
stop for an extended period of from the system.
time.
13 Odors come out In operation Odors of room, cigarettes or else The inside of the indoor unit should
from the system. adsorbed to the inside of indoor be cleaned.
unit are blown out.
14 Outdoor unit fan In operation The reason is that fan revolutions Normal operation.
does not rotate. are controlled to put the operation
to the optimum state.
15 LCD display "88" Immediately after turning ON The reason is that the system is Normal operation.
appears on the the power supply checking to be sure the remote This code is displayed for a period
remote controller. controller is normal. of approximately 1 minute at
maximum.
16 The outdoor unit After stopping operation It stops in order to prevent oil or Normal operation.
compressor or refrigerant from dwelling. It stops after a lapse of
the outdoor unit approximately 5 to 10 minutes.
fan does not stop.
17 The outdoor gets While stopping operation The reason is that the compressor Normal operation.
hot. is warmed up to provide smooth
startup of the system.
18 Hot air comes out Hot air is felt while the system On VRV systems, small quantity of Normal operation.
from the system stops. refrigerant is fed to indoor units in
even though it the stopped state when other
stops. indoor units are in operation.
19 The system does The system is in dry operation. The reason is that the dry Change the system to cooling
not cool air well. operation serves not to reduce the operation.
room temperature where possible.

Troubleshooting by Remote Controller SiUS341504E
2. Troubleshooting by Remote Controller

2.1 Mode Access Operation
2.1.1 BRC1E73
Main Menu 1/3 <Main Menu>
Airflow Direction
Airflow Direction
Individual Airflow Direction
Individual Airflow Direction
Ventilation
Ventilation
Schedule
Schedule
Off Timer
Off Timer
Celsius / Fahrenheit
Celsius / Fahrenheit
Filter Auto Clean
Setting
Maintenance Information
Main Menu screen Configuration
Current Settings
<Basic Screen> Clock & Calendar
Operation mode changeover Daylight Saving Time
Fan speed control Press Press "Cancel" Language
Menu display "Menu/OK" button once.
Confirmation of each setting button once.
On
Off
Cancel
Operation lamp
Press "Cancel" button Press "Cancel"

for 4 seconds or more. button once.
Basic screen
Press "Cancel"
button once.
Press "Cancel" button
for 4 seconds or more.
Service Settings screen Maintenance Menu screen
<Service Settings> <Maintenance Menu>

Test Operation Model Name
Maintenance Contact Operation Hours
Field Settings Indoor Unit Status
Energy Saving Options Outdoor Unit Status
Prohibit Function Forced Defrost
Min Setpoints Differential Error Display
Group Address Swap Unit No.
Indoor unit AirNet Address Addressed Sensor Value
Outdoor unit AirNet Address
Error History
Indoor Unit Status
Outdoor Unit Status
Forced Fan ON
Switch Main Sub Controller
Filter Indicator
Test Filter Auto Clean
Brush / Filter Ind.
Disable Filter Auto Clean

SiUS341504E Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
2.2 Procedure of Self-diagnosis by Remote Controller

2.2.1 Wired Remote Controller BRC1E73
The following will be displayed on the screen when an error (or a warning) occurs during operation.
Check the error code and take the corrective action specified for the particular model.
Screen
Operation lamp
(1) Checking an error or warning

Operation Status Display
The operation lamp (green) starts to

Abnormal The system stops blink. The message "Error: Push Menu
shutdown operating. button" will appear and blink at the
bottom of the screen.
The operation lamp (green) remains on.

Warning The system continues its The message "Warning: Push Menu
operation. button" will appear and blink at the
bottom of the screen.
(2) Taking corrective action
Press the Menu/OK button to check the error code. Error code
FXFQ07TVJU
REYQ72TTJU Applicable
Take the corrective action specific to the model. model names

2.2.2 Wireless Remote Controller

If unit stops due to an error, the operation indicating LED on the signal receiving part of indoor unit blinks.
The error code can be determined by following the procedure described below. (The error code is displayed
when an operation error has occurred. In normal condition, the error code of the last problem is displayed.)
1 Press the INSPECTION/TEST button to select inspection. The equipment

enters the inspection mode. The Unit indication is displayed and the Unit No.
display shows blinking 0 indication.
2 Set the Unit No.
Press the UP or DOWN button and change the Unit No. display until the
buzzer (1) is generated from the indoor unit.
1. Number of beeps
3 short beeps: Conduct all of the following operations.
1 short beep: Conduct steps 3 and 4.
Continue the operation in step 4 until a buzzer remains ON.
The continuous buzzer indicates that the error code is
confirmed.
Continuous beep: No abnormality.
3 Press the MODE selector button.
The left 0 (upper digit) indication of the error code blinks.
4 Error code upper digit diagnosis
Press the UP or DOWN button and change the error code upper digit until the
error code matching buzzer (2) is generated.
The upper digit of the code changes as shown below when the UP and
DOWN buttons are pressed.
0 A CEH FJ LPU987 654

"UP" button "DOWN" button
2. Number of beeps
Continuous beep: Both upper and lower digits matched.
(Error code confirmed)
2 short beeps: Upper digit matched.
1 short beep: Lower digit matched.
5 Press the MODE selector button.
The right 0 (lower digit) indication of the error code blinks.
6 Error code lower digit diagnosis
Press the UP or DOWN button and change the error code lower digit until the
continuous error code matching buzzer (2) is generated.
The lower digit of the code changes as shown below when the UP and
DOWN buttons are pressed.
0 1 234 567 89 AH CJ E F
"UP" button "DOWN" button

Normal status
Enters inspection mode from normal status
when the INSPECTION/TEST button is pressed.
1 Press INSPECTION/TEST button.
If no button is pressed for 1

minute, equipment returns to
normal status.
3
Press MODE
selector button.
When MODE selector button is
pressed or no button is pressed for 1
minute, equipment returns to normal
status.
If no button is pressed for 1

minute, equipment returns to
normal status.
5 Press MODE selector button.

2.3 Error Code and Description

k: ON h: OFF l: Blink
Error code Operation Error contents Page
lamp Referred
Indoor Unit A0 l External protection device abnormality 155
A1 l PCB abnormality 156
A3 l Drain level control system (S1L) abnormality 157
A6 l Fan motor (M1F) lock, overload 159
A6 l Indoor unit fan motor abnormality 162, 163
A6 l Overload / overcurrent / lock of indoor unit fan motor 166
A7 k Swing flap motor (M1S) abnormality 167
A8 l Power supply voltage abnormality 169
A9 l Electronic expansion valve coil abnormality / dust clogging 170
A9 l Electronic expansion valve coil abnormality 171
AF k Drain level above limit 172
AJ l Capacity determination device abnormality 173
C1 l Transmission abnormality between indoor unit PCB and fan PCB 174
C4 l Heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor abnormality 176
C5 l Heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor abnormality 176
C6 l Combination error between indoor unit PCB and fan PCB 177
C9 l Suction air thermistor abnormality 176
Remote sensor abnormality 178
CA l Thermistor abnormality 179
CC k Humidity sensor system abnormality 180
CJ k Room temperature thermistor in remote controller abnormality 181
Outdoor Unit E1 l PCB abnormality 182
E3 l Actuation of high pressure switch 183
E4 l Actuation of low pressure sensor 185
E5 l INV compressor motor lock 186
E6 l Compressor damage alarm 188
E7 l Outdoor unit fan motor abnormality 190
E9 l Electronic expansion valve coil abnormality 192
F3 l Discharge pipe temperature abnormality 193
F4 l Wet alarm 195
F6 l Refrigerant overcharged 196
H3 l Harness abnormality (between control PCB and inverter PCB) 197
H7 l Outdoor unit fan motor signal abnormality 198
H9 l Outdoor air thermistor (R1T) abnormality 200
J3 l Discharge pipe thermistor (R21T, R22T, R2T) abnormality 200
Compressor surface temperature thermistor (R14T) abnormality
J5 l Compressor suction thermistor (R12T) abnormality 200
Suction air thermistor (R10T) abnormality
J6 l Heat exchanger deicer thermistor (R11T) abnormality 200
Heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor (R8T, R9T) abnormality
J7 l Receiver inlet thermistor (R3T) abnormality 200
Subcooling heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor (R7T) abnormality
J8 l Heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor (R4T, R5T) abnormality 200
J9 l Subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor (R6T) abnormality 200
Receiver gas purge thermistor (R13T) abnormality
JA l High pressure sensor abnormality 202
JC l Low pressure sensor abnormality 203
L1 l Inverter PCB abnormality 204
L3 l Reactor temperature rise abnormality 206

k: ON h: OFF l: Blink
Error code Operation Error contents Page
lamp Referred
Outdoor Unit L4 l Inverter radiation fin temperature rise abnormality 207
L5 l INV compressor instantaneous overcurrent 208
L8 l INV compressor overcurrent 210
L9 l INV compressor startup abnormality 212
LC l Transmission error between inverter and control PCB 215
P1 l Power supply voltage imbalance 217
P3 l Reactor Temperature Abnormality 219
P4 l Inverter radiation fin temperature abnormality 220
PJ l Field setting after replacing outdoor unit main PCB abnormality or combination 221
of PCB abnormality
System U0 k Refrigerant shortage 222
U1 l Reverse phase, open phase 223
U2 l Power supply insufficient or instantaneous abnormality 224
U3 l Check operation is not executed 226
U4 l Transmission error between indoor units and outdoor units 227
U5 l Transmission error between remote controller and indoor unit 230
U7 l Transmission error between outdoor units 231
U8 l Transmission error between main and sub remote controllers 237
U9 l Transmission error between indoor and outdoor units in the same system 238
UA l Improper combination of indoor and outdoor units, indoor units and remote 239
controller
UC k Address duplication of centralized control equipment 242
UE l Transmission error between centralized control equipment and indoor unit 243
UF l System is not set yet 245
UH l System abnormality, refrigerant system address undefined 246
The system operates for error codes indicated in black squares, however, be sure to check and repair.

2.4 Error Codes - Sub Codes

If an error code like the one shown below is displayed when the navigation remote controller (BRC1E series) is in
use, make a detailed diagnosis or a diagnosis of the relevant unit referring to the attached list of detailed error
codes.
2.4.1 Indoor Unit

Troubleshooting
Error code
Description of error Description of diagnosis
A6 - 01 Fan motor locked A locked fan motor current has been detected.
Turn the fan by hand to check for the connection of connectors.
A6 - 10 Fan overcurrent error A fan motor overcurrent has been detected.
Check for the connection of the connector between the fan motor
and the PCB for the fan. If the connection is normal, replace the
fan motor. If this still cannot solve the error, replace the PCB for
the fan.
A6 - 11 Fan position detection error An error in the detection of position of the fan motor. Check for the
connection of the connector between the fan motor and the PCB
for the fan. If the connection is normal, replace the fan motor. If
this still cannot solve the error, replace the PCB for the fan.
A8 - 01 Power supply voltage error Check for the input voltage of the fan motor.
A9 - 01 Electronic expansion valve error There is an error in the electronic expansion valve coil or a
connector disconnected.
A9 - 02 Refrigerant leakage detection error Refrigerant leaks even if the electronic expansion valve is closed.
Replace the electronic expansion valve.
AH - 03 Transmission error (between the self-cleaning
decoration panel and the indoor unit) Check for the connection of the harness connector between the
[when the self-cleaning decoration panel is panel PCB and the indoor unit PCB.
mounted]
AH - 04 Dust detection sensor error Check for the connections of the connector X12A on the panel
[when the self-cleaning decoration panel is PCB and the connectors X18A and X19A on the dust sensor
mounted] PCBs.
AH - 05 Dust collection sign error Check for clogging with dust at the dust collection port as well as
[when the self-cleaning decoration panel is in the brush unit, S-shaped pipe, and dust box. Furthermore,
mounted] check for any stains of the light receiving and emitting parts of the
infrared unit.
AH - 06 Air filter rotation error
[when the self-cleaning decoration panel is Check for anything getting in the way of rotating the filter (e.g. the
mounted] filter comes off or the drive gear is clogged with foreign matters).
AH - 07 Damper rotation error The damper does not rotate normally. Check for any foreign
[when the self-cleaning decoration panel is matters around the damper and for the operation of the gear and
mounted] limit switch.
AH - 08 Filter self-cleaning operation error The unit has not yet completed the filter self-cleaning operation
[when the self-cleaning decoration panel is even after the lapse of specified period of time. Check for any
mounted] external noise, etc.
AH - 09 Filter self-cleaning operation start disabled error The unit has been put into a state in which the filter self-cleaning
[when the self-cleaning decoration panel is operation is disabled. Check the unit for the operating conditions.
mounted]
AJ - 01 Capacity setting error There is an error in the capacity setting of the indoor unit PCB.
AJ - 02 Electronic expansion valve setting error There is a fault in the setting of the gear type electronic expansion
valve/direct acting type electronic expansion valve.
C1 - 01 Transmission error (between indoor unit PCB Check for the conditions of transmission between the indoor unit
and the PCB for the fan) PCB and the PCB for the fan.
C6 - 01 Defective combination of indoor unit PCB and A combination of indoor unit PCB and the PCB for the fan is
the PCB for the fan defective. Check whether the capacity setting adaptor is correct
and the type of the PCB for the fan is correct.
U4 - 01 Indoor-Outdoor transmission error Refer to the U4 flow chart.
UA - 13 Refrigerant type error The type of refrigerant used for the indoor unit is different from
that used for the outdoor unit.
UA - 15 Not applicable for self-cleaning decoration An outdoor unit is not applicable for the self-cleaning decoration
panel [when the self-cleaning decoration panel panel is connected.
is mounted]
2.4.2 Outdoor Unit

Refer to P.152.

SiUS341504E Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote

Controller
3.1 External Protection Device Abnormality
Error Code A0
Applicable All indoor models
Models
Method of Error Detect open or short circuit between external input terminals in indoor unit.
Detection
Error Decision When an open circuit occurs between external input terminals with the remote controller set to
Conditions "external ON/OFF terminal".
Supposed Actuation of external protection device

Causes Improper field setting
Defective of indoor unit PCB
Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.
External
protection device
is connected to terminals YES
T1 and T2 of the indoor Actuation of external protection
unit terminal device.
block.
NO
Check the setting state of the

external ON/OFF input by
remote controller.
ON/OFF
input from
outside (mode No.
12, first code No. 1) has YES
been set to external protection Change the second code No. to
device input (second "01" or "02" .
code No. 03) by
remote
controller.
NO
Replace the indoor unit PCB.

Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller SiUS341504E
3.2 PCB Abnormality

Error Code A1
Models
Method of Error Check data from EPROM.

Detection
Error Decision When data could not be correctly received from the EPROM
Conditions EPROM : Type of nonvolatile memory. Maintains memory contents even when the power supply
is turned OFF.
Supposed Defective of indoor unit PCB

Causes External factor (Noise etc.)
Troubleshooting
Turn the power supply OFF,

then the power ON again.
Does the YES

system return to The indoor unit PCB is
normal? normal.
External factor other than
NO error (for example, noise
etc.).
Replace the indoor unit
PCB.

3.3 Drain Level Control System (S1L) Abnormality

Error Code A3
Applicable FXFQ, FXZQ, FXDQ, FXMQ-PB, FXMQ-M (Option), FXHQ (Option), FXAQ (Option)
Models
Method of Error By float switch OFF detection

Detection
Error Decision When rise of water level is not a condition and the float switch goes OFF.
Conditions
Supposed 208~230V power supply is not provided

Causes Defective float switch or short circuit connector
Defective drain pump
Drain clogging, upward slope, etc.
Defective indoor unit PCB
Loose connection of connector

Troubleshooting
Is power NO
supply 208~230V Provide 208~230V power
provided? supply.
YES
The A short
float switch is circuit
NO NO
connected to X8A or connector is connected Connect either a short circuit
X15A of the indoor to X8A or X15A. connector or float switch and
unit PCB. turn ON again.
YES YES
The float
switch contact Becomes
is forming a short YES normal when X8A NO
circuit (continuity check or X15A of the indoor unit Replace the indoor unit PCB.
with X8A or X15A PCB is short
disconnected) circuited
NO YES
Loose the connection of
connector.
Water NO The float NO
builds up in the drain switch functions Replace the float switch.
pan. normally.
YES YES Modify the float switch's
connection and turn ON again.
The
drain pump
is connected to NO
X25A or terminals Y1 and Connect the drain pump and
Y2 of the indoor turn ON again.
unit PCB.
YES
The
drain pump
works when the power YES
Check the drain piping for
supply is reset for clogging or upward slope, etc.
the indoor
unit.
NO
The
voltage of
terminals Y1
and Y2 or X25A is NO
208~230V (within 5 Replace the indoor unit PCB.
minutes of resetting
the power
supply).
YES
Replace the drain pump or
check for dirt, etc.

3.4 Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload

Error Code A6
Applicable FXFQ, FXHQ, FXAQ
Models
Method of Error Abnormal fan revolutions are detected by a signal output from the fan motor.
Detection
Error Decision When the fan revolutions do not increase

Conditions
Supposed Broken wires in, short circuit of, or disconnection of connectors from the fan motor harness
Causes Defective fan motor
(Broken wires or defective insulation)
Abnormal signal output from the fan motor (defective circuit)
Defective PCB
Instantaneous disturbance in the power supply voltage
Fan motor lock
(Due to motor or external causes)
The fan does not rotate due to foreign matters blocking the fan.
Disconnection of the connector between the high-power PCB (A1P) and the low-power PCB
(A2P)

Troubleshooting
Turn OFF the power

supply, and then wait for
a period of 10 minutes.
Are
there any YES
foreign matters around Remove the foreign matters.
the fan?
NO
Is the
connector
(X4A or X20A)
for the fan motor NO
Properly connect the connector.
properly connected to
the indoor unit
PCB? (1)
YES
By
disconnecting
the connector
(X4A or X20A) for the NO
fan motor from the indoor Replace the fan motor.
unit PCB, the fan can
be lightly rotated
YES
by hand.
YES
Disconnect the connector

from the fan motor, and
then make measurement
of resistance between
pins. (2)
Is the
resistance
between the pins NO
more than the Replace the fan motor.
judgement
criteria?
YES

Note: 1. If any junction connector is provided between the connector (X20A) on the indoor unit PCB and
the fan motor, also check whether or not the junction connector is properly connected.
2. Check on connector of fan motor (Power supply cable)
Turn OFF the power supply.
Measure the resistance between phases of U, V, W at the motor side connectors (3-core wire)
to check that the values are balanced and there is no short circuiting, while connector or relay
connector is disconnected.
<FXHQ12MVJU>
Red
Measuring Points Judgement
Black-Red 71.0 10%
Black-White 73.5 10%
White
<FXHQ2436MVJU>
Black-Red 53.5 10%
Black
Black-White 31.6 10%
3. Check on connector of fan motor is not available for below models.

FXFQ09~48PVJU, FXAQ07~24PVJU

3.5 Indoor Unit Fan Motor Abnormality

Error Code A6
Applicable FXDQ
Models
Method of Error This error is detected if there is no revolutions detection signal output from the fan motor.
Detection
Error Decision When no revolutions can be detected even at the maximum output voltage to the fan
Conditions
Supposed Defective indoor fan motor

Causes Broken wires
Defective contact
Troubleshooting
Is
the X4A
NO Properly connect the
connector securely
connected? connectors.
(At this time, check for any
YES defective connector contact or
broken wires.)
Is
the
power of
approx. 12VDC
supplied between
the Pins1 and 3 when YES
the X4A is Check the indoor unit fan motor
disconnected and and the wiring circuits of the
the power motor.
supply turns
ON?
NO

3.6 Indoor Unit Fan Motor Abnormality

Error Code A6
Applicable FXMQ-PB
Models
Method of Error Error from the current flow on the fan PCB
Detection Error from the RPM of the fan motor in operation
Error from the position signal of the fan motor
Error from the current flow on the fan PCB when the fan motor starting operation
Error Decision An overcurrent flows.

Conditions The RPM is less than a certain level for 6 seconds.
A position error in the fan rotor continues for 5 seconds or more.
Supposed The clogging of a foreign matter

Causes The disconnection of the fan motor connectors (X1A and X2A)
The disconnection of the connectors between the indoor unit PCB (A1P) and fan PCB (A2P)
Defective fan PCB (A2P)
Defective fan motor

Troubleshooting
Turn OFF the power and

wait for 10 minutes.
There is a YES
foreign matter around Remove the foreign matter.
the fan.
NO
The
fan motor
connectors (X1A
and X2A) of the fan YES
Connect correctly.
PCB (A2P) are
disconnected.
NO
The
connectors
between the
indoor unit PCB (A1P) YES
and the fan PCB (A2P) Connect correctly.
are disconnected.
NO
The
fuse (F3U,
white) on the fan PCB NO
Replace the fan PCB (A2P).
(A2P) has no
continuity.
YES
The
fan can
be moved
lightly by hand after
NO
the fan motor connector Replace the fan motor.
of the fan PCB
(A2P) is
removed.
YES
YES
The
resistance
between the
power wire terminals YES
of the fan motor and Replace the fan motor.
motor frame (meal
part) is 1 M
or below.
NO
Remove the power wire

connector from the fan
motor and measure the
resistance between U
and V, V and W, and W
and U phases (1).

The
resistance
among U, V, and W YES
are unbalanced or Replace the fan motor.
short circuited.
NO
Remove the signal
connector from the fan
motor and check the
resistance (2).
Between
Vcc and GND
terminals, and YES
between GND and Hw, Replace the fan motor.
Hv, or Hu terminals
are short-
circuited.
NO
Turn ON the power.
The
HAP lamp
of the indoor unit
PCB (A1P) blinks and YES
Replace the fan PCB (A2P).
the HAP lamp of the
fan PCB (A2P)
is OFF.
NO
Replace the fan motor.
Note: 1. Check on connector of fan motor (Power supply cable)

Red

White Black-Red 3.5 10%
Black-White 3.5 10%
Black
2. Measurement of signal wire connector.

Remove the X2A connector and measure the resistance between GND and VCC, HW, HV, or
HU terminals of the motor connector (with 5 conductors).
Connector signal wire use (X2A)
5 Gray GND
4 Pink Vcc
3 Orange HW
2 Blue HV
1 Yellow HU

3.7 Overload / Overcurrent / Lock of Indoor Unit Fan Motor

Error Code A6
Applicable FXMQ-M
Models
Method of Error This error is detected by detecting that the individual power supply for the fan turns OFF.
Detection
Error Decision When it is not detected that the individual power supply for the indoor unit fan turns ON while in
Conditions operation.
Supposed Defective power supply for the indoor unit fan motor
Causes Clogged drain piping
Actuation of the indoor unit safety device
Defective contact in the fan wiring circuit
Troubleshooting
Is the
power supply
cable of the indoor NO
Properly connect the cable.
unit fan properly
connected?
YES
Restart the fan.
Is the fan YES

normally running? It is supposed that the indoor
unit fan motor stops running
due to overload, overcurrent, or
NO lock.

3.8 Swing Flap Motor (M1S) Abnormality

Error Code A7
Applicable FXHQ
Models
Method of Error Utilizes ON/OFF of the limit switch when the motor turns.
Detection
Error Decision When ON/OFF of the micro-switch for positioning cannot be reversed even though the swing flap
Conditions motor is energized for a specified amount of time (about 30 seconds).
Error code is displayed but the system operates continuously.
Supposed Defective swing motor

Causes Defective connection cable (power supply and limit switch)
Defective airflow direction adjusting flap-cam

Troubleshooting
Is power supply NO
208~230V provided? Provide 208~230V power
supply.
YES
Indoor
unit is a model NO
equipped with a swing Replace the indoor unit PCB.
flap function
YES
The
swing motor The
works when the power YES connector is NO
supply is turned OFF connected to X9A of the Connect the connector to X9A
and then indoor unit and turn ON again.
restart. PCB.
NO YES
The
limit switch functions NO
Replace the swing motor.
normally.
YES
The relay YES

cable is short circuited Replace the limit switch
After or disconnected. relay cable.
turning the
swing-flap ON NO
and then stopping
with the remote
controller, the voltage of NO
X6A of the indoor unit PCB Replace the indoor unit PCB.
is 208~230V when turned
ON again (within 30
seconds of
turning ON
again).
YES
The relay YES

cable has no continuity. Replace the power supply
relay cable.
NO
When the
airflow direction
flap-cam mechanism NO
is disconnected from the Replace the swing motor.
swing motor, operation
is normal when
turned ON
again.
YES
Take the flap-cam mechanism
apart, reassemble and turn ON
again.

3.9 Power Supply Voltage Abnormality

Error Code A8
Applicable FXMQ-PB
Models
Method of Error Detect error checking the input voltage of fan motor.
Detection
Error Decision When the input voltage of fan motor is 150V or less, or 386V or more.
Conditions
Supposed Defective power supply voltage

Causes Defective connection on signal line
Defective wiring
Instantaneous blackout, others
Troubleshooting
Check the condition of
the power supply.
(1) Check if power
supply voltage is
208~230V 10%.
(2) Check if there is
power open phase
or defective wiring.
(3) Check if power
supply voltage
unbalance is
within 6V.
There are
problems on
the condition of YES
Correct any fault.
power supply
described
above.
NO
"A8" YES
Reoccurrence of Check and correct each wiring.
error.
NO
It is possible to have external
factor, such as brownout and
instantaneous blackout.

3.10 Electronic Expansion Valve Coil Abnormality / Dust

Clogging
Error Code A9
Applicable FXFQ
Models
Method of Error Check coil condition of electronic expansion valve by using micro-computer.
Detection Check dust clogging condition of electronic expansion valve main body by using micro-computer.
Error Decision Pin input for electronic expansion valve coil is abnormal when initializing micro-computer.
Conditions Either of the following conditions is seen/caused/ occurs while the unit stops operation.
z R1T R2T > 8C (46.4F)
z R2T shows fixed degrees or below.
R1T: temperature of suction air
R2T: temperature of liquid pipe of heat exchanger
Supposed Defective of electronic expansion valve coil

Causes Defective PCB indoor unit
Defective relay cables
Troubleshooting
When power NO
Replace the electronic
is supplied.
expansion valve main body.
YES
Electronic
expansion valve is NO
connected to X7A of Shut the power supply OFF
indoor unit after connection and then
PCB. restart.
YES
Coil
check of
electronic expansion
valve drive indicates NO
normal. expansion valve coil.
CHECK 9
YES
Relay
cables short circuit YES
Replace the relay cables.
or disconnected.
NO
When restarting the operation
after shutting the power supply
OFF does not work, replace the
indoor unit PCB.
CHECK 9 Refer to P.254.

3.11 Electronic Expansion Valve Coil Abnormality

Error Code A9
Applicable Indoor units except FXFQ models
Models
Method of Error Check coil condition of electronic expansion valve by using micro-computer.
Detection
Error Decision Pin input for electronic expansion valve coil is abnormal when initializing micro-computer.
Conditions
Supposed Defective of electronic expansion valve coil

Causes Defective PCB indoor unit
Defective relay cables
Troubleshooting
Electronic
expansion valve is NO
connected to X7A of Shut the power supply OFF
indoor unit after connection and then
PCB. restart.
YES
Coil
check of
valve drive indicates NO
normal. expansion valve coil.
CHECK 9
YES
Relay
cables short YES
circuit or Replace the relay cables.
disconnected.
NO
When restarting the operation
after shutting the power supply
OFF does not work, replace the
indoor unit PCB.

3.12 Drain Level above Limit

Error Code AF
Applicable FXFQ, FXZQ, FXDQ, FXMQ
Models
Method of Error Water leakage is detected based on float switch ON/OFF operation while the compressor is in non-
Detection operation.
Error Decision When the float switch changes from ON to OFF while the compressor is in non-operation.
Conditions Error code is displayed but the system operates continuously.
Supposed Humidifier unit (optional accessory) leaking

Causes Defective drain pipe (upward slope, etc.)
Troubleshooting
Field
drain piping
has a defect such as YES
Modify the drain piping.
upward sloping.
NO
A
humidifier
unit (optional YES
accessory) is installed Check if the humidifier unit is
on the indoor leaking.
unit.
NO
Defective indoor unit PCB.

3.13 Capacity Determination Device Abnormality

Error Code AJ
Models
Method of Error Capacity is determined according to resistance of the capacity setting adaptor and the memory
Detection inside the IC memory on the indoor unit PCB, and whether the value is normal or abnormal is
determined.
Error Decision When the capacity code is not saved to the PCB, and the capacity setting adaptor is not connected.
Conditions When a capacity that does not exist for that unit is set.
Supposed The capacity setting adaptor was not installed.

Causes Defective indoor unit PCB
Troubleshooting
The
indoor unit PCB NO
was replaced with a Replace the indoor unit PCB.
spare PCB.
YES
The
capacity
setting adaptor need NO
to be installed when Replace the indoor unit PCB.
replacing the
PCB.
YES
Install a capacity setting
adaptor.

3.14 Transmission Abnormality between Indoor Unit PCB and

Fan PCB
Error Code C1
Applicable FXMQ-PB
Models
Method of Error Check the condition of transmission between indoor unit PCB (A1P) and fan PCB (A2P) using
Detection computer.
Error Decision When normal transmission is not conducted for certain duration.
Conditions
Supposed Connection defective the connecter between indoor unit PCB (A1P) and fan PCB (A2P)
Causes Defective indoor unit PCB (A1P)
Defective fan PCB (A2P)
External factor, such as instantaneous blackout
Troubleshooting
Is the
connector
between indoor
unit PCB (A1P) and NO Connect the connector
fan PCB (A2P) accurately.
accurately
connected?
(1)
YES
Confirm the condition of
transmission on indoor
unit PCB using field
setting mode. (2)
Under
above field
NO Replace the indoor unit PCB
setting mode, second
code No. is (A1P).
"01".
YES
Connect the connecter

X70A and turn ON the
power again.
"C1"
YES Replace the fan PCB (A2P).
is displayed
again.
NO
Connect it and continue the
operation (It is possible to have
a cause, such as instantaneous
blackout).

Note: 1. Pull out and insert the connecter once and check it is absolutely connected.
2. Method to check transmission part of indoor unit PCB.
(1) Turn OFF the power and remove the connecter X70A of indoor unit PCB (A1P).
(2) Short circuit X70A.
(3) After turning ON the power, check below numbers under field setting from remote controller.
(Confirmation: Second code No. at the condition of first code No. 21 on mode No. 41)

Determination 01: Normal
Other than 01: Transmission error on indoor unit PCB
After confirmation, turn OFF the power, take off the short circuit and connect X70A back to
original condition.

3.15 Thermistor Abnormality

Error Code C4, C5, C9
Models
Method of Error The error is detected by temperature detected by thermistor.

Detection
Error Decision When the thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running.
Conditions
Supposed Defective thermistor

Defective connector connection
Broken or disconnected wire
Troubleshooting
Remove the thermistor from

the indoor unit PCB, and then
insert it again.
Is the YES
thermistor normal? Normal (The error is caused by
defective contact.)
NO
make resistance measurement
of the thermistor using a
multiple meter.
5 k to 90 k NO
Replace the thermistor (1).
CHECK 11
YES
Note: 1. Error code and thermistor

Error Code Thermistor Except FXTQ FXTQ
C4 Heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor R2T R1T
C5 Heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor R3T R2T
C9 Suction air thermistor R1T

3.16 Combination Error between Indoor Unit PCB and Fan PCB
Error Code C6
Applicable FXMQ-PB
Models
Method of Error Check the condition of transmission with fan PCB (A2P) using indoor unit PCB (A1P).
Detection
Error Decision When the communication data of fan PCB (A2P) is determined as incorrect.
Conditions
Supposed Defective fan PCB (A2P)

Causes Defective connection of capacity setting adaptor
Field setting error
Troubleshooting
Is the
type of fan NO
PCB (A2P) Replace it with correct fan PCB
correct? (A2P).
YES
Was
indoor unit
PCB (A1P) NO
replaced with a After establishing transmission
spare PCB? for indoor and outdoor units,
diagnose the operation again.
YES
Was
correct
capacity setting NO
adaptor installed Install correct capacity setting
when replacing it adaptor.
with a spare
PCB?
YES
After establishing transmission
for indoor and outdoor units,
diagnose the operation again.

3.17 Remote Sensor Abnormality

Error Code C9
Applicable FXTQ
Models
Method of Error The error is detected out by temperature detected by remote sensor.
Detection
Error Decision When the remote sensor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running.
Conditions
Supposed Defective indoor unit thermistor (R1T) for air inlet

Troubleshooting
Is the Field
optional remote NO NO
setting 10(20)-2 is set at Set at 03.
sensor is installed? C3.
YES YES
Connector is NO
connected to X16A of Connect the sensor and turn ON
the indoor unit again.
PCB.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
disconnecting the sensor NO
Replace the sensor (R1T).
from the indoor unit
PCB.
CHECK 11
YES


Error Code CA
Applicable FXMQ-PB
Models
Method of Error The error is detected by temperature detected by thermistor.

Detection
Error Decision When the thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running.
Conditions
Supposed Defective connector connection

Causes Defective thermistor
Troubleshooting

the indoor unit PCB, and
then insert it again.
Is the YES
thermistor normal? Normal (The error is caused by
defective contact.)
NO

make resistance measurement
of the thermistor using a
multiple meter.
CHECK 11 NO
5 k to 90 k Replace the thermistor (1).
YES

Error code Thermistor Electric symbol
CA Discharge air thermistor R4T

3.19 Humidity Sensor System Abnormality

Error Code CC
Applicable FXFQ
Models
Method of Error Even if an error occurs, operation still continues.

Detection Error is detected according to the moisture (output voltage) detected by the moisture sensor.
Error Decision When the moisture sensor is disconnected or short circuited

Conditions
Supposed Defective sensor

Causes Disconnection
Troubleshooting
Remove the humidity sensor

from the indoor unit PCB
and insert it again.
Does it
YES
function normally? It is normal.
(Poor connector contact)
NO
Delete the error code history

from the remote controller.
(1)
Is "CC"
displayed on the YES
remote controller? Replace the humidity sensor
(2) PCB assy (A2P).
(3)
NO
It is believed that external factors

(noise or else) other than failure
caused the error.
Note: 1. To delete the history, the ON/OFF button of the remote controller must be pressed and held for
5 seconds in the check mode.
2. To display the code, the INSPECTION/TEST Operation button of the remote controller must be
pressed and held in the normal mode.
3. If "CC" is displayed even after replacing the humidity sensor PCB assy (A2P) and taking the
steps 1 and 2, replace the indoor unit PCB assy (A1P).

3.20 Room Temperature Thermistor in Remote Controller

Abnormality
Error Code CJ
Models
Method of Error Error detection is carried out by temperature detected by room temperature thermistor in remote
Detection controller.
Error Decision When the room temperature thermistor in remote controller becomes disconnected or shorted while
Conditions the unit is running.
Supposed Defective room temperature thermistor in remote controller

Causes Defective remote controller PCB
Troubleshooting
Clear the error code history.

(1) (While in inspection mode,
press and hold the ON/OFF
button for a period of 4
seconds or more.)
Is "CJ" YES
displayed on the remote Replace the remote
controller? controller.
NO
External factor other than
equipment error.
(for example, noise etc.)
Note: 1. How to delete the history of error codes.

Press the ON/ OFF button for 4 seconds and more while the error code is displayed in the
inspection mode.

3.21 PCB Abnormality

Error Code E1
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Abnormality is detected under the communication conditions in the hardware section between the
Detection indoor unit and outdoor unit.
Error Decision When the communication conditions in the hardware section between the indoor unit and the
Conditions outdoor unit are not normal
Supposed Defective outdoor unit PCB (A1P)

Causes Defective connection communication line between indoor and outdoor units
Troubleshooting
Turn OFF the power once and

turn ON again.
YES External factor other than

Return to normal?
error (for example, noise
etc.).
NO
Check
if inside /
outside relay wires of YES
Connect the communication
outdoor unit PCB is line correctly.
disconnected.
NO
Replace the outdoor unit

PCB (A1P).

3.22 Actuation of High Pressure Switch

Error Code E3
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect continuity across the high pressure switch in the protection device circuit.
Detection
Error Decision When part of the protection device circuit opens.

Conditions (Reference) Operating pressure of the high pressure switch:
Operating pressure: 4.0 MPa (1338 ftH2O)
Resetting pressure: 3.0 MPa (1004 ftH2O)
Supposed Activation of high pressure switch

Causes Defective high pressure switch
Defective control PCB (A1P)
Momentary power failure
Defective high pressure sensor
Troubleshooting
Check for the following 3 points:

(1) Is the stop valve open?
(2) Is the high pressure switch connector
properly connected to the control PCB?
(3) Is there continuity across the high pressure
switch?
Are the NO
above 3 points Remedy defective points.
OK?
YES
(1)Mount a pressure gauge on the high pressure
service port.
(2)Reset the operation using the remote controller,
and then restart the operation.
Is the
operating
YES pressure of the high NO
Does the error E3 pressure switch normal Replace the high pressure
recur? (4.0 MPa switch.
(1338 ftH2O))?
NO YES
Are the
characteristics of NO
the high pressure Replace the high pressure sensor.
sensor normal?
(1)
YES

Service Checker CHECK 13

Connect the Service Checker, and then make a comparison between high
pressure checked by the Service Checker and the measurement of the high
pressure sensor (1)
Is
the high
pressure
checked by the
Service Checker same as NO Replace the control PCB
the measurement of (A1P).
the high pressure
gauge?
YES
-The high pressure sensor is normal, and pressure detection with the control
PCB is also normal.
-The high pressure has really become high.
CHECK 1 : Eliminate factors that cause the high pressure to rise.
Note: 1. Make a comparison between voltage measured by the pressure sensor and that read by the
pressure gauge.
(The pressure sensor makes measurement of voltage at its connector block to convert it to
pressure. CHECK 12 )

3.23 Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor

Error Code E4
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Make judgement of pressure detected by the low pressure sensor with the control PCB.
Detection
Error Decision When low pressure caused a drop while the compressor is in operation:
Conditions Operating pressure: 0.07 MPa (23.4 ftH2O)
Supposed Abnormally drop in low pressure

Causes Defective low pressure sensor
Defective outdoor unit PCB
The stop valve is not opened
Troubleshooting
Is the stop NO
valve open? Open the stop valve.
YES
(1) Mount a pressure gauge on the low pressure service port.
(2) Reset the operation using the remote controller, and then restart the operation.
Are the
characteristics NO
of the low pressure Replace the low pressure sensor.
sensor normal?
(1)
YES
Service Checker CHECK 14
Connect the Service Checker, and then make a comparison between low pressure
checked by the Service Checker and the measurement of the low pressure sensor. (1)
Is the low
pressure checked
by the Service Checker NO
same as the Replace the control PCB (A1P).
measurement of the
low pressure
gauge?
YES
- The low pressure sensor is normal, and pressure detection with the control PCB is also normal.
- The low pressure has really become low.
CHECK 2 : Eliminate factors that cause the low pressure to decrease.

pressure gauge.

3.24 INV Compressor Motor Lock

Error Code E5
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Outdoor unit PCB takes the position signal from UVW line connected between the inverter and
Detection compressor, and the error is detected when any abnormality is observed in the phase-current
waveform.
Error Decision When the inverter compressor motor does not operate even by starting it in forced startup mode.
Conditions
Supposed Inverter compressor lock

Causes High differential pressure (0.5 MPa (167.3 ftH2O) or more)
UVW connection error
Defective inverter PCB
The stop valve is not opened
Troubleshooting
Check in Monitor Mode

8 ~ 14 ton classes are equipped
with 2 compressors.
Check for the compressor 1 or 2
applicable to the error code E5
while in monitor mode of the
outdoor unit PCB.
Is the stop NO
valve open? Field factor
Open the stop valve.
YES
Check for the connection wiring.
{For Compressor 1
Connection wiring on the M1C side
{For Compressor 2
Connection wiring on the M2C side
Is the
connection
line of the relevant NO
Replace the connection line,
compressor and then securely connect the
normal? connector.
Power OFF
YES
Are wire
connections
made to phases U, NO Make proper wire connections.
V and W in the proper
order and
manner? W
U
YES
V
Are wire
connections
made according to the NO Make proper wire connections.
Wiring Diagram?
YES
A

The insulation
resistance of the relevant YES
Replace the compressor.
compressor is low
(< 100k)
Power OFF NO
The relevant
compressor has a YES
wiring disconnection
in it.
NO
Restart the
compressor, and
then check for the NO Quit work.
operation. Does the Pressure equalization failure
error recur? may have occurred. Check for
the refrigerant system.
Power ON YES
Has the
compressor started
up at high differential YES
pressure (0.5 MPa Pressure equalization failure.
(167.3 ftH2O) or Check for the refrigerant
more)? system.
NO
CHECK 4
NO
Power OFF Is the power Replace the inverter PCB.
transistor
normal?
YES
The error recurs at NO Continue operation.

Power ON
startup. The error could have
resulted from instantaneous
power failure.
YES
Replace the inverter
Power OFF PCB.
The error recurs NO

Power ON Continue operation.
at startup.
YES
compressor.
This is not a failure of the
inverter PCB. Reinstall the
PCB.

3.25 Compressor Damage Alarm

Error Code E6
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Determine the symptom to be error by detecting the revolutions of the compressor and pressure
Detection values detected by the high and low pressure sensors, and further making a comparison between a
theoretical current value of the compressor calculated from parameters detected and an actual
current value detected by the power transistor.
Error Decision When a state in which the actual current value of the compressor is abnormally high (by 130% or
Conditions more) compared to the theoretical current value continues for a period of 30 minutes.
In case of a system with multi outdoor units, the system will return an alarm if there is any
operational unit other than that applicable to "E6" or determine to be error if not.
Supposed Defective compressor

Causes Defective high pressure sensor
Defective low pressure sensor
Defective control PCB
Troubleshooting
(1) Mount a pressure gauge on the high and low pressure

service ports.
(2) Reset the power supply, and then restart the operation.
Are the
characteristics NO
of the high pressure Replace the high pressure
sensor normal? sensor.
(1)
YES
Are the
characteristics NO
of the low pressure Replace the low pressure sensor.
sensor normal?
(1)
YES
Service Checker CHECK 13 CHECK 14

Connect the Service Checker, and then make a
comparison between high pressure and low pressure
checked by the Service Checker and the measurements of
the high and low pressure gauge. (1)

Are
the high
pressure and low
pressure checked by the
Service Checker same as the NO
Replace the control PCB (A1P).
measurements of the high
and low pressure
sensors?
YES
CHECK 4
NO
Is the power transistor Replace the inverter PCB.
normal?
YES

compressor.
pressure gauge.

3.26 Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Abnormality

Error Code E7
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect according to the value of current flowing through the inverter PCB (or fan inverter PCB in
Detection case of Fan Motor 2).
Detect error of the fan motor system according to the fan revolutions detected by the hall IC
during the fan motor runs.
Error Decision When overcurrent is detected from the inverter PCB or the fan inverter PCB (Detecting
Conditions overcurrent 4 times will shut down the system).
When the fan revolutions fall below a given level for a period of 6 seconds while in fan motor
rotation mode (Detecting shortage of revolutions will shut down the system).
Supposed Fan motor failure

Causes Neglect to connect or defective connection of harness/connector between the fan motor and the
PCB
Fan does not rotate due to foreign matters caught in it.
Clearing condition: fan motor performs normal operation for a period of 5 minutes
Troubleshooting
8 ~ 14 ton classes are equipped with 2 compressors.
Check for the compressor 1 or 2 applicable to the error code
E7 while in monitor mode of the outdoor unit PCB.
Turn OFF the power supply, and then wait for a period of 10 minutes.
There are
foreign matters around the YES
Remove the foreign matters.
applicable fan.
NO
Check for Connection of Connector
Check for the connections of all fan motor connectors.
Some connectors are YES

Insert the connector.
disconnected.
NO
Check for Colors of Junction Connectors
Check for any wire connection errors in 2 units of fan motors.
{ Fan motor 1: Power supply cables and signal cables are all white.
{ Fan motor 2: Power supply cables and signal cables are red
on the PCB side and white on the motor side.
There is a junction relay YES

Correct the connection of the
connection error. junction connector.
NO
A

There
is no continuity
across the fuse YES
Replace the fan inverter PCB.
(F101U) on the fan
inverter PCB.
NO
The
fan cannot be
rotated by hand YES
when disconnecting the Replace the relevant fan motor.
connector from the
fan motor.
NO
Resistance
between the fan
motor power supply cable YES
terminal and the motor Replace the relevant fan motor.
frame (metallic part)
is not more than
1M.
NO
U V W
CHECK 16 (Red) (White) (Black)
Check for the connector (power
supply cable) of the fan motor. { { {
Resistance
between U, V, W
phases of the fan motor
power supply cable has lost YES
Replace the relevant fan motor.
balance or short circuit is
caused between U,
V, W phases.
NO
Gnd Vcc W V U
CHECK 17 (Gray) (Pink) (Orange) (Blue) (Yellow)
Check for the connector
(signal cable) of the fan motor. { { { { {
Signal
cable has
caused short circuit YES
between Vcc and Gnd, Replace the relevant fan motor.
and between UVW
and Gnd.
NO
Turn ON the power supply to check for the following LED lamps.
(1) HAP lamp on the compressor inverter PCB
(2) HAP lamp on the fan inverter PCB
The HAP
lamp on the inverter YES
PCB blinks, but does not Replace the fan inverter PCB.
blink on the fan
inverter PCB.
NO

3.27 Electronic Expansion Valve Coil Abnormality

Error Code E9
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect according to whether or not there is continuity across the electronic expansion valve coils
Detection (REYQ-T: Y1E~Y5E).
Error Decision When no current flows through common (COM[+]) at the time of turning ON the power supply.
Conditions
Supposed Disconnection of connectors from electronic expansion valves (REYQ-T: Y1E~Y5E)

Causes Defective electronic expansion valve coil
Defective outdoor unit control PCB
Troubleshooting
Turn OFF the power supply
once, and then turn it ON again.
YES Investigate external causes other than

Return to normal?
failures (e.g. noise).
NO
Check for electronic expansion valves applicable to the error code "E9" while in monitor mode.
{Sub code
E09-01/05/08: Y1E
E09-03/06/09: Y2E
E09-04/07/10: Y3E
E09-26/27/28: Y4E
E09-29/34/39: Y5E
Connector
for the electronic
expansion valve of the NO
Properly and securely connect the
outdoor unit PCB (A1P) connector.
is connected.
YES
The
resistance of
the electronic NO
expansion valve coil is Replace the electronic expansion
normal. (1) valve.
YES
Replace the outdoor unit control PCB
(A1P).
Note: 1. Make measurement of resistance between individual pins to ensure that it falls within the range
of 40 to 50.
REYQ-T
(White) 1
Measurement Acceptance
(Yellow) 2
Point Criteria
(Orange) 3 16
(Blue) 4 26
40 ~ 50
5 36
(Red) 6 46

3.28 Discharge Pipe Temperature Abnormality

Error Code F3
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect according to temperature detected with the discharge pipe or compressor surface
Detection temperature thermistor.
Error Decision When discharge pipe temperature becomes abnormally high (i.e., 135C (275F) or more)
Conditions When discharge pipe temperature sharply rises (remains at 120C (248F) or more for a period
of consecutive 10 minutes)
When compressor surface temperature becomes abnormally high (i.e., 120C (248F) or more)
When compressor surface temperature sharply rises (remains at 110C (230F) or more for a
period of consecutive 10 minutes)
Supposed Abnormal discharge pipe temperature

Causes Defective discharge pipe thermistor
Abnormal compressor surface temperature
Defective compressor surface temperature thermistor
Defective outdoor unit control PCB

Troubleshooting
Connect the Service Checker.

Reset the system operation,
and then restart it.
Are the
characteristics
of the discharge pipe
and compressor surface NO
Replace the relevant thermistor.
temperature thermistors
normal? (1)
YES
Service Checker
Connect the Service Checker, and then make a
comparison between discharge pipe temperature (or
compressor surface temperature and low pressure
checked by the Service Checker and the
measurements of discharge pipe surface temperature
(or compressor surface temperature.) CHECK 11
Is the
temperature
checked by the NO
Service Checker same as Replace the control PCB (A1P).
the measurement of the
temperature?
YES
All thermistors are normal, and temperature detection

with the control PCB is also normal.
The discharge pipe temperature (or compressor surface
temperature) has really become high.
CHECK 3 : Eliminate the causes of superheat operation.

REYQ72TYDN REYQ96-120TYDN REYQ144-168TYDN
Error Applicable REYQ72TTJU REYQ96-120TTJU REYQ144-168TTJU
Code Thermistor Electric Electric Electric
symbol Connector symbol Connector symbol Connector
Discharge pipe X19A

(M1C) R2T (Group R21T R21T
thermistor connector) X19A
(Group
Discharge pipe connector)
(M2C) R22T R22T X19A
J3 thermistor (Group
connector)
Compressor X19A
surface R14T (Group R14T
temperature connector)
thermistor

3.29 Wet Alarm

Error Code F4
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error In cooling operation, detect the condition under which liquid refrigerant returns to the compressor,
Detection according to the temperature and pressure of each part.
Error Decision When the following wet state continues for a period of 90 minutes, an alert is issued.
Conditions An error is defined for 120 minutes.
Wet state in outdoor units
When the following wet state continues for a period of 45 minutes, an alert is issued.
Wet state in some of indoor units
Supposed Defective suction pipe thermistor

Causes Defective discharge pipe thermistor
Defective high pressure sensor
Defective indoor unit electronic expansion valve
Dirty air filter
Troubleshooting
Connect the Service Checker.
Mount a pressure gauge on the
high pressure service port.
Reset the operation, and then
restart the operation.
Are the
characteristics of the
accumulator inlet thermistor and NO
Replace the relevant
the suction pipe thermistor thermistor.
normal?
YES
Are the
discharge pipe NO
thermistor characteristics Replace the discharge
normal? pipe thermistor.
YES
Are the
high pressure sensor NO
characteristics Replace the high
normal? pressure sensor.
YES
Service Checker
Use the Service Checker to find indoor units operating under the following conditions:
& Electronic
Gas pipe temperature Liquid pipe temperature < 2.5C (4.5F)
expansion valve opening < 300 pulses
Stop the relevant indoor units while the

system is in cooling operation, and then
check for the liquid pipe temperature of these
indoor units after the system is stabilized.
The liquid pipe

temperature is low YES
(equivalent to the evaporating Replace the indoor
temperature). unit electronic
expansion valve.
NO
Clean the air filters
of the indoor units.

3.30 Refrigerant Overcharged

Error Code F6
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect overcharged refrigerant according to outdoor air temperature, heat exchanging deicer
Detection temperature, and liquid pipe temperature during check operation.
Error Decision When the amount of refrigerant, which is calculated using outdoor air temperature, heat
Conditions exchanging deicer temperature, and liquid pipe temperature during check operation, exceeds the
regular charge amount by 30% or more
(If refrigerant is charged slightly over the regular charge amount, "F6" may be displayed on the
remote controller.)
Supposed Refrigerant overcharged

Causes Disconnection of outdoor air thermistor
Disconnection of heat exchanging deicer thermistor
Disconnection of liquid pipe temperature thermistor
Troubleshooting
Check for the conditions of

mounting of the temperature
sensors of the outdoor air
thermistor, the heat exchanger
thermistor, and liquid pipe
thermistor to the piping.
Are the temperature NO

sensors properly Properly connect the thermistors,
mounted? and then operate the system.
YES
Disconnect the outdoor air
thermistor, the heat exchanger
thermistor, and liquid pipe
thermistor from the outdoor
unit PCB, and then make
measurement of resistance
using a multiple meter.
CHECK 11 NO
Replace the abnormal thermistors,
Normal? and then operate the system.
YES
Remedy refrigerant overcharging.

3.31 Harness Abnormality (between Control PCB and Inverter

PCB)
Error Code H3
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Check for the transmission conditions of the following jumpers between the PCB using micro-
Detection computer:
Between X28A (Control PCB) and X6A (Inverter PCB)1
Error Decision When normal transmission between PCB is disabled during the compressor stops running.
Conditions
Supposed Defective connection of jumpers between PCB

Causes Defective control PCB (A1P)
Troubleshooting
Check for the transmission

conditions of the following
jumpers between the PCB:
Between X28A (Control PCB)
and X6A (Inverter PCB)1
YES
Harness error Return the relevant harness to
normal.
NO
Replace the control PCB (A1P).
NO
H3 error recurs. Complete countermeasures.
YES
Replace the inverter PCB.
Note: 1. Control PCB and Inverter PCB

PCB REYQ72TYDN REYQ96-168TYDN
REYQ72TTJU REYQ96-168TTJU
Control PCB A1P A1P
A3P
Inverter PCB A3P A6P

3.32 Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Signal Abnormality

Error Code H7
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect of abnormal signal from fan motor.

Detection
Error Decision When an abnormal signal is detected at startup of the fan motor operation.
Conditions
Supposed Abnormal signal from fan motor (Circuit failure)

Causes Disconnection/Short circuit in fan motor leads or disconnection of connector
Defective inverter PCB (A3P, A6P)
Troubleshooting
Check for fan motor applicable to the error code H7 while

in monitor mode.
{Sub code
H7-01/05/09: Fan motor 1 (M1F) Master / Slave 1 / Slave 2
H7-02/06/10: Fan motor 2 (M2F) Master / Slave 1 / Slave 2
Is the
connector of
signal cable of the NO
relevant fan motor Properly connect the connector.
normally
connected?
YES
Check for the connector

of the fan motor. (1)
Is
resistance
between Vcc and
UVW and between GND NO Replace the fan motor.
and UVW of the fan
motor lead in
balance?
YES
For Fan motor 1, replace the
inverter PCB A4P.
For Fan motor 2, replace the fan
inverter PCB A7P.

Note: 1. Procedure for checking for the connector of the fan motor.
(1) Turn OFF the power supply.
(2) Disconnect the connector (X2A or X502A) from the PCB, and then make measurement of
the following resistance. Acceptance criteria: Resistance between phases falls within the
range of 20%.
Connector for signal cable
(X2A or X502A)
5 Gray GND
4 Pink Vcc
Make measurement
of resistance between
3 Orange W Vcc and UVW and
between GND and
UVW.
2 Blue V
1 Yellow U


Error Code H9, J3, J5, J6, J7, J8, J9
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect according to temperature detected with individual thermistors.

Detection
Error Decision When the system is in operation and the thermistor causes wiring disconnection or short circuit in it.
Conditions
Supposed Defective connection of thermistor

Troubleshooting
Thermistor is NO
connected to the Connect the connector and turn
connector. ON again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
disconnecting the NO
thermistor from the Replace the thermistor (1).
outdoor unit PCB.
CHECK 11
(1.8 k to
800 k)
YES
Replace the outdoor unit PCB.

Note: 1. Error codes and thermistors

REYQ72TYDN REYQ96-120TYDN REYQ144-168TYDN
Error Applicable REYQ72TTJU REYQ96-120TTJU REYQ144-168TTJU
Code Thermistor Electric Electric Electric
symbol Connector symbol Connector symbol Connector
H9 Outdoor air R1T X18A R1T X18A R1T X18A

Discharge X19A
pipe (M1C) R2T (Group R21T R21T
thermistor connector) X19A
(Group
Discharge connector) X19A
J3 pipe (M2C) R22T R22T (Group
thermistor connector)
Compressor
surface X19A
temperature R14T (Group R14T
thermistor connector)
Comp. X15A X15A X15A

Suction R12T (Group R12T (Group R12T (Group
connector) connector) connector)
J5
X29A X29A X29A
Suction air R10T (Group R10T (Group R10T (Group
X15A X15A X15A
H.E, deicer R11T (Group R11T (Group R11T (Group
J6
X29A X29A X29A
H.E. gas R8T (Group R8T (Group R8T (Group
R9T connector) R9T connector) R9T connector)
Receiver inlet R3T X30A R3T X30A R3T X30A
J7 Subcooling (Group (Group (Group
H.E. liquid R7T connector) R7T connector) R7T connector)
R4T X30A R4T X30A R4T X30A

J8 H.E. liquid R5T (Group R5T (Group R5T (Group
X30A X30A X30A
Subcooling R6T (Group R6T (Group R6T (Group
H.E. gas connector) connector) connector)
J9
Receiver gas R13T X17A R13T X17A R13T X17A
purge

3.34 High Pressure Sensor Abnormality

Error Code JA
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect according to temperature detected with the high pressure sensor.
Detection
Error Decision When the high pressure sensor causes wiring disconnection or open circuit (at pressure of not less
Conditions than 4.22 MPa (1412 ftH2O) or not more than 0.01 MPa (3.3 ftH2O)).
Supposed Defective high pressure sensor

Causes Connection of low pressure sensor in mistake for high pressure sensor
Defective connection of high pressure sensor
Troubleshooting
(1) Mount a pressure gauge on the

high pressure service port.
(2) Connect the Service Checker for
VRV systems.
Are the
characteristics of
the high pressure sensor
normal? (Make a comparison
between voltage characteristics () NO
Replace the high pressure sensor.
and gauge pressure.)
CHECK 12
CHECK 13
YES
Is the PCB
detection pressure
normal? Make a
comparison between data on
pressure checked by the Service Checker NO Replace the control PCB.
and the voltage characteristics.
CHECK 12
CHECK 13
YES
restart it.
Are the
characteristics of the NO
high pressure sensor Replace the high pressure sensor.
normal?
YES
Replace the control PCB.

3.35 Low Pressure Sensor Abnormality

Error Code JC
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect according to temperature detected with the low pressure sensor.
Detection
Error Decision When the low pressure sensor causes wiring disconnection or open circuit (at pressure of not less
Conditions than 1.77 MPa (592 ftH2O) or not more than 0.01 MPa (3.3 ftH2O)).
Supposed Defective low pressure sensor

Causes Connection of high pressure sensor in mistake for low pressure sensor
Defective connection of low pressure sensor
Troubleshooting
(1) Mount a pressure gauge on the

low pressure service port.
(2) Connect the Service Checker for
VRV systems.
Are the
characteristics of
the low pressure sensor
normal? (Make a comparison
between voltage characteristics and NO
Replace the low pressure sensor.
gauge pressure.)
CHECK 12
CHECK 14
YES
Is the PCB
detection pressure
normal? Make a comparison
between data on pressure checked
by the Service Checker and the voltage NO Replace the control PCB.
characteristics.
CHECK 12
CHECK 14
YES
restart it.
Are the
characteristics of the NO
low pressure sensor Replace the low pressure sensor.
normal?
YES
Replace the control PCB.

3.36 Inverter PCB Abnormality

Error Code L1
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect according to current value detected during the output of waveform before compressor
Detection startup
Detect according to current value detected with the current sensor during sync operation for
startup
Error Decision When overcurrent (OCP) flows during the output of waveform
Conditions When the current sensor error during sync operation
When IPM error occurs
Supposed Inverter PCB

IPM failure

Causes

Current sensor failure
Drive circuit failure


Troubleshooting
Turn OFF the power supply

once, and then turn it ON
again.
YES
Return to normal? The error could have resulted from
external factors other than failures
(e.g. external noise or thunder).
NO

All classes (except REYQ72T)
are equipped with 2
compressors.
Check for the compressor 1 or
2 applicable to the error code
L1 while in monitor mode of
the outdoor unit PCB.
CHECK 4
Is the power NO
transistor normal?
Is the
YES insulation to
ground resistance of NO
Replace the compressor and the
the relevant compressor
100k or more? compressor inverter PCB together.
YES
CHECK 4
Is the power NO
transistor of the fan Replace the compressor inverter PCB
driver normal? and the fan inverter PCB (A4P).
YES

3.37 Reactor Temperature Rise Abnormality

Error Code L3
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect according to the value detected with the reactor surface thermistor.
Detection
Error Decision When the temperature detected with the reactor surface thermistor is more than the specified
Conditions temperature.
Supposed Defective connection of harness

Causes Defective reactor surface thermistor
Troubleshooting
Is
reactor NO
harness connected to Connect the harness
the terminal strip correctly.
correctly?
YES
Is the
wiring YES
disconnection in the Replace the thermistor.
reactor thermistor?
NO

3.38 Inverter Radiation Fin Temperature Rise Abnormality

Error Code L4
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect temperature of power module of the compressor inverter PCB.
Detection
Error Decision Thermistor located inside the power module of the inverter PCB for compressor and fan motor.
Conditions Cooling tube plate poor heat-exchange.
Supposed Cooling tube plate not fixed with screws

Causes U0 error
High outdoor air temperature
Troubleshooting

are equipped with 2
compressors.
Check for the cooling

conditions of cooling tube
used to cool the inverter.
(1) Is the cooling tube plate
fixed with screws?
(2) Error code U0 is
displayed on the Error
History screen.
NO
Normal? Rectify troubles.
YES
Turn ON the
power supply, and YES
then press the ON button Replace the inverter PCB.
continuously. Does
the error
recur?
NO
Continue operation.
z Field factor. Power module
temperature may have risen due to
high outdoor air temperature.

3.39 INV Compressor Instantaneous Overcurrent

Error Code L5
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect current flowing through the power transistor.

Detection
Error Decision When instantaneously overcurrent flows through the power transistor.
Conditions
Supposed Defective compressor coil (such as wiring disconnection or insulation failure)

Causes Compressor startup failure (mechanical lock)
Troubleshooting
Compressor inspection

are equipped with 2
compressors.
NO
Is the stop valve open? Open the stop valve.
YES
Check for the leads of the
compressor.
{For Compressor 1
Leads on the M1C side
Power OFF
{For Compressor 2
Are the
leads of the relevant NO
Replace the leads of the
compressor relevant compressor.
normal?
YES
Are
wiring and wire NO
connections to the relevant Rectify the wiring and
compressor wire connections.
normal?
YES

Power OFF The

insulation
compressor is 100k compressor.
or less.
NO
The coil
of the relevant YES
compressor has caused Replace the inverter
wiring disconnection compressor.
in it.
NO
CHECK 4
NO
Is the power Replace the inverter
transistor normal? PCB.
YES
Restarting the NO
system results in the Continue operation.
recurrence of the
( )
The error could have
error. resulted from causes
YES such as instantaneous
power failure.
Power OFF Replace the inverter PCB
Restarting the NO
recurrence of the
error.
YES
compressor.

3.40 INV Compressor Overcurrent

Error Code L8
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect current flowing through the power transistor.

Detection
Error Decision When the secondary-side inverter current exceeds.

Conditions
Supposed Compressor overloaded

Causes Wiring disconnection in compressor coil
Disconnection of compressor wiring
Troubleshooting

are equipped with 2
compressors.
NO
Is the stop valve open? Open the stop valve.
YES
Check for the leads of the
compressor.
{For Compressor 1
Power OFF Leads on the M1C side
{For Compressor 2
Are the
leads of the relevant NO
Replace the leads of the
compressor relevant compressor.
normal?
YES
Are
wiring and wire NO
connections to the relevant Rectify the wiring and
compressor wire connections.
normal?
YES
A

Power OFF The

insulation
resistance of the YES
relevant compressor is Replace the inverter
1M or less to compressor.
ground.
NO
The coil
of the relevant YES
compressor has caused Replace the inverter
wiring disconnection compressor.
in it.
NO
CHECK 4
NO
Is the power Replace the inverter
transistor normal? PCB.
YES
Restarting the NO
recurrence of the
( )
error. resulted from causes
YES such as instantaneous
power failure.
Power OFF Replace the inverter PCB
Restarting the NO
recurrence of the
error.
YES
compressor.

3.41 INV Compressor Startup Abnormality

Error Code L9
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect error according to the signal waveform of compressor.

Detection
Error Decision When compressor startup operation has not been completed.
Conditions
Supposed The stop valve is not opened

Causes Defective compressor
Error in wire connections to compressor
Large differential pressure before compressor startup

Troubleshooting
Startup for
the first time after NO
Go to the next page.
installation? (Startup failure in aging operation)
YES
Is a proper NO
amount of refrigerant Charge a proper amount of
charged? refrigerant.
YES
Is the stop valve NO

Open the stop valve.
open?
YES
Refrigerant is
melting (No power YES
applied for a period of 6 Eliminate the melting state of
hours or more) refrigerant.
NO

are equipped with 2
compressors.
Is the
insulation NO
resistance of the relevant Eliminate the melting state of
compressor 100k refrigerant.
or more?
YES
Are the
leads of the YES
compressor Connect the leads of the compressor.
disconnected?
NO
Apply power, and then restart
operation.

From the previous page

(Startup failure in aging
operation)
Refrigerant is
melting (No power YES
applied for a period of 6 Eliminate the melting state of
hours or more) refrigerant.
NO
Is the
insulation
resistance of the NO
relevant compressor Replace the inverter compressor.
100k or more?
YES
There is YES
wiring disconnection in Replace the inverter compressor.
the compressor.
NO
CHECK 4
NO
Is the power Replace the compressor inverter PCB.
transistor normal?
YES
Recheck for the compressor and the
refrigerant system.

3.42 Transmission Error between Inverter and Control PCB

Error Code LC
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Check for the transmission conditions between the inverter PCB and the control PCB using a
Detection micro-computer.
Error Decision When normal transmission is disabled for a given period of time or more.
Conditions
Supposed Defective connection between the inverter PCB and the control PCB
Causes Defective control PCB (transmission block)
Defective noise filter
External factors (e.g. noise)
Defective inverter compressor
Defective fan motor
Troubleshooting
Is the
connector
between each
control PCB and each NO
Properly Connect the connector
inverter PCB securely
connected?
(1)
YES
are equipped with 2
compressors.
LC while in monitor mode of
Is the
type of the NO
relevant inverter PCB Replace with a proper PCB.
1 correct?
YES
The
insulation
Replace the inverter compressor.
inverter compressor is
not more than
100k.
NO
The insulation
relevant fan motor is Replace the fan motor.
not more than
1M.
NO
A

The micro-
computer normal
monitor indication lamp NO
This is not the LC error.
(green) on the control Recheck the error code.
PCB (A1P) is
blinking.
YES
The micro-
computer normal The fuse of
monitor indication lamp NO NO
the NF board has Replace the inverter PCB.
(green) on the control blown out.
PCB (A1P) is
blinking. YES
Replace all of the INV, FAN, and NF
YES boards.
Is the
connector
between the control NO
PCB and the sub PCB Properly connect the connector.
securely
connected?
YES
Is the
normal operation NO
indication LED on the sub Properly connect the connector X9A
PCB blinking? (X10A) on the sub PCB option.
YES
YES
The LC error recurs. Replace the control PCB (A1P).
NO
Continue operation.
The error could have resulted from
causes such as instantaneous
power failure.
Note: 1. Connect and disconnect the connector once to ensure that it is securely connected.

3.43 Power Supply Voltage Imbalance

Error Code P1
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect voltage imbalance through PCB.

Detection
Error Decision When power supply voltage imbalance exceeds approximately 12 V.

Conditions
Error is not decided while the unit operation is continued.
P1 will be displayed by pressing the inspection button.
Supposed Open phase

Causes Interphase voltage imbalance
Defective capacitor in the main circuit
Defective magnetic relay
Defective wiring in the main circuit

Troubleshooting

8 ~ 14 ton classes are equipped
with 2 compressors.
applicable to the error code P1
outdoor unit PCB.
Is supply
voltage imbalance YES Open phase? YES
Correct the open phase of
over approximately
12 V? power supply.
NO NO
Rectify the power supply
voltage imbalance.
Take countermeasures (listed
Is the below).
imbalance of voltage
YES
applied to the inverter over Defective noise filter, magnetic
approximately relay, or wiring
12 V? (2)
Turn OFF the power supply,
and then check and repair
NO
wirings in the main circuit and
<If voltage can be monitored> defective components.
(1) Loose contact and wiring
Use equipment capable of constantly disconnection between the
recording power supply voltages (e.g. power supply and the
Memory Hicoder) to record power inverter
supply voltages between phases (R-S, (2) Adhesion, meltdown, or
S-T, and R-T) for a period of loose contact of magnetic
consecutive 1 week. relay
(3) Wiring disconnection in or
loose contact of noise filter
Even though the power Power supply voltage imbalance Even

supply voltage is normal, the though power supply voltage remains
error recurs. balanced when making measurement,
it often becomes imbalanced during
night-time (from 18:00 to 22:00).
Take countermeasures.
Explanation to users Use the document Notice of Inspection Results attached to spare part.
Be sure to explain user that power supply
Hand the Notice of Inspection Results to user to ask
voltage imbalance will occur and Daikin
him/her to rectify the imbalance.
accepts no responsibility for the imbalance.
Note: 1. Make measurement of voltage at the power supply terminal block (X1M).
2. Make measurement of voltage at the L1, L2 and L3 terminals of diode module located on the
inverter PCB during the compressor is in operation.

3.44 Reactor Temperature Abnormality

Error Code P3
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect according to the value detected with the reactor surface thermistor.
Detection
Error Decision When the system is in operation and the thermistor causes wiring disconnection or short circuit in it.
Conditions
Supposed Defective connection of thermistor

Causes Defective reactor thermistor
Troubleshooting

are equipped with 2
compressors.
P3 while in monitor mode of
Make measurement of
resistance of the radiation
fin thermistor.
Is the
thermistor normal? Replace the inverter PCB.
YES
Turn ON the YES

power supply. Replace the inverter PCB.
Does the error
recur?
NO
Continue operation.

3.45 Inverter Radiation Fin Temperature Abnormality

Error Code P4
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect the resistance of the following thermistors during the compressor stops running:
Detection Radiation fin thermistor.
Thermistor located in PCB circuit.
Heat sink thermistor.
Error Decision When the resistance of the thermistor comes to a value equivalent to open or short circuit.
Conditions
Error is not decided while the unit operation is continued.
"P4" will be displayed by pressing the inspection button.
Supposed Defective radiation fin temperature thermistor

Causes Defective inverter PCB
Defective INV compressor
Defective fan motor
Troubleshooting

are equipped with 2
compressors.
P4 while in monitor mode of
Make measurement of
resistance of the radiation fin
thermistor.
Is the
relevant thermistor Replace the inverter PCB.
normal?
YES
The
insulation
relevant inverter compressor Replace the inverter
is not more than compressor.
100k.
NO
The insulation
fan motor is not more
than 1M.
NO
Turn ON
the power supply. YES
Does the error Replace the inverter PCB.
recur?
NO
Continue operation.

3.46 Field Setting after Replacing Outdoor Unit Main PCB

Abnormality or Combination of PCB Abnormality
Error Code PJ
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error This error is detected according to communications with the inverter PCB.
Detection
Error Decision Make judgement according to communication data on whether or not the type of the inverter PCB is
Conditions correct.
Supposed Mismatching of type of PCB

Causes Improper (or no) field setting after replacing outdoor unit main PCB
Troubleshooting

are equipped with 2
compressors.
applicable to the error code PJ
outdoor unit PCB.
Is the
type of the NO
compressor inverter Replace with a correct
PCB correct? compressor inverter PCB.
YES
Is the
type of the fan NO
inverter PCB Replace with a correct fan
correct? inverter PCB.
YES
Has
the DIP switch
setting been made NO
properly to replace the Properly make DIP switch
control PCB? setting.
(After completion of setting,
reset the power supply.)
YES
Does the
Under Preparation NO
indication lamp (H2P) Modify the connection
on the control PCB wiring.
turn OFF?
YES
control PCB.

3.47 Refrigerant Shortage

Error Code U0
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect refrigerant shortage according to a low pressure level or a difference in heat exchanging
Detection temperature from the suction pipe.
Error Decision Low pressure becomes 0.1 MPa (33.5 ftH2O) or less.
Conditions Error is not determined. The unit continues the operation.
Supposed Refrigerant shortage and refrigerant clogging (wrong piping)

Defective low pressure sensor
Defective outdoor unit main PCB
Troubleshooting
(1) Mount a pressure gauge at the service port on the low

pressure side.
(2) Reset the operation using the remote controller then
Is the low Is the

pressure 0.1 MPa NO characteristics of NO
(33.5 ftH2O) or low pressure sensor Replace the low pressure
less? (1) normal? (2) sensor.
YES YES

main PCB (A1P).
Remove the factor of
decreasing low pressure.
CHECK 2
Note: 1. Check the low pressure value by using pressure gauge in operation.
2. Compare the actual measurement value by pressure sensor with the value by the pressure
gauge.
(To gain actual measurement value by pressure sensor, measure the voltage at the connector
[between (2)-(3)] and then convert the value into pressure. CHECK 12 )

3.48 Reverse Phase, Open Phase

Error Code U1
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error The phase of each phase are detected by reverse phase detection circuit and right phase or
Detection reverse phase are judged.
Error Decision When a power supply is reverse phase, or T phase is open phase.
Conditions
Supposed Power supply reverse phase

Causes T phase open phase
Defective outdoor unit PCB (A1P)
Troubleshooting
There
is an open
phase at the power YES
supply (T phase) terminal Fix the open phase. Requires
section (X1M) of the inspection of field power supply
outdoor unit. section.
NO
Operation
is normal if one YES
phase of power supply Reverse phase.
line phase is Countermeasure of the problem is
replaced. completed by phase replacement.
NO
Replace the outdoor unit PCB
(A1P).

3.49 Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Abnormality

Error Code U2
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect the voltage of capacitor of the main circuit in the inverter PCB.
Detection
Error Decision When the voltage in the DC circuit (between diode module and power module) falls below 380VDC.
Conditions
Supposed Abnormal power supply voltage

Causes Instantaneous power failure
Open phase
Defective control PCB
Defective compressor
Defective main circuit wiring
Defective fan motor
Defective connection of signal cable
Troubleshooting

are equipped with 2
compressors.
applicable to the error code U2
outdoor unit PCB.
Check for power supply

conditions.
(1) Power supply voltage falls
within the range of 380 to
415V?
(2) Any open phase in the
power supply wiring or any
wrong wiring?
(3) Imbalance in the power
supply voltage is
maintained within 12V?
There are
some defects in the YES
power supply conditions Remedy the defects.
aforementioned.
NO
The insulation
compressor is not more Replace the compressor.
than 100k.
NO
A

The insulation
resistance of the fan YES
motor is not more than
1M. If the motor gets severely
damaged, the inverter
PCB (A3P, A6P) should
NO also be replaced.
CHECK 4
NO
Is the power Replace the inverter PCB.
transistor normal?
YES
Connect and disconnect the

following connectors:
(1) X4A (Inverter PCB)X20A
(Control PCB)
(2) X6A (Inverter PCB)X28A
(Control PCB)
The
inverter PCB YES
(A3P, A6P) has Replace the inverter PCB.
damage. If the inverter PCB gets
severely damaged, the
NO compressor and the fan
motor may have been
damaged.
Turn ON the power supply,
and then press the ON button.
The
system enters
standby mode before the YES
outdoor unit fan starts
rotating.
NO
The
system enters
standby mode before YES
completing the startup Replace the inverter PCB.
operation of the If the inverter PCB gets
compressor. severely damaged, check
for the compressor.
NO
YES
The error U2 recurs. Check for wirings.
NO
Continue operation.
resulted from causes such
as instantaneous power
failure.

3.50 Check Operation is not Executed

Error Code U3
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Check operation is executed or not executed

Detection
Error Decision Error is decided when the unit starts operation without check operation.
Conditions
Supposed Check operation is not executed.

Causes
Troubleshooting
The contents of individual

failures vary with sub code.
Ensure the sub code, and
then go to the following:
U3-03 Conduct the test operation.

(The test operation has not
been conducted.)
U3-04 Check for the refrigerant

piping, and then conduct
the test operation.
U3-05 Conduct the test operation

(due to the premature end
of the test operation).
U3-06 Conduct the test operation

(due to the premature end
of the test operation).
U3-07 Check for transmission

between indoor and
outdoor units, and then
conduct the test operation.
U3-08 Check for transmission

between indoor and
outdoor units, and then
conduct the test operation.

3.51 Transmission Error between Indoor Units and Outdoor

Units
Error Code U4
Models REYQ-T
Method of Error Micro-computer checks if transmission between indoor and outdoor units is normal.
Detection
Error Decision When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time
Conditions
Supposed Short circuit in indoor-outdoor or outdoor-outdoor transmission wiring (F1 / F2), or wrong wiring
Causes Outdoor unit power supply is OFF
System address does not match

Troubleshooting
Check for details of error in

monitor mode.
NO
U4-01 Go to the next page.
U4-03
YES (Indoor unit system
transmission error)
Has the
indoor or
outdoor unit PCB
been replaced, or has YES
the indoor-outdoor or Press and hold BS3 on the
outdoor-outdoor master outdoor unit control
transmission PCB for a period of 5
wiring been seconds or more. (The
modified? system will not operate for a
period of 12 minutes at
maximum.)
NO
Do all
indoor unit Are the
remote controllers in NO indoor-outdoor and YES
the same refrigerant outdoor-outdoor Replace the indoor unit PCB.
system display transmission wirings
U4? normal?
YES NO Modify the transmission

wirings.
Reset the power supply once.
Correct the voltage (230 V).
Does the 1. :OFF :ON :BLINK

micro-computer Is voltage (1) SEG1 SEG2 SEG3
normal monitor NO between L1 and N NO
indication lamp (HAP) terminals of the outdoor unit
on the outdoor PCB 380 to 415 V?
unit PCB
(2)
YES YES
Does the Fuse on

seven-segment NO YES
the outdoor unit PCB
display show (1) or (2)? has blown out.
(1)
Replace the fuse.
YES NO
The PCB.
lamp does not turn YES
OFF for a period of 12 Press and hold BS3 on the
minutes or more. outdoor unit control PCB for a
period of 5 seconds or more.
NO
Are the
indoor-outdoor
and outdoor-outdoor NO
Modify the transmission
transmission wirings wirings.
normal?
YES
Disconnect
the outdoor-outdoor
transmission wiring. NO
Does the system normally Replace the outdoor unit
operate with a single control PCB.
transmission
line?
YES
Mount the DIII-NET extension
adaptor.

U4-03
Indication after YES

launch test Check controller indoor units :
operation? (1) Some error about
thermistor, or fan motor,
NO valve, or defective board.
(2) Test operation was
Operate all indoor units. interrupted by button BS1
"Mode".
NO
Do all units display U9? Check all indoor error
indication.
YES
Did 2 minutes or more NO

elapse after U9 is Carry out the diagnosis again
displayed? after a lapse of 2 minutes or
more.
YES
The PCB of indoor units

displaying U9 are normal.
Check for indoor units of
other systems to troubleshoot
them according to relevant
error codes.

3.52 Transmission Error between Remote Controller and

Indoor Unit
Error Code U5
Models
Method of Error Micro-computer checks if transmission between indoor unit and remote controller is normal.
Detection
Conditions
Supposed Transmission error between indoor unit and remote controller

Causes Connection of 2 main remote controllers (when using 2 remote controllers)
Defective remote controller PCB
Transmission error caused by noise
Troubleshooting
Using 2 YES SS1 of both YES

remote controllers remote controllers is set Set 1 remote controller to
control. to "MAIN". "SUB"; turn the power supply
OFF once and then restart.
NO NO
All indoor Operation

unit PCB micro-computer NO returns to normal when NO
the power is turned OFF Replace the indoor unit
monitors blink. momentarily. PCB.
YES YES
There is possibility of error
Replace the remote controller. caused by noise. Check the
surrounding area and turn ON
again.
YES
Normal Normal
NO
YES
Normal Normal
NO
There is possibility of error
caused by noise. Check the
surrounding area and turn ON
again.

3.53 Transmission Error between Outdoor Units

Error Code U7
Applicable REYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Micro-computer checks if transmission between outdoor units is normal.

Detection
Conditions
Supposed Connection error of transmission wirings between outdoor unit and external control adaptor for
Causes outdoor unit
Connection error of transmission wirings between outdoor units
Cool/Heat selection setting error
Cool/Heat unified address setting error (functional unit, external control adaptor for outdoor unit)
Defective external control adaptor for outdoor unit

Troubleshooting
Ensure the sub code or

the lamp display of
monitor mode, and then
go to the following:
U7-01
Error code Sub code
Go to Diagnosis Flowchart-1.
(Transmission error when the
external control adaptor is
mounted)
U7-02
Error code Sub code
external control adaptor is
mounted)
U7-03
Error code Sub code
(Transmission error between
master and slave 1)
U7-04
Error code Sub code
(Transmission error between
master and slave 2)
U7-05
Error code Sub code
(Multi system error)
U7-06
Error code Sub code
(Manual address setting error for
slave 1, 2)
U7-07
Error code Sub code
(Connection 4 or more outdoor
units to the same system)
U7-11
Error code Sub code
(Connection of excess indoor
units for test operation)

Diagnosis Flowchart-1
U7-01
Error code Sub code

external control adaptor is mounted)
Is
there any
wiring
disconnection or wiring NO
error in the transmission Modify the transmission wirings
wirings to the external to the external control adaptor for
control adaptor for outdoor unit.
outdoor unit?
YES
Is the
normal
operation monitor LED NO Is power supplied to NO
on the outdoor unit the outdoor unit? Supply power to the outdoor
control PCB unit.
blinking?
YES YES
control PCB.
Is the
Is the power
normal supply cable of the
operation monitor LED NO external control adaptor NO
on the external control for outdoor unit connected Connect the power supply cable
adaptor for outdoor to the 16 VDC of the external control adaptor
unit blinking? power supply for outdoor unit to the 16 VDC
line? power supply line.
YES YES
Replace the external control
adaptor PCB.
control PCB.

U7-02
Error code Sub code
(Transmission error when the external

control adaptor for outdoor unit is mounted)
Unified Cool/ Heat NO

Set Cool/Heat selection
selection for the external control
adaptor for outdoor unit
to IND.
YES
Cool/Heat
selection for the
external control adaptor YES
Unified Cool/Heat
for outdoor unit is set to addresses for outdoor
Unified Master. units in the outdoor-
outdoor transmission
are duplicated. Make
NO address setting again.
Cool/Heat
selection for the
external control adaptor NO
for outdoor unit is set Replace the outdoor unit
to Unified control PCB.
Slave.
YES
Is
the normal
operation monitor NO Is power supplied NO
LED on the outdoor unit to the outdoor unit? Supply power to the
control PCB outdoor unit.
blinking?
YES
YES Replace the outdoor unit
control PCB.
Is the Is the power
normal supply cable of the
operation monitor NO external control adaptor for NO
LED on the external control outdoor unit connected to Connect the power
adaptor for outdoor the 16 VDC power supply cable of the
unit blinking? supply line? external control adaptor
for outdoor unit to the
16 VDC power supply
YES line.
YES
Does the
error recur when
setting Cool/Heat NO
selection for the external Replace the external control
control adaptor for adaptor for outdoor unit PCB.
outdoor unit to
IND?
YES
control PCB.

U7-03
Error code Sub code
(Transmission error between master

and slave 1)
The
multi transmission
wirings to multi slave 1 have NO
caused wiring disconnection in Replace the outdoor unit
them or are being control PCB for multi slave 1.
disconnected.
YES
Modify the outdoor unit multi

transmission wirings, and then
reset the power supply.
U7-04
Error code Sub code
(Transmission error between master

and slave 2)
The
multi transmission
wirings to multi slave 2 NO
have caused wiring disconnection in Replace the outdoor unit control
them or are being PCB for multi slave 2.
disconnected.
YES

U7-05
Error code Sub code
(Multi system error)
Is the model of outdoor NO

Replace the outdoor unit control
unit REYQ-T?
PCB.
YES
Disconnect the outdoor unit multi


U7-06
Error code Sub code
(Manual address setting error for

slave 1, 2)
One of
outdoor unit
multi transmission wirings has NO
caused wiring disconnection in it Replace the outdoor unit control
or been disconnected. PCB.
YES
Diagnosis Flowchart-7 reset the power supply.
U7-07
Error code Sub code
(Connection 4 or more outdoor units

to the same system)
4 or
more outdoor
units are connected using NO
the outdoor unit multi Replace the outdoor unit control
transmission PCB.
wirings.
YES
Diagnosis Flowchart-8 reset the power supply.
U7-11
Error code Sub code
(Connection of excess indoor units

for test operation)
There
is an error in
the connection of YES
indoor-outdoor, indoor-indoor, Rectify the error in the connection
and outdoor multi of transmission wirings, and then
transmission reset the power supply.
wirings.
NO
The
capacity to
connect indoor units NO
Check the capacity to connect
falls within the specified
range. indoor units.
YES
(A1P).

3.54 Transmission Error between Main and Sub Remote

Controllers
Error Code U8
Models
Method of Error In case of controlling with 2 remote controller, check the system using micro-computer if signal
Detection transmission between indoor unit and remote controller (main and sub remote controller) is normal.
Error Decision When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time.
Conditions
Supposed Transmission error between main and sub remote controller

Causes Connection between sub remote controllers
Defective remote controller PCB
Troubleshooting
SS1 of NO
Using 2 remote NO remote controller PCB is
controllers control. Set SS1 to "MAIN"; the
set to "MAIN". power supply OFF once and
then restart.
YES YES
SS1 of both NO
remote controllers is set to Turn the power OFF and
"SUB". then restart. If an error
occurs, replace the remote
YES controller PCB.
Set 1 remote controller to
"MAIN"; the power supply
OFF once and then restart.

3.55 Transmission Error between Indoor and Outdoor Units in

the Same System
Error Code U9
Models REYQ-T
Method of Error Detect the error signal for the other indoor unit within the circuit by outdoor unit PCB.
Detection
Error Decision When the error decision is made on any other indoor unit within the system concerned
Conditions
Supposed Transmission error between other indoor and outdoor units

Causes Defective electronic expansion valve of other indoor unit
Defective indoor unit PCB of other indoor unit
Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor and outdoor unit
Troubleshooting
Turn ON all indoor units.
All the units are NO

Continue the operation.
display "U9".
YES
"U9" has
been displayed for 2 NO
Re-diagnose by display after
minutes or more. passage of 2 minutes or more.
YES
The outdoor unit PCB indicated
by the error code U9 is normal.
Check for the indoor unit of other
system, and then conduct
troubleshooting by diagnosis
according to the Error Code
Flowchart.


Indoor Units and Remote Controller
Error Code UA
Models REYQ-T
Method of Error A difference occurs in data by the type of refrigerant between indoor and outdoor units.
Detection The number of indoor units connected is out of the allowable range.
Error Decision The error decision is made as soon as either of the abnormalities aforementioned is detected.
Conditions
Supposed Excess of connected indoor units

Causes Defective outdoor unit PCB
Mismatch of the refrigerant type of indoor and outdoor unit.
Setting of outdoor unit PCB was not carried out after replacing to spare PCB.
Troubleshooting
Ensure the sub code or

the lamp display of
monitor mode, and then
go to the following:
UA-17
Error code Sub code
(Connection of excess indoor
units)
UA-18
Error code Sub code
(Connection of incorrect models
of indoor units)
UA-20
Error code Sub code
(Improper combination of outdoor
units)
UA-21
Error code Sub code
(Wrong connection)
UA-31
Error code Sub code
(Multi system combination error)

UA-17
Error code Sub code
The
number of indoor
units connected to the YES
Replace the outdoor unit control
same system is not
more than 64. PCB.
NO
Excess indoor units are
connected.
Diagnosis Flowchart-2 Check for the connection to
connect the proper number of
UA-18 indoor units.
Error code Sub code
Check if the
refrigerant type of YES
the outdoor unit Replace the outdoor unit PCB
corresponds to that (A1P).
of the indoor
unit.
NO
Match the refrigerant types of the
outdoor unit and the indoor unit.
UA-20
Error code Sub code
NO
Multi connection? Replace the outdoor unit control
PCB.
YES
Was the A
outdoor unit PCB NO different model NO
replaced with a spare of outdoor unit is Replace the outdoor unit control
PCB? connected. PCB.
YES YES
Check for the model of outdoor
unit.
Was proper setting of NO

Make setting again, and then
spare PCB made? reset the power supply.
YES
Replace the spare PCB.

UA-21
Error code Sub code
(A1P).
UA-31
Error code Sub code
Is the multi
combination of NO
Correct the multi combination of
outdoor units outdoor units.
proper?
YES
Was the
outdoor unit PCB NO
replaced with a spare Replace the outdoor unit PCB
PCB? (A1P).
YES
Is the
procurement of the NO
Procure a proper spare PCB.
spare PCB proper?
YES
Is the setting of the NO

Make setting again, and then reset
spare PCB proper? the power supply.
YES

(A1P).

3.57 Address Duplication of Centralized Control Equipment

Error Code UC
Models Centralized control equipment
Method of Error The principal indoor unit detects the same address as that of its own on any other indoor unit.
Detection
Error Decision The error decision is made as soon as the abnormality aforementioned is detected.
Conditions
Supposed Address duplication of centralized control equipment

Troubleshooting
The centralized address is

duplicated. Make setting change so that
the centralized address will
not be duplicated.

3.58 Transmission Error between Centralized Control

Equipment and Indoor Unit
Error Code UE
Applicable All indoor models Schedule timer
Models Central remote controller
Method of Error Micro-computer checks if transmission between indoor unit and centralized control equipment is
Detection normal.
Conditions
Supposed Transmission error between optional controllers for centralized control equipment and indoor
Causes unit
Connector for setting main controller is disconnected.
(or disconnection of connector for independent / combined use changeover switch.)
Defective PCB for central remote controller
Troubleshooting
Check
the indoor
unit for which UE
is displayed. Is the YES
transmission error UE Continued to A
caused on all (on the following
indoor units? page)
NO
Is the
power supply of NO
the indoor unit, on which Make sure there are no
the UE occurred, hazardous situations, and
turned ON? then turn ON the power
supply.
YES
Has
the setting of
central control group Can the
NO setting of central YES
No. been made with the Make correct setting of the
indoor unit on which the control group No be
made? central control group No.
UE occurred?
NO
YES For
VRV systems,
can the setting of
central control group No. be NO
Check outdoor units to which
made in one and the the refrigerant system is
same refrigerant connected.
system?
YES
Was the Check whether or not there
central control NO are no problems with the
group No. for indoor transmission wiring length,
unit changed? types of cables and wires,
number of units connected,
YES and others. If no problems,
replace the indoor unit PCB.
Reset the power supplies of
every centralized control
equipment.
For the intelligent Touch
controller, register the air
conditioner again while in
DIII-NET test run menu.

Check the
transmission wiring
between centralized
control equipment for any broken
wire. For details, refer to information in Abnormal
Correct the wiring.
the Procedure for checking broken
wires section.
CHECK 15
Normal
Check
the
transmission
wiring between main
centralized control
equipment for any broken Abnormal
wire. For details, refer to Correct the wiring.
information in the
Procedure for
checking broken
wires
section.
Normal
Has
the main
centralized control NO
equipment setting connector Correct the connection of the
been connected? connector.
YES
Disconnect the transmission
wiring of the main centralized
control equipment, and then
check the voltage between the
transmission terminals (F1 and
F2) of the master unit
transmission equipment using
a multiple meter.
Is the
voltage
between the NO
terminals F1 (+) and F2 (-) Replace the centralized
in the range of 15.2 control equipment.
to 17.6 VDC?
YES Centralized control

equipment: Normal
It is supposed that the error

results from external factors
(e.g. noises) from other
equipment.

3.59 System is not Set yet

Error Code UF
Models REYQ-T
Method of Error On check operation, the number of indoor units in terms of transmission is not corresponding to that
Detection of indoor units that have made changes in temperature.
Error Decision The error is determined as soon as the abnormality aforementioned is detected through checking
Conditions the system for any erroneous connection of units on the check operation.
Supposed Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor-outdoor units and outdoor-outdoor
Causes units
Failure to execute check operation
Stop valve is not opened
Troubleshooting
Are the stop NO

valves opened? Open the stop valve.
YES
Is
Is the check indoor-outdoor YES
NO and outdoor-outdoor unit
operation Replace the indoor unit PCB.
carried out? transmission wiring
normal?
YES
NO
Is
indoor - outdoor NO
and outdoor - outdoor unit After fixing incorrect wiring,
transmission wiring press and hold the RESET
normal? button on the outdoor unit
main PCB for 5 seconds.
YES The unit will not run for up to
12 minutes.
Wiring check operation may

not have been carried out
successfully.

3.60 System Abnormality, Refrigerant System Address

Undefined
Error Code UH
Models REYQ-T
Method of Error Detect an indoor unit with no auto address setting.

Detection
Error Decision The error decision is made as soon as the abnormality aforementioned is detected.
Conditions
Supposed Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor-outdoor units and outdoor-outdoor
Causes units
Defective outdoor unit PCB (A1P)

Troubleshooting
Is Does
electricity an error
being introduce occur even after
for the first time after YES 12 minutes elapses
from the time when NO
installation or after an Normal
indoor or outdoor unit electricity is introduced
PCB has been to indoor and
replaced? outdoor
units?
NO YES
Is
indoor -
outdoor and outdoor - NO
outdoor unit transmission After fixing incorrect wiring,
wiring normal? press and hold the RESET
button on the master outdoor
unit PCB for 5 seconds.
YES The unit will not run for up to
12 minutes.
Press and hold the RESET
button on the outdoor unit
PCB for 5 seconds
NO
Does an error occur? Normal
YES
Disconnect the
outdoor-outdoor
unit transmission wiring YES
to create the one-system Mount the DIII-NET extension
status, and then check adaptor.
whether or not the
system is
normal.
NO
Does a
"UH" error occur NO
for all indoor units in the Replace the indoor unit PCB.
system?
YES
(A1P).

3.61 Check
CHECK 1 Check for Causes of Rise in High Pressure
Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) shown below, probe the defective points.
Stop valve closed Check to be sure the stop valve is open.
Local High pipe
pressure Bent or crashed pipe Conduct visual checks for pipe conditions.
rise resistance
Clogging of foreign Is there any temperature difference caused before
materials and after the filter or branch pipe.
[In cooling]
If the outdoor unit electronic Defective outdoor Defective valve coil Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
expansion valve is throttled: unit electronic
(1) expansion valve
Defective valve body
A temperature difference in
Rise in high excess of 10C (18F) between
pressure the inlet and the outlet is deemed
to be abnormal.
Defective high pressure sensor Are the electrical characteristics normal?
Defective
control Defective service Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
Defective monitor PCB corresponding to the measurement value of the pressure sensor?
high pressure Defective valve coil Are the coil resistance and insulation
control Defective indoor
unit electronic normal?
expansion valve Defective valve body
Defective high pressure sensor Are the electrical characteristics normal?

[In heating]
If the indoor unit electronic Defective Defective indoor unit In the connector properly connected?
control liquid pipe thermistor Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
expansion valve excessively
throttled: Is the pressure value checked with the Service
Defective service
(2) monitor PCB Checker corresponding to the measurement value of
the pressure sensor?
[In cooling] Is the suction air temperature less than 43C (109.4F)?
High suction air Short circuit
temperature of
High suction outdoor unit High outdoor air Is the outdoor air temperature less than 43C (109.4F)?
air temperature
temperature
of the High suction Short circuit Is the suction air temperature less than 27C (80.6F)?
condenser air temperature
of indoor unit High room
temperature Is the room temperature less than 27C (80.6F)?
Is the connector properly connected?
Defective suction air thermistor of indoor unit Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
[In heating]
High suction air temperature of outdoor unit Is the outdoor air temperature less than 16CWB (60.8FWB)?
Is the connector properly connected?
Defective outdoor air thermistor of outdoor unit Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
Degradation Dirty condenser

in condensing Is the heat exchanger clogged? (In cooling)
capacity
Mixing of non-condensable gas Is air or else mixed in the refrigerant system?
Defective fan Can the fan motor be rotated with hands?

Decreased motor Are the motor coil resistance and
fan insulation normal?
Decreased output Defective
airflow rate service monitor If a spare PCB is mounted, is the capacity
PCB (Including
capacity setting) setting properly made?
High Dirty filter Is the air filter clogged?

airflow
passage
resistance Obstacle Is there any obstacle in the airflow passage?
Excessive refrigerant charging Refer to the error code "F6".

Is the indoor unit too small compared to
Improper model selection [In heating] the large-sized outdoor unit?
Note: 1. In cooling, it is normal if the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve (main) is fully open.
2. In heating, the indoor unit electronic expansion valve is used for subcooled degree control.

CHECK 2 Check for Causes of Dropping Low Pressure

Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) shown below, probe the defective points.
[In cooling] Defective low pressure
Defective sensor Are the electrical characteristics normal?
(1)
Defective compressor Defective service Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
low pressure capacity monitor PCB
control corresponding to the measurement value of the pressure sensor?
control Defective low pressure
sensor Are the electrical characteristics normal?
Defective
low pressure Defective hot gas Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
protection solenoid valve
[In both cooling control Defective service Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
and heating]
monitor PCB corresponding to the measurement value of the pressure sensor?
Abnormally drooping (2) Defective indoor
low pressure [In cooling] unit electronic Defective valve coil Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
(Low evaporating If the indoor unit expansion valve
temperature) electronic Defective valve body
expansion valve is
throttled too much: Defective gas pipe Check for the thermistor resistance and connection.
(3) Defective thermistor of indoor unit
control
Defective electronic Defective liquid pipe Check for the thermistor resistance and connection.
expansion valve thermistor of indoor unit
control Defective service Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
monitor PCB corresponding to the measurement value of the pressure sensor?
[In cooling]
Low suction air Short circuit Is the suction air temperature more than 14C (57.2F)?
temperature of
indoor unit Low room temperature Is the room temperature less than 14C (57.2F)?
Low suction air Is the connector properly connected?

Defective suction air thermistor of indoor unit Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
temperature of
the evaporator
Abnormal piping length Does the piping length fall in the permissible range?
High pipe Conduct visual checks for pipe conditions.
Bent or crashed pipe
resistance
Clogging of foreign materials Is there any temperature difference caused before
and after the filter or branch pipe?
Stop valve closed
Less
circulation
quantity of Inadequate refrigerant quantity Refer to the error code "U1".
refrigerant
Moisture choke Eliminate moisture by vacuum operation.
Dirty Is the heat exchanger clogged?
evaporator
Degradation
in condensing Defective fan motor Can the fan motor be rotated with hands?
capacity Decreased Are the motor coil resistance and insulation normal?
fan output
Decreased Defective service monitor PCB If a spare PCB is mounted, is the
airflow rate (Including capacity setting) capacity setting properly made?
High
airflow
passage Dirty filter Is the air filter clogged?
resistance
Obstacle Is there any obstacle in the airflow passage?
Note: 1. For details of compressor capacity control while in cooling.

2. The low pressure protection control includes low pressure protection control and hot gas
bypass control.
3. In cooling, the indoor unit electronic expansion valve is used for superheated degree control.

CHECK 3 Check the Factors of Overheat Operation (4)

Identify the defective points referring to the failure factor analysis (FTA) as follows.
Hot gas circuit clogging
Defective hot
gas bypass Defective solenoid Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
valve coil
control
Defective solenoid
(1) valve body
Defective service
monitor PCB
Defective valve coil Are the coil resistance and
Defective insulation normal?
Defective [In cooling only] subcooling Defective valve
discharge electronic body
Defective expansion
pipe valve Defective low
temperature subcooling Are the electric characteristics normal?
pressure sensor
control electronic
expansion Defective subcooling
Defective heat exchanger outlet Is the connector properly connected?
valve control control thermistor Are the thermistor resistance characteristics
(2) normal?
Temperature Defective service Is the pressure value checked with the
increase of monitor PCB Service Checker corresponding to the
discharge measurement value of the pressure sensor?
pipe Four way valve is in the Check if the piping temperature connected
Defective four middle position.
way valve to the four way valve is normal.
operation Leak from hot gas bypass
valve
Superheat due to
shaft damage
Compressor
overheat Superheat due to
defective compressor
Defective indoor Defective valve coil Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
unit electronic
[In cooling] expansion valve Defective valve body
If the indoor unit
electronic Defective gas pipe Is the connector properly connected?
expansion valve is thermistor of indoor unit Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
throttled too much:
Defective
(3) control Defective thermistor for Is the connector properly connected?
Defective indoor unit liquid pipe
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
superheated
degree Defective service
control. monitor PCB
Defective Defective valve coil Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
outdoor unit
electronic
expansion valve Defective valve body
[In heading]
If the outdoor unit Defective low pressure Are the electric characteristics normal?
electronic sensor
expansion valve Defective Defective suction pipe Is the connector properly connected?
excessively control thermistor
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
throttled: (4) Defective service Is the pressure value checked with the Service
monitor PCB
Checker corresponding to the measurement
Refrigerant
shortage value of the pressure sensor?
Refer to CHECK 7
Abnormal piping length Does the piping length fall in the permissible range?
Bent or crashed pipe Conduct visual checks.
High pipe
resistance (Including moisture choke) Eliminate moisture by vacuum operation. (Refer to CHECK 8 )
Stop valve closed. Check if the stop valve is open.
Note: 1. Refer to Low pressure protection control for hot gas bypass control.
2. Refer to Subcooling electronic expansion valve control.
3. Superheating temperature control in cooling is conducted by indoor unit electronic expansion valve.
4. Superheating temperature control in heating is conducted by outdoor unit electronic expansion
valve (main).
5. Judgement criteria of superheat operation:
(1) Suction gas superheated degree: 10C (18F) and over. (2) Discharge gas superheated degree: 45C
(81F) and over, except immediately after compressor starts up or is running under drooping control.
(Use the above values as a guide. Depending on the other conditions, the unit may be normal
despite the values within the above range.)

CHECK 4 Power Transistor Check

Perform the following procedures prior to check.
(1) Power OFF.
(2) Remove all the wiring connected to the PCB where power transistors are mounted on.
[Preparation]
Multiple tester Prepare the analog type of multiple tester.
For the digital type of multiple tester, those with
diode check function are available for the
checking.
[Point of Measurement and Judgement Criteria]

Turn OFF the power supply. Then, after a lapse of 10 minutes or more, make measurement of
resistance.
When using the analog type of multiple tester, When using the digital type of multiple tester,
make measurement in resistance make measurement in diode check mode
measurement mode in the x1k range. ( )
Measuring Measuring
No. point Judgement Remarks No. point Judgement Remarks
Criteria Criteria
+ +
1 P2 U 1 P2 U Due to condenser
1.2V and charge and so ON,
2 P2 V 2 ~ 15k 2 P2 V more resistance
measurement may
3 P2 W 3 P2 W require some time.
4 U P2 4 U P2
5 V P2 5 V P2
Due to condenser
6 W P2 15k and charge and so ON, 6 W P2
more resistance 0.3 ~ 0.7V
7 N3 U (including ) measurement may 7 N3 U
require some time.
8 N3 V 8 N3 V
9 N3 W 9 N3 W
10 U N3 10 U N3 Due to condenser
1.2V and charge and so ON,
11 V N3 2 ~ 15k 11 V N3 more resistance
measurement may
12 W N3 12 W N3 require some time.
[PCB and Circuit Diagram]

P1 P2 P3
DM IGBT
X10A K2
J1
L1
J2
L2
L3
J3
N3
J1
J2
U V W
J3 X11A
Since the appearance of PCB shown in this outline drawing is different from
the actual appearance, use it as a reference drawing.
N3 U V W
P1 P3

CHECK 7 Check for Shortage of Refrigerant.

In case of VRV Systems, the only way to judge as the shortage of refrigerant is with operating
conditions due to the relationship to pressure control and electronic expansion valve control.
As information for making a judgement, refer to the information below.
Diagnosis of shortage of refrigerant

1. The superheated degree of suction gas rises. Consequently, the compressor discharge gas
temperature becomes higher.
2. The superheated degree of suction gas rises. Consequently, the electronic expansion valve
turns open.
3. Low pressure drops to cause the unit not to demonstrate cooling capacity (heating capacity).
Cooling
The opening degree of the indoor unit Fan control is activated for high
electronic expansion valve becomes pressure protection under
larger. cooling control at low outdoor
Either of the electronic expansion air temperature, i.e., the fan is
valves becomes fully open. hunting at high pressure.
Frequency comes to the minimum level.
High pressure
(Low pressure
is maintained at High pressure drops
a constant with decrease in
level.) compressor capacity.
Low pressure
Low pressure rises as the
opening degree of the indoor
unit electronic expansion
valve becomes larger.
Frequency slightly increases If frequency comes to the
under the capacity control. minimum level, low
pressure cannot be
Frequency maintained.
To maintain low
pressure,
frequency drops
due to the
capacity control.
Heating
The opening degree of the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve becomes larger.
The outdoor unit electronic expansion valve fully opens and frequency increases.
Discharge pipe or low pressure drooping control
Frequency comes to
High pressure the minimum level.
(High pressure
is maintained at
a constant
level.)
Low pressure
Frequency
To maintain low pressure, Frequency drops

frequency drops due to the due to the drooping
capacity control.
control.
(Degree of refrigerant shortage)

Proper amount Higher degree of shortage

CHECK 8 Vacuuming and Dehydration Procedure

Conduct vacuuming and dehydration in the piping system following the procedure for <Normal
vacuuming and dehydration> described below.
Furthermore, if moisture may get mixed in the piping system, follow the procedure for <Special
vacuuming and dehydration> described below.
<Normal vacuuming and dehydration>

(1) Vacuuming and dehydration
Use a vacuum pump that enables vacuuming down to 100.7 kPa (404.3 inH2O).
Connect manifold gauges to the service ports of liquid pipe and gas pipe and run the vacuum
pump for a period of 2 or more hours to conduct evacuation to 100.7 kPa (404.3 inH2O) or
less.
If the degree of vacuum does not reach 100.7 kPa (404.3 inH2O) or less even though
evacuation is conducted for a period of 2 hours, moisture will have entered the system or
refrigerant leakage will have been caused. In this case, conduct evacuation for a period of
another 1 hour.
If the degree of vacuum does not reach 100.7 kPa (404.3 inH2O) or less even though
evacuation is conducted for a period of 3 hours, conduct the leak tests.
(2) Leaving in vacuum state
Leave the compressor at the degree of vacuum of 100.7 kPa (404.3 inH2O) or less for a
period of 1 hour or more, and then check to be sure that the vacuum gauge reading does not
rise. (If the reading rises, moisture may have remained in the system or refrigerant leakage
may have been caused.)
(3) Additional refrigerant charge
Purge air from the manifold gauge connection hoses, and then charge a necessary amount of
refrigerant.
<Special vacuuming and dehydration> - In case of moisture may get mixed in the piping
Follow the same procedure as that for 1) Normal vacuuming and dehydration described
above.
(2) Vacuum break
Pressurize with nitrogen gas up to 0.05 MPa (200.7 inH2O).
Conduct vacuuming and dehydration for a period of 1 hour or more. If the degree of vacuum
does not reach 100.7 kPa (404.3 inH2O) or less even though evacuation is conducted for a
period of 2 hours or more, repeat vacuum break - vacuuming and dehydration.
(4) Leaving in vacuum state
Leave the compressor at the degree of vacuum of 100.7 kPa (404.3 inH2O) or less for a
period of 1 hour or more, and then check to be sure that the vacuum gauge reading does not
rise.
(5) Additional refrigerant charge
Purge air from the manifold gauge connection hoses, and then charge a necessary amount of
refrigerant.
In case of construction during rainy reason, if dew condensation occurs in the piping due to
extended construction period, or rainwater or else may enter the piping during construction
work:

CHECK 9 How to Check the Electronic Expansion Valve Coil

Remove the connector for electronic expansion valve (X7A) from PCB. Measure the resistance
value between pins and check the continuity to judge the condition.
1) White
White (1) 2) Yellow

1
Red (5) M
3 3) Orange
Orange (3)
4) Blue
2 4
Yellow Brown Blue 5) Red

(2) (6) (4)
6) Brown
The normal products will show the following conditions:

1 No continuity between (1) and (2)
2 Resistance value between (1) and (3) is approx. 300

CHECK 11 Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics

Refer to the table A below. For discharge pipe R2T
R21T
R22T
R31T
R32T
TC TF k TC TF k TC TF k
30 22 354.1 30 22 361.7719 30 22 3257.371
25 13 259.7 25 13 265.4704 25 13 2429.222
20 4 192.6 20 4 196.9198 20 4 1827.883
15 5 144.2 15 5 147.5687 15 5 1387.099
10 14 109.1 10 14 111.6578 10 14 1061.098
5 23 83.25 5 23 85.2610 5 23 817.9329
0 32 64.10 0 32 65.6705 0 32 635.0831
5 41 49.70 5 41 50.9947 5 41 496.5712
10 50 38.85 10 50 39.9149 10 50 391.0070
15 59 30.61 15 59 31.4796 15 59 309.9511
20 68 24.29 20 68 25.0060 20 68 247.2696
25 77 19.41 25 77 20.0000 25 77 198.4674
30 86 15.61 30 86 16.1008 30 86 160.2244
35 95 12.64 35 95 13.0426 35 95 130.0697
40 104 10.30 40 104 10.6281 40 104 106.1517
45 113 8.439 45 113 8.7097 45 113 87.0725
50 122 6.954 50 122 7.1764 50 122 71.7703
55 131 5.761 55 131 5.9407 55 131 59.4735
60 140 4.797 60 140 4.9439 60 140 49.5180
65 149 4.014 65 149 4.1352 65 149 41.4168
70 158 3.375 70 158 3.4757 70 158 34.7923
75 167 2.851 75 167 2.9349 75 167 29.3499
80 176 2.418 80 176 2.4894 80 176 24.8586
85 185 2.060 85 185 2.1205 85 185 21.1360
90 194 1.762 90 194 1.8138 90 194 18.0377
95 203 1.513 95 203 1.5575 95 203 15.4487
100 212 1.304 100 212 1.3425 100 212 13.2768
105 221 1.128 105 221 1.1614 105 221 11.4395
110 230 0.9790 3SA48001 (AD87A001J) 110 230 9.8902
115 239 0.8527 115 239 8.5788
120 248 0.7450 120 248 7.4650
125 257 0.6530 125 257 6.5156
130 266 0.5741 130 266 5.7038
3PA61998L (AD92A057) 135 275 5.0073
140 284 4.4080
145 293 3.8907
150 302 3.4429
3SA48006 (AD87A001J)
Table A
Thermistor REYQ72TYDN REYQ96-120TYDN REYQ144-168TYDN
REYQ72TTJU REYQ96-120TTJU REYQ144-168TTJU
Outdoor air R1T R1T R1T
Compressor surface temperature R14T R14T
thermistor
Comp. Suction R12T R12T R12T
Suction air R10T R10T R10T
H.E, deicer R11T R11T R11T
H.E. gas R8T R8T R8T
R9T R9T R9T
Receiver inlet R3T R3T R3T
Subcooling H.E. liquid R7T R7T R7T
H.E. liquid R4T R4T R4T
R5T R5T R5T
Subcooling H.E. gas R6T R6T R6T
Receiver gas purge R13T R13T R13T

CHECK 12 Pressure Sensor

4.15 4.15 PH : High pressure
PH (MPa) = VH 0.5
3.0 3.0 PL : Low pressure
1.7 1.7 VH : Output Voltage (High Side) (VDC)
Detected Pressure PL (MPa) = VL 0.5
3.0 3.0 VL : Output Voltage (Low Side) (VDC)
PH, PL 1 MPa = 334.6 ftH2O
(ftH2O) (kgf/cm2) MPa
1673 51.0 5.0
1505 45.9 4.5
High Pressure (PH)
1338 40.8 4.0
1171 35.7 3.5
1004 30.6 3.0
836 25.5 2.5
669 20.4 2.0
Low Pressure (PL)
502 15.3 1.5
335 10.2 1.0
167 5.1 0.5
0 0 0
167 5.1 0.5

0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4
Output Voltage (VH, VL) (VDC)

CHECK 13 Make Measurement of Voltage of the High Pressure Sensor

+5 V
Connector for high
pressure sensor (Red)
(4) Red
Black High
(3)
pressure
sensor
(2)
Micro-computer
A/D input (1) White
Make measurement of DC
voltage between these wires.
CHECK 14 Make Measurement of Voltage of the Low Pressure Sensor

+5 V
Connector for low pressure sensor
(Blue)
(4) Red
(3) Black Low

pressure
Micro-computer
(2) White sensor
A/D input
(1)
Make measurement of DC voltage between these wires.

CHECK 15 Broken Wire Check of the Relay Wires

1. Procedure for checking outdoor-outdoor unit transmission wiring for broken wires
On the system shown below, turn OFF the power supply to all equipment, short circuit between
the outdoor-outdoor unit terminal F1 and F2 in the "Outdoor Unit A" that is farthest from the
central remote controller, and then conduct continuity checks between the transmission wiring
terminal blocks F1 and F2 of the central remote controller using a multiple meter. If there is
continuity between the said terminal blocks, the outdoor-outdoor unit transmission wiring has no
broken wires in it.
If there is no continuity, the transmission wiring may have broken wires. With the outdoor-
outdoor unit terminal of the "Outdoor Unit A" short circuited, conduct continuity checks between
the transmission wiring terminal blocks F1 and F2 of the unified ON/OFF controller. If there is no
continuity as well, conduct continuity checks between the outdoor-outdoor unit terminal of the
"Outdoor Unit E", between the outdoor-outdoor unit terminal of the "Outdoor Unit D", between
the outdoor-outdoor unit terminal of the "Outdoor Unit C", in the order described, thus
identifying the place with continuity.
If the place with continuity can be identified, there may be broken wires in places before the said
place with continuity.
2. Procedure for checking indoor-outdoor unit transmission wiring for broken wires (for checking
the indoor-outdoor unit transmission wiring of the "Outdoor Unit C" for broken wires)
Turn OFF the power supply to all equipment, short circuit between the indoor-outdoor unit
terminal F1 and F2 in the "Outdoor Unit C, and then conduct continuity checks between the
transmission wirings F1 and F2 of the "Indoor Unit a" that is farthest from the "Outdoor Unit C"
using a multiple meter. If there is continuity between the said transmission wirings, the indoor-
outdoor unit transmission wiring has no broken wires in it.
If there is no continuity, the transmission wiring may have broken wires. With the indoor-outdoor
unit terminal of the "Outdoor Unit C" short circuited, identify the place with continuity in the
transmission wiring of the "Indoor Unit b", transmission wiring of the "Indoor Unit c", and
transmission wiring of the "Indoor Unit d" in the order described.
If the place with continuity can be identified, there may be broken wires in places before the said
place with continuity.
Short circuit
between the
outdoor-outdoor
unit terminal
parts.
Short circuit between Outdoor-outdoor Unit

Transmission Wiring
Check the transmission the indoor-outdoor unit
wiring for continuity. Indoor-outdoor Unit terminal parts.
If there is continuity, the Transmission Wiring
indoor-outdoor unit
transmission has no
broken wires in it.
Check the transmission

wiring for continuity.
If there is continuity, the
outdoor-outdoor unit
transmission has no broken
wires in it.
Unified ON/OFF controller Central remote controller

CHECK 16 Check on Connector of Fan Motor (Power Supply Cable)

(1) Turn OFF the power supply.
Red U
Measure the
White V resistance values
between phases
U, V, W.
Black W
CHECK 17 (1) Turn OFF the power supply.

(2) Measure the resistance between Vcc and each phase of U, V, W, and GND and each phase at
the motor side connectors (5-core wire) to check that the values are balanced within the range
of 20 %, while connector or relay connector is disconnected.
Furthermore, to use a multiple meter for measurement, connect the probe of negative pole to
Vcc and that of positive pole to GND.
5 Gray GND
4 Pink Vcc
Measure the
resistance values
3 Orange W between Vcc and
U, V, W, and GND and
2 Blue V U, V, W.
1 Yellow U

SiUS341504E
Part 7
Appendix
1. Wiring Diagrams......................................................................................261
1.1 Outdoor Units ........................................................................................... 261
1.2 Indoor Units .............................................................................................. 267
260 Appendix
SiUS341504E Wiring Diagrams
1. Wiring Diagrams
1.1 Outdoor Units
REYQ72TYDN
POWER SUPPLY
Y4E Y3E
3~ 460V 60Hz X1M M M
L1 L1 RED A1P 5 5
L2 L2 WHT RED X1A
X25A X23A
L3 L3 BLK BLU F1U
Y2E
OUTPUT RED X22A 5 M
230V
WHT
X101A F2U
FROM SEG1 SEG2 SEG3
X7A T1A Q1LD
Y1E
RED
RED
TO WHT X21A
X10A K6R 5 M
T1A X101A WHT
BS1 BS2 BS3
N=1 (A1P) X9A (NOTE 3)
WHT
T1R DS1 DS2
ON ON
OFF OFF
BLK
BLK
S1NPL
A2P WHT X4A 12 3 4 12 3 4 X31A
X11A X8A
L1A L2A L3A
RED
BLU
RED
BLU
X3A X37A S1NPH
RED
WHT
WHT
X32A
BLK
A11P P> HAP

F401U F403U (NOTE 3)
RED
WHT
X1A L1A L2A L3A X2A
BLK
GRN E Z1F X2A
RED
BLU
S1PH PS
L1B L2B L3B Z2F A12P
K11R
K12R
K13R
K3R
K7R
K9R
X3A R S T2
A10P 2 3
BLU X7A X11A X13A X15A X16A X17A
YLW
L31 L32 X18A t R1T
WHT
RED
RED
BLU
RED
BLK
BLU
RED
R1 R13T R11T R12T R15T
BLU
A3P GRY GRY
K1R A8P t t t t Y1S X13A X14A Y4S Y3S Y5S Y6S
L1B L2B L3B L11 L12 X602A GRY GRY
X1A X17A X15A X1A E1HC
K3R F1U
PS R8T R9T R10T R2T R14T R3T R4T R5T R6T R7T
F601U
HAP X20A
K1M WHT X3A X8A X10A X2A t t t t t t t t t t
X10A
X2A WHT Z6C 5 5 X29A X19A X30A
N=2 M M
V1R - X66A
+
P11 X4A Y5E Y6E X1M (NOTE 8)

PS X36A TO IN/D UNIT TO OUT/D UNIT TO MULTI UNIT
Z5C N=2 A9P F1 F2 F1 F2 Q1 Q2
C47 C48 X1A
+ + X6A X28A (NOTE X1M
P21 R851 R854 8) C/H SELECTOR
X63A X42A A B C
X601A
R313
- N4 BLK (NOTE 4) (NOTE 4) (NOTE 4)
+
V2R P4 RED
N5 CONTROL BOX (2)
INDOOR OUTDOOR OUTDOOR
P5 WHT HEAT (F1) (F2) (F1) (F2) (Q1) (Q2)
U V W X41A X3A
A11P COOL
Z1C COOL
N=1 A4P T1R S2S HEAT
WHT
WHT
WHT
Z2C P1 N1 X5A FAN

N=1 A12P A10P
S1S
WHT
Z3C
RED
F101U R24
BLK
N=1 X9A X10A

X3A + X4A COOL/HEAT SELECTOR
L1R L2R - (OPTIONAL ACCESSORY) (NOTE 3)
V V1R
U MS W X2A NOTES) 1. THIS WIRING DIAGRAM APPLIES ONLY TO THE OUTDOOR UNIT.
M1C 3~
X1A CONTROL BOX
2. : FIELD WIRING, : TERMINAL BLOCK, : CONNECTOR,
Z4C 5 : TERMINAL, : PROTECTIVE EARTH (SCREW), : NOISELESS EARTH.
N=2 WHT L1R
WHT 3. WHEN USING THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION
X2A A8P
X1A L2R
WHT MANUAL OF THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR.
TERMINAL WHT 5 A1P
LAYOUT OF M1C, M1F OF M1C MS X1A 4. FOR CONNECTION WIRING TO INDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1F2,
3~ A2P
W X2A A9P OUTDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1F2, OUTDOOR-MULTI
M1F CONTROL BOX M1F X3A TRANSMISSION Q1Q2, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL.
CONTROL BOX (2) U A4P
X1M 5. HOW TO USE BS1~3 SWITCH, REFER TO "SERVICE PRECAUTION" LABEL
M1C V A3P ON CONTROL BOX COVER.
: IS CONNECTOR COLOR 6. WHEN OPERATING, DO NOT SHORT-CIRCUIT THE PROTECTION DEVICE (S1PH).
OUTER SHELL FOR COMPONENT. (FRONT SIDE) (REAR SIDE) 7. COLORS BLK: BLACK; RED: RED; BLU: BLUE; WHT: WHITE; GRN: GREEN; GRY: GRAY; YLW: YELLOW
8. CLASS 2 WIRE
A1P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (MAIN) L1R, L2R REACTOR V1R POWER MODULE (A4P)
A2P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (NOISE FILTER) M1C MOTOR (COMPRESSOR) V2R POWER MODULE (A3P)
A3P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INV.) M1F MOTOR (FAN) X1A, X2A CONNECTOR (M1F)
A4P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (FAN) PS SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY (A1P, A3P, A8P) X3A CONNECTOR (CHECK THE RESIDUAL CHARGE)
A8P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (SUB) Q1LD LEAKAGE DETECTION CIRCUIT (A1P) X7A~X11A CONNECTOR (CONTROL BOX (2))
A9P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (ABC I/P) R1 RESISTOR (CURRENT LIMITING) (A10P) X13A, X14A CONNECTOR (E1HC)
A10P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (CURRENT LIMITING) R24 RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) (A4P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (POWER SUPPLY)
A11P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (NOISE FILTER) R313 RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) (A3P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (CONTROL) (A1P)
A12P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (OPEN PHASE PROTECTION) R851, 854 RESISTOR (A3P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (ABC I/P) (A9P)
BS1~BS3 BS BUTTON (A1P) R1T THERMISTOR (AIR) Y1E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (HEAT EXC. UPPER)
(MODE, SET, RETURN) R2T THERMISTOR (M1C DISCHARGE) Y2E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (SUBCOOLING HEAT EXC.)
C47, C48 CAPACITOR (A3P) R3T THERMISTOR (RECEIVER INLET) Y3E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (HEAT EXC. LOWER)
DS1, DS2 DIP SWITCH (A1P) R4T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. LIQUID UPPER) Y4E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (RECEIVER GAS PURGE)
E1HC CRANKCASE HEATER R5T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. LIQUID LOWER) Y5E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (REFRIGERANT COOLING)
F1U, F2U FUSE (A1P) R6T THERMISTOR (SUBCOOLING GAS) Y6E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (LEAK DETECTION)
F1U FUSE (A8P) R7T THERMISTOR (SUBCOOLING LIQUID) Y1S SOLENOID VALVE (OS OIL RETURN)
F101U FUSE (A4P) R8T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. GAS UPPER) Y3S SOLENOID VALVE (LIQUID SHUTOFF)
F401U, F403U FUSE (A2P) R9T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. GAS LOWER) Y4S FOUR WAY VALVE (HP/LP GAS)
F601U FUSE (A3P) R10T THERMISTOR (SUCTION) Y5S FOUR WAY VALVE (HEAT EXC. LOWER)
HAP PILOT LAMP (A1P, A8P) R11T THERMISTOR (DEICER) Y6S FOUR WAY VALVE (HEAT EXC. UPPER)
(SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN) R12T THERMISTOR (COMP. SUCTION) Z1C~Z6C NOISE FILTER (FERRITE CORE)
K1M MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (M1C) (A3P) R13T THERMISTOR (RECEIVER GAS PURGE) Z1F NOISE FILTER (A2P) (WITH SURGE ABSORBER)
K1R MAGNETIC RELAY (A10P) R14T THERMISTOR (M1C BODY) Z2F NOISE FILTER (A11P)
K3R MAGNETIC RELAY (A3P) R15T THERMISTOR (LEAK DETECTION)
K3R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y1S) (A1P) S1NPH PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH) CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
K6R MAGNETIC RELAY (OPTION) (A1P) S1NPL PRESSURE SENSOR (LOW) X10A CONNECTOR (DRAIN PAN HEATER) (A1P)
K7R MAGNETIC RELAY (E1HC) (A1P) S1PH PRESSURE SWITCH (HIGH) X37A CONNECTOR (POWER ADAPTOR) (A1P)
K9R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y4S) (A1P) SEG1~SEG3 7-SEGMENT DISPLAY (A1P)
K11R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y3S) (A1P) T1A CURRENT SENSOR COOL/HEAT SELECTOR
K12R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y5S) (A1P) T1R TRANSFORMER (460V/230V) S1S SELECTOR SWITCH (FAN/COOLHEAT)
K13R MAGNETIC MAGNETIC (Y6S) (A1P) V1R POWER MODULE (A3P) S2S SELECTOR SWITCH (COOL/HEAT) C: 3D089800D
Appendix 261
262
Wiring Diagrams
REYQ96 / 120TYDN
A8P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (SUB) R10T THERMISTOR (SUCTION)

POWER SUPPLY A9P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (ABC I/P) R11T THERMISTOR (DEICER)
WHT WHT A1P BS1~BS3 BS BUTTON (A1P) R12T THERMISTOR (COMP SUCTION)
3~ 460V 60Hz X1M T1A X7A X8A RED X1A (MODE, SET, RETURN) R13T THERMISTOR (RECEIVER GAS PURGE)
RED N=1 Z7C Z7C WHT WHT X25A Y4E
L1 L1 OUTPUT
BLU F1U PS 5 C32, C66 CAPACITOR (A3P, A6P) R15T THERMISTOR (LEAK DETECTION)
N=1 N=1 RED F2U M DS1, DS2 DIP SWITCH (A1P) S1NPH PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH)
L2 L2 WHT T1R 230V
K3R
K4R
K7R
K8R
E1HC, E2HC CRANKCASE HEATER S1NPL PRESSURE SENSOR (LOW)
BLK
BLK
RED
RED
RED
WHT
BLK
RED
WHT
BLK
A5P A2P X10A K6R X23A
L3 L3 BLK L1A L2A L3A L1A L2A L3A (NOTE 3) X7A X8A X11A X12A SEG1 SEG2 SEG3 5Y3E F1U FUSE (A1P, A8P) S1PH, S2PH PRESSURE SWITCH (HIGH)
M
X101A F2U FUSE (A1P) SEG1~SEG3 7-SEGMENT DISPLAY (A1P)
F401U F403U F401U F403U
K9R
K11R
K12R
K13R
Q1LD Y1S Y2S BS1 BS2 BS3 X22A F101U FUSE (A4P, A7P) T1A CURRENT SENSOR
X13A X15A X16A X17A 5Y2E F401U, F403U FUSE (A2P, A5P) T1R TRANSFORMER (460V/230V)
GRN E Z1F GRN E Z1F DS1 DS2 M
R13T R11T R12T R15T GRY GRY YLW YLW ON ON F601U FUSE (A3P, A6P) V1R POWER MODULE (A3P, A6P)
X4A X13A X14A X15A X16A OFF OFF HAP PILOT LAMP (A1P, A8P) V1R POWER MODULE (A4P, A7P)
L1B L2B L3B L1B L2B L3B
RED
BLU
A8P t t t t S2PH P> GRY E1HC GRY YLW E2HC YLW Y4S Y3S Y5S Y6S 1234 1234 X21A 5Y1E (SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN) X1A~X4A CONNECTOR (M1F, M2F)
X1A X3A M
X17A X15A R8T R9T R10T R21T R22T R3T R4T R5T R6T R7T X37A K1M, K2M MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (A3P, A6P) X5A, X6A CONNECTOR
F1U S1PH P> X18A t R1T K3R MAGNETIC RELAY (A3P, A6P) (CHECK THE RESIDUAL CHARGE)
PS X2A t t t t t t t t t t HAP (NOTE 3)
HAP S1NPL K3R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y1S) (A1P) X7A, X8A CONNECTOR (T1R)
X1M (NOTE 8) X31A K4R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y2S) (A1P) X12A CONNECTOR
X29A X19A X30A
RED
WHT
BLK
X20A
RED
WHT
BLK
X3A X8A X10A X2A
A6P A3P A9P TO IN/D UNIT TO OUT/D UNIT TO MULTI UNIT X32A S1NPH K6R MAGNETIC RELAY (OPTION) (A1P) X13A~X16A CONNECTOR (E1HC, E2HC)
A7P Z5C Z6C X63A 5 5 X1M (NOTE 8) F1 F2 F1 F2 Q1 Q2 K7R MAGNETIC RELAY (E1HC) (A1P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (POWER SUPPLY)
RED RED X3A L1B L2B L3B F601U K3R M M X1A K8R MAGNETIC RELAY (E2HC) (A1P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (CONTROL) (A1P)
N=1 N=1
X1A L1B L2B L3B F601U K3R
WHT X3A WHT
+ P11 Y5E Y6E X66A C/H SELECTOR HEAT
X6A X61A A B C K9R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y4S) (A1P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (ABC I/P) (A9P)
X41A COOL
MS F101U P1 K84R X62A K84R X41A K11R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y3S) (A1P) Y1E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (HEAT EXC. UPPER)
3~ X12A Z8C N=9 COOL
- N11 K1M K1M S2S HEAT K12R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y5S) (A1P) Y2E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE
M2F K2M X4A K2M X28A (NOTE 4) (NOTE 4) (NOTE 4) K13R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y6S) (A1P) (SUBCOOLING HEAT EXC.)
Z4C R24 N1 FAN
5 N=2 V1R X5A K84R MAGNETIC RELAY (A3P) (A6P) Y3E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (HEAT EXC. LOWER)
R1 X41A R1 X40A S1S
Z6C + - + - PS COOL/HEAT SELECTOR INDOOR OUTDOOR OUTDOOR L1R, L2R REACTOR Y4E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (RECEIVER GAS PURGE)
5 X2A
X5A N=1 P1 V1R PS
P1 V1R (OPTIONAL ACCESSORY) (NOTE 3) (F1) (F2) (F1) (F2) (Q1) (Q2) M1C, M2C MOTOR (COMPRESSOR) Y5E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (REFRIGERANT COOLING)
RED WHT X4A RED X4A C66 C32 C66 C32 X4A TERMINAL OF NOTES) M1F, M2F MOTOR (FAN) Y6E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (LEAK DETECTION)
A4P + + + + X6A M1C, M2C 1. THIS WIRING DIAGRAM APPLIES ONLY TO THE OUTDOOR UNIT. PS SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY (A1P, A3P, A6P, A8P) Y1S SOLENOID VALVE (OS OIL RETURN 1)
WHT X1A WHT X1A X3A P2 R11 R12 P2 R11 R12 X63A 2. : FIELD WIRING, : TERMINAL BLOCK, : CONNECTOR, CONTROL BOX CONTROL BOX (2) Q1LD LEAKAGE DETECTION CIRCUIT (A1P) Y2S SOLENOID VALVE (OS OIL RETURN 2)
+
Z6C Z5C W R1 RESISTOR (CURRENT LIMITING) (A3P, A6P) Y3S SOLENOID VALVE (LIQUID SHUTOFF)
:TERMINAL, : PROTECTIVE EARTH (SCREW), : NOISELESS EARTH.
MS F101U P11RED R77 R77 N=1 N=1 U R11, R12 RESISTOR (A3P, A6P) Y4S FOUR WAY VALVE (HP/LP GAS)
3~ 3. WHEN USING THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL X6A X5A T1R
R24 RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) (A4P, A7P) Y5S FOUR WAY VALVE (HEAT EXC. LOWER)
-
+ - + - V
A8P A1P
A5P A2P
M1F V1R OF THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR. X7A R77 RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) (A3P, A6P) Y6S FOUR WAY VALVE (HEAT EXC. UPPER)
Z3C V1R R24 N11 BLK V1R L2R
5 N=2 LAYOUT OF A9P X1M A7P X8A R1T THERMISTOR (AIR) Z1C~Z8C NOISE FILTER (FERRITE CORE)
U V W P3 N3 U V W P3 N3 4. FOR CONNECTION WIRING TO INDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1F2, A6P A3P
5 M1C, M2C, M1F, M2F X1A X3A A4P L1R R21T THERMISTOR (M1C DISCHARGE) Z1F NOISE FILTER (A2P, A5P)
X2A X5A Z1C RED BLK Z2C RED BLK OUTDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1F2, OUTDOOR-MULTI (WITH SURGE ABSORBER)
N=5 N=5 X2A X4A R22T THERMISTOR (M2C DISCHARGE)
X4A
RED
WHT
BLK
TRANSMISSION Q1Q2, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL.
WHT
WHT X2A WHT
X5A M2F M1F CONTROL BOX R3T THERMISTOR (RECEIVER INLET) CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
RED
WHT
BLK
WHT
WHT
WHT
V X6A WHT R4T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. LIQUID UPPER) X10A CONNECTOR (DRAIN PAN HEATER) (A1P)
U MS W V 5. HOW TO USE BS1~3 SWITCH, REFER TO "SERVICE PRECAUTION" LABEL ON
3~ U MS W CONTROL BOX (2) CONTROL BOX COVER.
R5T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. LIQUID LOWER) X37A CONNECTOR (POWER ADAPTOR) (A1P)
: IS CONNECTOR COLOR L2R M2C L1R M1C 3~ A1P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (MAIN) R6T THERMISTOR (SUBCOOLING GAS)
FOR COMPONENT. M1C 6. WHEN OPERATING, DO NOT SHORT-CIRCUIT THE PROTECTION DEVICE (S1PH, S2PH).
WHT M2C A2P, A5P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (NOISE FILTER) R7T THERMISTOR (SUBCOOLING LIQUID) COOL/HEAT SELECTOR
: IS MARKING COLOR 7. COLORS BLK: BLACK; RED: RED; BLU: BLUE; WHT: WHITE; GRN: GREEN; GRY: GRAY; YLW: YELLOW. A3P, A6P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INV.) R8T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. GAS UPPER) S1S SELECTOR SWITCH (FAN/COOLHEAT)
ON CONNECTOR. OUTER SHELL
8. CLASS 2 WIRE A4P, A7P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (FAN) R9T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. GAS LOWER) S2S SELECTOR SWITCH (COOL/HEAT)
2D089801B
Appendix
SiUS341504E
Appendix
SiUS341504E
REYQ144 / 168TYDN
POWER SUPPLY E1HC, E2HC CRANKCASE HEATER R13T THERMISTOR (RECEIVER GAS PURGE)
OUTPUT 230V F1U FUSE (A1P, A8P) R14T THERMISTOR (M2C BODY)
3~ 460V 60Hz T1A Z7C Z7C A1P F2U FUSE (A1P) R15T THERMISTOR (LEAK DETECTION)
X1M N=1 N=1 N=1 WHT X7A RED X1A F101U FUSE (A4P, A7P) S1NPH PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH)
X9A RED RED BLU F1U X25A Y4E F401U, F403U FUSE (A2P, A5P) S1NPL PRESSURE SENSOR (LOW)
RED
BLK
RED
BLK
WHT
WHT
L1 L1 RED A5P A2P PS 5M
WHT WHT RED F2U F601U FUSE (A3P, A6P) S1PH, S2PHPRESSURE SWITCH (HIGH)
L1A L2A L3A L1A L2A L3A
K3R
K4R
K7R
K8R
L2 L2 T1R
HAP PILOT LAMP (A1P, A8P) SEG1~SEG3 7-SEGMENT DISPLAY (A1P)
RED
BLU
L3 L3 BLK A10P BLK BLK K6R X7A X8A X11A X12A Y3E (SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN) T1A CURRENT SENSOR
SEG1 SEG2 SEG3 X23A
RED
BLU
F401U F403U F401U F403U (NOTE X10A
K9R
K11R
K12R
K13R
L31 L32 X8A
5M
GRN E R1 K1R X11A 3) K1M, K2M MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (A3P, A6P) T1R TRANSFORMER (460V/230V)
TO X101A GRN E Z1F Z1F X13A X15A X16A X17A
K1R MAGNETIC RELAY (A10P) V1R POWER MODULE (A3P, A6P)
RED
BLU
Y1S Y2S
RED
BLK
WHT
A11P FROM X101A BS1 BS2 BS3 X22A Y2E
(A1P) X1A Q1LD K3R MAGNETIC RELAY (A3P, A6P) V1R POWER MODULE (A4P, A7P)
RED
BLK
WHT
L1B L2B L3B L1B L2B L3B X1A L1A L2A L3A X2A T1A DS1 DS2 5M
A12P GRY GRY YLW YLW Y4S Y3S Y5S
ON
Y6S OFF
ON K3R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y1S) (A1P) V2R POWER MODULE (A6P)
Z1F X13A X14A X15A X16A OFF K4R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y2S) (A1P) X1A~X4A CONNECTOR (M1F, M2F)
R S T2 X4A 1234 1234 X21A Y1E
X3A 2 3 GRY YLW 5M K6R MAGNETIC RELAY (OPTION) (A1P) X5A, X6A CONNECTOR
S2PH P> E1HC GRY YLW E2HC X37A
BLU X3A R8T R9T R10T R21T R22T R14T R3T R4T R5T R6T R7T K7R MAGNETIC RELAY (E1HC) (A1P) (CHECK THE RESIDUAL CHARGE)
YLW X18A t R1T K8R MAGNETIC RELAY (E2HC) (A1P) X7A~X11A CONNECTOR (T1R)
S1PH P> t t t t t t t t t t t HAP (NOTE 3)
R13T R11T R12T R15T S1NPL K9R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y4S) (A1P) X12A CONNECTOR
X1M (NOTE 8) X31A
RED
WHT
BLK
RED
BLU
RED
BLU
WHT X2A
RED
BLK
WHT
K11R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y3S) (A1P) X13A~X16A CONNECTOR (E1HC, E2HC)
RED
BLU
A6P A3P A8P t t t t X29A X19A X30A TO IN/D UNIT TO OUT/D UNIT TO MULTI UNIT
X10A K12R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y5S) (A1P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (POWER SUPPLY)
A7P L1B L2B L3B X602A L1B L2B L3B A9P F1 F2 F1 F2 Q1 Q2 X32A
RED RED L11L12 X2A WHT X17A S1NPH K13R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y6S) (A1P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (CONTROL) (A1P)
X1A X3A Z5C Z6C X41A F601U K3R X15A F1U X1A X1M (NOTE 8)
WHT X3A WHT X63A X66A
+
P11 N=1 N=1 PS X1A C/H SELECTOR K84R MAGNETIC RELAY (A3P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (ABC I/P) (A8P)
X61A X3A HAPX8A X10A HEAT L1R~L3R REACTOR Y1E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (HEAT EXC. UPPER)
MS F101U P1 K84R X2A X20A A B C
3~ COOL M1C, M2C MOTOR (COMPRESSOR) Y2E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE
N11
-
K1M K3R X6A K2M K1M 5 5 COOL S2S (NOTE 4) (NOTE 4) (NOTE 4) M1F, M2F MOTOR (FAN) (SUBCOOLING HEAT EXC. )
M2F Z4C HEAT
5 V1R R24 N1 X62A Y5E M Y6E M FAN PS SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY (A1P, A3P, A6P, A8P) Y3E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (HEAT EXC. LOWER)
N=2 R1 X36A
Z6C X5A X4A X41A INDOOR OUTDOOR OUTDOOR Q1LD LEAKAGE DETECTION CIRCUIT (A1P) Y4E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (RECEIVER GAS PURGE)
5
F601U
+
+
N=1 V1R- X4A X41A S1S
X2A X5A V1R- Z8C COOL/HEAT SELECTOR (F1) (F2) (F1) (F2) (Q1) (Q2) R1 RESISTOR (CURRENT LIMITING) (A3P, A10P) Y5E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (REFRIGERANT COOLING)
PS (NOTE 3)
RED WHT X4A WHT X4A P11 C47 C48 P1 C66 C32 X6A X12A N=9 (OPTIONAL ACCESSORY) R11, R12 RESISTOR (A3P) Y6E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (LEAK DETECTION)
A4P + + + + R24 RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) (A4P, A7P) Y1S SOLENOID VALVE (OS OIL RETURN 1)
PS X28A CONTROL BOX R77 RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) (A3P) Y2S SOLENOID VALVE (OS OIL RETURN 2)
WHT X1A WHT X1A X3A P21 R851 R854 P2 R11 R12 X40A CONTROL BOX (2)
+
R313 RESISTOR (CURRENT LIMITING) (A6P) Y3S SOLENOID VALVE (LIQUID SHUT OFF)
MS F101UP11 RED X63A Z6C Z5C A8P A1P X6A X5A L3R A11PA1P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (MAIN) R851, R854 RESISTOR (A6P) Y4S FOUR WAY VALVE (HP/LP GAS)
3~ R313 R77 N=1 N=1 A2P, A5P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (NOISE FILTER) R1T THERMISTOR (AIR) Y5S FOUR WAY VALVE (HEAT EXC. LOWER)
+
+
- - - NOTES) A9P X1M A7P A5P A2P L2R T1R
1. THIS WIRING DIAGRAM APPLIES ONLY TO THE OUTDOOR UNIT. X1A X3A A4P A6P A3P A12P A10P A3P, A6P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INV.) R21T THERMISTOR (M1C DISCHARGE) Y6S FOUR WAY VALVE (HEAT EXC. UPPER)
M1F Z3C V1R R24 N11 BLK V2R V1R L1R
5 N=2 X2A X4A X9A X10A A4P, A7P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (FAN) R22T THERMISTOR (M2C DISCHARGE) Z1C~Z8C NOISE FILTER (FERRITE CORE)
P4 N4 P3 N3 2. : FIELD WIRING, : TERMINAL BLOCK, : CONNECTOR,
5 U V W U V W A8P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (SUB) R3T THERMISTOR (RECEIVER INLET) Z1F NOISE FILTER (A2P, A5P)
X2A X5A Z1C RED BLK Z2C RED BLK :TERMINAL, : PROTECTIVE EARTH (SCREW), : NOISELESS EARTH. A9P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (ABC I/P) R4T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. LIQUID UPPER) (WITH SURGE ABSORBER)
X4A LAYOUT OF R5T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. LIQUID LOWER)
WHT
WHT
WHT
N=5 N=5 3. WHEN USING THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL OF THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR. A10P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (CURRENT LIMITING) Z2F NOISE FILTER (A11P)
RED
WHT
BLK
WHT X2A WHT X6A
RED
WHT
BLK
X5A
WHT
WHT
V 4. FOR CONNECTION WIRING TO INDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1F2, OUTDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1F2,
M1C, M2C, M1F, M2F A11P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (NOISE FILTER) R6T THERMISTOR (SUBCOOLING GAS) CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
U MS W V PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (OPEN PHASE PROTECTION) R7T THERMISTOR (SUBCOOLING LIQUID) X10A CONNECTOR (DRAIN PAN HEATER) (A1P)
L2R L3R M2C 3~ U MS W OUTDOOR-MULTI TRANSMISSION Q1Q2, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL. M2F M1F CONTROL BOX A12P
M1C 3~ TERMINAL OF M1, M2C CONTROL BOX (2) BS1~BS3 BS BUTTON (A1P) R8T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. GAS UPPER) (A1P) X37A CONNECTOR (POWER ADAPTOR) (A1P)
: IS CONNECTOR COLOR FOR WHT L1R WHT 5. HOW TO USE BS1~3 SWITCH, REFER TO "SERVICE PRECAUTION" LABEL ON M1C (MODE, SET, RETURN) R9T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. GAS LOWER) (A1P)
COMPONENT. W R10T THERMISTOR (SUCTION)
: IS DISCRIMINATION COLOR CONTROL BOX COVER. M2C C32, C66 CAPACITOR (A3P) COOL/HEAT SELECTOR
FOR COMPONENT LEAD WIRE. U OUTER SHELL C47, C48 CAPACITOR (A6P) R11T THERMISTOR (DEICER) S1S SELECTOR SWITCH (FAN/COOL HEAT)
6. WHEN OPERATING, DO NOT SHORT-CIRCUIT THE PROTECTION DEVICE (S1PH, S2PH). R12T THERMISTOR (COMP. SUCTION)
DS1, DS2 DIP SWITCH (A1P) S2S SELECTOR SWITCH (COOL/HEAT)
7. COLORS BLK: BLACK; RED: RED; BLU: BLUE; WHT: WHITE; GRN: GREEN; GRY: GRAY; YLW: YELLOW. V
8. CLASS 2 WIRE
2D089802C
263
Wiring Diagrams
Wiring Diagrams SiUS341504E
REYQ72TTJU
POWER SUPPLY Y4E M M Y3E
3~ 208/230V 60Hz 5 5
X1M T1A A1P
N=1
L1 L1 RED RED
X25A X23A
WHT WHT F1U
L2 L2 X22A Y2E
BLU BLU Q1RP 5 M
L3 L3
X1A F2U
X101A SEG1 SEG2 SEG3
Q1LD X21A Y1E
5 M
R13T R11T R12T R15T (NOTE 3) BS1 BS2 BS3
WHT
RED
RED
BLU
X10A K6R
WHT
DS1 DS2
A2P A8P t t t t ON ON
L1A L2A L3A X1A OFF OFF
X17A X15A 1234 1234 S1NPL
F5U F4U F1U X31A
X37A
PS S1NPH
GRN E1 HAP HAP (NOTE 3)
Z1F X32A
X8A X10A X3A
X2A X20A
PS
L1B L2B L3B
K11R
K12R
K13R
5 5
K3R
K7R
K9R
M M
WHT
BLU
RED
Y5E Y6E X7A X11A X13A X15A X16A X17A X18A t R1T
A3P
L1 L2 L3
X4A
X28A GRY GRY
R1 K1M K2M X13A X14A Y4S
X6A Y1S Y3S Y5S Y6S
K84R E1HC GRY GRY
K5R Z4C X4A
N=2 R8T R9T R10T R2T R14T R3T R4T R5T R6T R7T
V1R
- PS t t t t t t t t t t
+
P1 X3A
X5A
P21 + C1 X29A X19A X30A
S1PH X1M (NOTE 8)
N3 BLU
P> X2A TO IN/D UNIT TO OUT/D UNIT TO MULTI UNIT
P3 RED F1 F2 F1 F2 Q1 Q2
X66A
R112 N32 BLUX3A WHT A9P

X1A
- P32 RED
+
X1M C/H SELECTOR

V2R A4P (NOTE 8) (NOTE 4) (NOTE 4) (NOTE 4)
A B C
X41A P1 N1 N11
U V W X5A
F101U R2
Z1C N=1 INDOOR OUTDOOR OUTDOOR
Z2C N=1 - X4A (F1) (F2) (F1) (F2) (Q1) (Q2)
+
WHT
RED
BLU
X3A TERMINAL OF LAYOUT OF

BLK
BLK
V3R
V X2A HEAT M1C M1C, M1F
X1A
U MS W COOL
3~ Z3C 5 COOL W CONTROL BOX
L1R WHT N=3 WHT S2S HEAT M1F
M1C
X1A X2A FAN U
WHT MS WHT S1S M1C
V
3~ 5 COOL/HEAT SELECTOR OUTER SHELL
CONTROL BOX M1F (OPTIONAL ACCESSORY) (NOTE 3)
NOTES) 1. THIS WIRING DIAGRAM APPLIES ONLY TO THE OUTDOOR UNIT.
A8P 2. L1R: FIELD WIRING, : TERMINAL BLOCK, : CONNECTOR,
: TERMINAL, : PROTECTIVE EARTH (SCREW), : NOISELESS EARTH. : IS CONNECTOR COLOR
A1P A9P 3. WHEN USING THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR COMPONENT.
X3A A2P
X1A OF THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR.
X2A
A4P 4. FOR CONNECTION WIRING TO INDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1F2, OUTDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1F2,
X1M OUTDOOR-MULTI TRANSMISSION Q1Q2, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL.
A3P 5. HOW TO USE BS1~3 SWITCH, REFER TO "SERVICE PRECAUTION" LABEL ON CONTROL BOX COVER.
6. WHEN OPERATING, DO NOT SHORT-CIRCUIT THE PROTECTION DEVICE (S1PH).
7. COLORS BLK: BLACK; RED: RED; BLU: BLUE; WHT: WHITE; GRN: GREEN; GRY: GRAY.
(FRONT SIDE) (REAR SIDE) 8. CLASS 2 WIRE
A1P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (MAIN) M1F MOTOR (FAN) V2R POWER MODULE (A3P)
A2P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (NOISE FILTER) PS SWITCHING POWER (A1P, A3P, A8P) V3R POWER MODULE (A4P)
A3P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INV.) Q1LD LEAKAGE DETECTION CIRCUIT (A1P) X1A, X2A CONNECTOR (M1F)
A4P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (FAN) Q1RP PHASE REVERSAL DETECTION CIRCUIT (A1P) X3A CONNECTOR (CHECK THE RESIDUAL CHARGE)
A8P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (SUB) R1 RESISTOR (CURRENT LIMITING) (A3P) X13A, X14A CONNECTOR (E1HC)
A9P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (ABC I/P) R112 RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) (A3P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (POWER SUPPLY)
BS1~BS3 BS BUTTON (A1P) R2 RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) (A4P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (CONTROL) (A1P)
(MODE, SET, RETURN) R1T THERMISTOR (AIR) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (ABC I/P) (A9P)
C1 CAPACITOR (A3P) R2T THERMISTOR (M1C DISCHARGE) Y1E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (HEAT EXC. UPPER)
DS1, DS2 DIP SWITCH (A1P) R3T THERMISTOR (RECEIVER INLET) Y2E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (SUBCOOLING HEAT EXC.)
E1HC CRANKCASE HEATER R4T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. LIQUID UPPER) Y3E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (HEAT EXC. LOWER)
F1U, F2U FUSE (A1P) R5T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. LIQUID LOWER) Y4E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (RECEIVER GAS PURGE)
F1U FUSE (A8P) R6T THERMISTOR (SUBCOOLING GAS) Y5E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (REFRIGERANT COOLING)
F101U FUSE (A4P) R7T THERMISTOR (SUBCOOLING LIQUID) Y6E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (LEAK DETECTION)
F4U, F5U FUSE (A2P) R8T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. GAS UPPER) Y1S SOLENOID VALVE (OS OIL RETURN)
HAP PILOT LAMP (SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN) (A1P, A8P) R9T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. GAS LOWER) Y3S SOLENOID VALVE (LIQUID SHUTOFF)
K1M, K2M MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (M1C) (A3P) R10T THERMISTOR (SUCTION) Y4S FOUR WAY VALVE (HP/LP GAS)
K3R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y1S) (A1P) R11T THERMISTOR (DEICER) Y5S FOUR WAY VALVE (HEAT EXC. LOWER)
K5R MAGNETIC RELAY (STANDBY) (A3P) R12T THERMISTOR (COMP. SUCTION) Y6S FOUR WAY VALVE (HEAT EXC. UPPER)
K6R MAGNETIC RELAY (OPTION) (A1P) R13T THERMISTOR (RECEIVER GAS PURGE) Z1C~4C NOISE FILTER (FERRITE CORE)
K7R MAGNETIC RELAY (E1HC) (A1P) R14T THERMISTOR (M1C BODY) Z1F NOISE FILTER (WITH SURGE ABSORBER) (A2P)
K9R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y3S) (A1P) R15T THERMISTOR (LEAK DETECTION) CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
K11R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y2S) (A1P) S1NPH PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH) X10A CONNECTOR (DRAIN PAN HEATER) (A1P)
K12R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y4S) (A1P) S1NPL PRESSURE SENSOR (LOW) X37A CONNECTOR (POWER ADAPTOR) (A1P)
K13R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y5S) (A1P) S1PH PRESSURE SWITCH (HIGH)
K84R MAGNETIC RELAY (CURRENT LIMITING) (A3P) SEG1~SEG3 7-SEGMENT DISPLAY (A1P) COOL/HEAT SELECTOR
L1R REACTOR T1A CURRENT SENSOR S1S SELECTOR SWITCH (FAN/COOLHEAT)
M1C MOTOR (COMPRESSOR) V1R DIODE MODULE (A3P) S2S SELECTOR SWITCH (COOL/HEAT) 3D088895C
264 Appendix
Appendix
SiUS341504E
REYQ96 / 120TTJU
POWER SUPPLY 5 M Y4E 5 M Y3E A8P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (SUB) R8T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. GAS UPPER)
3~ 208/230V 60Hz A1P A9P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (ABC I/P) R9T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. GAS LOWER)
R13T R11T R12T R15T RED
X1M T1A BS1~BS3 BS BUTTON (A1P) R10T THERMISTOR (SUCTION)
N=1 WHT F1U PS X25A X23A (MODE, SET, RETURN) R11T THERMISTOR (DEICER)
L1 L1 RED A5P RED WHT BLU A2P RED WHT BLU A8P t t t t
K7R
K8R
RED WHT BLU Q1RP X22A Y2E C1 CAPACITOR (A3P, A6P) R12T THERMISTOR (COMP. SUCTION)
L2 L2 WHT L1A L2A L3A L1A L2A L3A X1A F2U X11A X12A
5 M DS1, DS2 DIP SWITCH (A1P) R13T THERMISTOR (RECEIVER GAS PURGE)
X17A X15A F1U X1A K6R E1HC, E2HC CRANKCASE HEATER R15T THERMISTOR (LEAK DETECTION)
L3 L3 BLU F5U F4U F5U F4U
K3R
K4R
K9R
K11R
K12R
K13R
PS
(NOTE 3) SEG1 SEG2 SEG3 F1U, F2U FUSE (A1P) S1NPH PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH)
GRN E1 Z1F GRN E1 Z1F X10A X7A X8A YLW YLW X13A X15A X16A X17A X21A Y1E FUSE (A8P) S1NPL PRESSURE SENSOR (LOW)
HAP X8A X10A X3A X2A X15A X16A
5 M F1U
FROM Q1LD BS1 BS2 BS3 F101U FUSE (A4P, A7P) S1PH, S2PH PRESSURE SWITCH (HIGH)
T1A X101A GRY GRY YLW YLW F4U, F5U FUSE (A2P, A5P) SEG1~SEG3 7-SEGMENT DISPLAY (A1P)
TO X101A (A1P) L1B L2B L3B L1B L2B L3B 5 5 Y1S Y2S X13A X14A E2HC Y4S Y3S Y5S Y6S DS1 DS2 HAP PILOT LAMP (A1P) T1A CURRENT SENSOR
X20A ON ON
M M GRY GRY OFF OFF S1NPL (SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN) V1R DIODE MODULE (A3P, A6P)
A7P E1HC 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 X31A K1M MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (M1C) (A3P) V2R POWER MODULE (A3P, A6P)
Y5E Y6E
X3A X37A K1M, K2M MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (M2C) (A6P) V3R POWER MODULE (A4P, A7P)
RED WHT X4A R8T R9T R10T R21T R22T R3T R4T R5T R6T R7T S1NPH K3R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y1S) (A1P) X1A~X4A CONNECTOR (M1F, M2F)
X3A WHT RED X1A
+
A6P RED WHT BLU A3P RED WHT BLU X32A
t t t t t t t t t t HAP (NOTE 3) K4R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y2S) (A1P) X5A, X6A CONNECTOR
MS F101U P1 L1 L2 L3 X6A X61A L1 L2 L3 S2PH P> K5R MAGNETIC RELAY (STANDBY) (A3P, A6P) (CHECK THE RESIDUAL CHARGE)
3~ - X4A
R1 K1M Z3C X3A X29A X19A X30A X18A t R1T K6R MAGNETIC RELAY (OPTION) (A1P) X13A~X16A CONNECTOR (E1HC, E2HC)
M2F N1 K2M X4A R1 K1M K2M X1M (NOTE 8) K7R, K8R MAGNETIC RELAY (E1HC, E2HC) (A1P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (POWER SUPPLY)
N=2 P> A9P
5 V3R R2 K84R K84R S1PH X1M (NOTE 8) TO IN/D UNIT TO OUT/D UNIT TO MULTI UNIT K9R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y4S) (A1P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (CONTROL) (A1P)
N11 K5R X2A F1 F2 F1 F2 Q1 Q2
5 X41A V1R K5R X41A V1R X1A C/H SELECTOR K11R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y3S) (A1P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (ABC I/P) (A9P)
X2A X5A HEAT K12R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y5S) (A1P) Y1E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (HEAT EXC. UPPER)
+
+
- X5A - PS X66A A B C
RED WHT RED P1 P1 COOL K13R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y6S) (A1P) Y2E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (SUBCOOLING HEAT EXC.)
X4A X4A C1 PS N32 BLU WHT X6A COOL S2S
HEAT LAYOUT OF K84R MAGNETIC RELAY Y3E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (HEAT EXC. LOWER)
A4P P21 + P21 + C1 X6A X28A (CURRENT LIMITING) (A3P, 46P) Y4E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (RECEIVER GAS PURGE)
P32 RED FAN (NOTE 4) (NOTE 4) (NOTE 4) M1C, M2C,
X3A L1R, L2R REACTOR Y5E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (REFRIGERANT COOLING)
WHT X1A WHT X1A S1S M1F, M2F M1C, M2C MOTOR (COMPRESSOR) Y6E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (LEAK DETECTION)
+
N31 BLU WHT COOL/HEAT SELECTOR (OPTIONAL ACCESSORY)
INDOOR OUTDOOR OUTDOOR M2F M1F M1F, M2F MOTOR (FAN) Y1S SOLENOID VALVE (OS OIL RETURN 1)
MS F101U P1 N32 BLU X5A NOTES) (NOTE 3) PS SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY (A1P, A3P, A6P, A8P) Y2S SOLENOID VALVE (OS OIL RETURN 2)
3~ - (F1) (F2) (F1) (F2) (Q1) (Q2) CONTROL BOX
R112 N3 BLU R112 P32 RED 1. THIS WIRING DIAGRAM APPLIES ONLY TO THE OUTDOOR UNIT. Q1LD LEAKAGE DETECTION CIRCUIT (A1P) Y3S SOLENOID VALVE (LIQUID SHUTOFF)
M1F N1 FOUR WAY VALVE (HP/LP GAS)
+
+
5 V3R R2 - P31 RED - 2. : FIELD WIRING, : TERMINAL BLOCK, : CONNECTOR, CONTROL BOX M1C M2C Q1RP PHASE REVERSAL DETECT CIRCUIT (A1P) Y4S
N11 R1 RESISTOR (CURRENT LIMITING) (A3P, A6P) Y5S FOUR WAY VALVE (HEAT EXC. LOWER)
5 V2R P3 RED V2R : TERMINAL, : PROTECTIVE EARTH (SCREW), : NOISELESS EARTH. OUTER SHELL R112 RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) (A3P, A6P) Y6S FOUR WAY VALVE (HEAT EXC. UPPER)
X2A X5A
U V W U V W 3. WHEN USING THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL A8P A1P X6A X5A R113 RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) (A3P) Z1C~Z5C NOISE FILTER (FERRITE CORE)
WHT
X2A WHT A5P A2P R2 RESISTOR (CURRENT LIMITING) (A4P, A7P) Z1F NOISE FILTER (A2P, A5P)
X4A Z2C Z1C OF THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR. L2R
RED WHT BLK N=4 RED WHT BLK N=4 4. FOR CONNECTION WIRING TO INDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1F2, A9P X1M A7P R1T THERMISTOR (AIR) (WITH SURGE ABSORBER)
WHT WHT X1A X3A A4P A6P A3P L1R R21T THERMISTOR (M1C DISCHARGE) CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
V BLK BLK V TERMINAL OF OUTDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1F2, OUTDOOR-MULTI
U MS W X2A X4A R22T THERMISTOR (M2C DISCHARGE) X10A CONNECTOR (DRAIN PAN HEATER) (A1P)
U MS W M1C, M2C TRANSMISSION Q1Q2, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL. R3T
L2R M2C 3~ THERMISTOR (RECEIVER INLET) X37A CONNECTOR (POWER ADAPTOR) (A1P)
: IS CONNECTOR COLOR FOR M1C 3~ 5. HOW TO USE BS1~3 SWITCH, REFER TO "SERVICE PRECAUTION" LABEL ON A1P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (MAIN) R4T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. LIQUID UPPER)
COMPONENT. L1R W A2P, A5P R5T
CONTROL BOX COVER. PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (NOISE FILTER) THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. LIQUID LOWER) COOL/HEAT SELECTOR
: IS DISCRIMINATION COLOR U A3P, A6P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INV.) R6T THERMISTOR (SUBCOOLING GAS) S1S SELECTOR SWITCH (FAN/COOLHEAT)
FOR COMPONENT LEAD WIRE. 6. WHEN OPERATING, DO NOT SHORT-CIRCUIT THE PROTECTION DEVICE (S1PH, S2PH). SELECTOR SWITCH (COOL/HEAT)
V A4P, A7P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (FAN) R7T THERMISTOR (SUBCOOLING LIQUID) S2S
7. COLORS BLK: BLACK; RED: RED; BLU: BLUE; WHT: WHITE; GRN: GREEN; GRY: GRAY; YLW: YELLOW.
8. CLASS 2 WIRE
2D088751C
265
Wiring Diagrams
266
Wiring Diagrams
REYQ144 / 168TTJU
POWER SUPPLY 5 Y4E 5 Y3E A2P, A5P

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (NOISE FILTER) R7T THERMISTOR (SUBCOOLING LIQUID)
M M
3~ 208/230V 60Hz A1P A3P, A6P
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INV.) R8T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. GAS. UPPER)
R13T R11T R12T R15T RED A4P, A7P
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (FAN) R9T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. GAS. LOWER)
X1M T1A WHT F1U X25A X23A A8P
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (SUB) R10T THERMISTOR (SUCTION)
N=1 A5P RED WHT BLU A2P RED WHT BLU A8P t t t t RED WHT PS
L1 L1 RED BLU Q1RP X22A PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (ABC I/P) R11T
Y2E A9P THERMISTOR (DEICER)
K7R
K8R
L1A L2A L3A L1A L2A L3A BS BUTTON (A1P)
5 M BS1~3 R12T THERMISTOR (COMP. SUCTION)
L2 L2 WHT X17A X15A X1A X1A F2U X11A X12A (RETURN, MODE, SET) R13T THERMISTOR (RECEIVER GAS PURGE)
BLU F5U F4U F5U F4U F1U K6R
L3 L3 (NOTE 3) C1 CAPACITOR (A3P, A6P) R14T THERMISTOR (M2C BODY)
K3R
K4R
K9R
K11R
K12R
K13R
PS SEG1 SEG2 SEG3
GRN E1 Z1F GRN E1 Z1F HAP X8A X10A X3A X2A X10A X7A X8A YLW YLW X13A X15A X16A X17A X21A Y1E DS1, DS2 DIP SWITCH (A1P) R15T THERMISTOR (LEAK DETECTION)
FROM X15A X16A 5 M E1HC, E2HC CRANKCASE S1NPH PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH)
Q1LD BS1 BS2 BS3
T1A X101A YLW YLW F1U, F2U FUSE (A1P) S1NPL PRESSURE SENSOR (LOW)
TO X101A (A1P) L1B L2B L3B L1B L2B L3B 5 5 Y1S Y2S E2HC Y4S Y3S Y5S Y6S DS1 DS2 F1U FUSE (A8P) S1PH, S2PH PRESSURE SWITCH (HIGH)
X20A GRY GRY ON ON
M M F101U FUSE (A4P, A7P) SEG1~SEG3 7-SEGMENT DISPLAY (A1P)
X13A X14A OFF OFF
A7P Y5E Y6E X4A 1234 1234 X31A S1NPL F4U, F5U FUSE (A2P, A5P) T1A CURRENT SENSOR
GRY GRY
E1HC HAP PILOT LAMP (SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN) (A1P, A8P) V1R DIODE MODULE (A3P, A6P)
X3A P> R8T R9T R10T R21T R22T R14T R3T R4T R5T R6T R7T X37A MAGNETIC RELAY (M1C) (A3P) V2R POWER MODULE (A3P, A6P)
RED WHT X3A WHT RED X1A A6P RED WHT BLU A3P RED WHT BLU S1NPH K1M
S2PH t t t t t t t t t t t HAP (NOTE 3) X32A K1M, K2M MAGNETIC RELAY (M2C) (A6P) V3R POWER MODULE (A4P, A7P)
L1 L2 L3 X6A X61A L1 L2 L3 X4A X3A K3R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y1S) (A1P) X1A~X4A CONNECTOR (M1F, M2F)
MS F101U P1
3~ Z3C P> X18A t R1T K4R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y2S) (A1P) X5A, X6A CONNECTOR (CHECK THE RESIDUAL CHARGE)
R1 K1M K2M X4A R1 K1M K2M X5A X29A X19A X30A X1M (NOTE 8)
N1 N=2 S1PH A9P K5R MAGNETIC RELAY (STANDBY) (A3P, A6P) X13A~X16A CONNECTOR (E1HC, E2HC)
M2F 5
V3R R2 K84R K84R X2A TO IN/D UNIT TO OUT/D UNIT TO MULTI UNIT K6R MAGNETIC RELAY (OPTION) (A1P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (POWER SUPPLY)
N11 K5R K5R X6A X1A X1M (NOTE 8) F1 F2 F1 F2 Q1 Q2 K7R, K8R MAGNETIC RELAY (E1HC, E2HC) (A1P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (CONTROL) (A1P)
5 X41A V1R X41A V1R C/H SELECTOR
X2A X5A PS X28A HEAT K9R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y4S) (A1P) Y1E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (HEAT EXC. UPPER)
P1 WHT P1 PS A B C
RED WHT RED COOL K11R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y3S) (A1P) Y2E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (SUBCOOLING HEAT EXC.)
X4A X4A C1 N32 BLU X6A C1 N32 BLU WHT X5A COOL K12R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y5S) (A1P) Y3E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (HEAT EXC. LOWER)
X66A S2S HEAT LAYOUT OF
A4P P21 P32 RED P21 P32 RED K13R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y6S) (A1P) Y4E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (RECEIVER GAS PURGE)
FAN (NOTE 4) (NOTE 4) (NOTE 4) M1C, M2C, K84R MAGNETIC RELAY (CURRENT LIMITING) (A3P, A6P) Y5E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (REFRIGERANT COOLING)
X3A M1F, M2F
WHT X1A X1A N31 BLU S1S L1R, L2R REACTOR Y6E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (LEAK DETECTION)
M2F M1F M1C, M2C MOTOR (COMPRESSOR) Y1S SOLENOID VALVE (OS OIL RETURN 1)
COOL/HEAT SELECTOR (OPTIONAL ACCESSORY) INDOOR OUTDOOR OUTDOOR
MS F101U P1 N3 BLU (NOTE 3) CONTROL BOX M1F, M2F MOTOR (FAN) Y2S SOLENOID VALVE (OS OIL RETURN 2)
3~ R112 R112 (F1) (F2) (F1) (F2) (Q1) (Q2)
NOTES) PS SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY (A1P, A3P, A6P, A8P) Y3S SOLENOID VALVE (LIQUID SHUT OFF)
M1F 5 P31 RED M1C M2C Q1LD LEAKAGE DETECTION CIRCUIT (A1P) Y4S FOUR WAY VALVE (HP/LP GAS)
V3R R2 N1 1. THIS WIRING DIAGRAM APPLIES ONLY TO THE OUTDOOR UNIT. PHASE REVERSAL DETECT CIRCUIT (A1P) Y5S FOUR WAY VALVE (HEAT EXC. LOWER)
N11 V2R V2R P3 RED OUTER SHELL Q1RP
5 2. : FIELD WIRING, : TERMINAL BLOCK, : CONNECTOR, R1 RESISTOR (CURRENT LIMITING) (A3P, A6P) Y6S FOUR WAY VALVE (HEAT EXC. UPPER)
X2A X5A U V W U V W : TERMINAL, : PROTECTIVE EARTH (SCREW), : NOISELESS EARTH. CONTROL BOX R112 RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) (A6P) Z1C~3C NOISE FILTER (FERRITE CORE)
WHT X2A WHT Z2C Z1C R113 RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) (A3P) Z1F NOISE FILTER (A2P, A5P)
X4A RED WHT BLU N=3 RED WHT BLK N=4 3. WHEN USING THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL X6A X5A R2 RESISTOR (CURRENT LIMTING) (A4P, A7P) (WITH SURGE ABSORBER)
WHT WHT BLK BLK A8P A1P A5P A2P
V V R1T THERMISTOR (AIR) CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
U MS W U MS W TERMINAL OF OF THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR. A9P X1M L2R R21T THERMISTOR (M1C DISCHARGE) X10A CONNECTOR (DRAIN PAN HEATER) (A1P)
3~ M1C, M2C 4. FOR CONNECTION WIRING TO INDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1F2, A7P
: L2R M2C 3~ L1R M1C X1A X3A A4P A6P A3P L1R R22T THERMISTOR (M2C DISCHARGE) X37A CONNECTOR (POWER ADAPTOR) (A1P)
IS CONNECTOR COLOR FOR W OUTDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1F2, OUTDOOR-MULTI R3T THERMISTOR (RECEIVER INLET)
COMPONENT. X2A X4A
: U TRANSMISSION Q1Q2, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL. R4T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. LIQUID UPPER) COOL/HEAT SELECTOR
IS DISCRIMINATION COLOR
FOR COMPONENT LEAD WIRE. R5T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. LIQUID LOWER) S1S SELECTOR SWITCH (FAN/COOLHEAT)
V 5. HOW TO USE BS1~3 SWITCH, REFER TO "SERVICE PRECAUTION" LABEL ON A1P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (MAIN) R6T THERMISTOR (SUBCOOLING GAS) S2S SELECTOR SWITCH (COOL/HEAT)
CONTROL BOX COVER.
6. WHEN OPERATING, DO NOT SHORT-CIRCUIT THE PROTECTION DEVICE (S1PH, S2PH).
7. COLORS BLK: BLACK; RED: RED; BLU: BLUE; WHT: WHITE; GRN: GREEN; GRY: GRAY; YLW: YELLOW.
8. CLASS 2 WIRE
2D089130C
Appendix
SiUS341504E
1.2 Indoor Units

FXFQ07T / 09T / 12T / 15T / 18T / 24T / 30T / 36T / 48TVJU
INDOOR UNIT
A1P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
R2T R3T
A3P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD POWER SUPPLY S1L X1M (NOTE 8)
(INFRARED FLOOR SENSOR)
1 ~ GRN
t t PNK T2
208/230V A1P INPUT FROM OUTSIDE(NOTE 3)
X2M WHT T1
A4P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD 60Hz F1U NE V1R C105 TRANSMISSION WIRING(NOTE 2)
YLW F2
(INFRARED PRESENCE SENSOR) L1 RED X18A X17A X15A CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER
ORG F1
C21 CAPACITOR Z1F BLU P2 P2
L2 WHT P1
C105 CAPACITOR BLK P1
X27A
F1U FUSE(T, 3.15A, 250V)
WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER
HAP FLASHING LAMP(A1P, A2P) PS X30A
HAP (OPTIONAL ACCESSORY)
(SERVICE MONITOR GREEN) GRN/YLW A2P
M1F MOTOR(INDOOR FAN) X65A X1A C21
RED
M1P MOTOR(DRAIN PUMP) + MSW M4S
WHT
M1S PS
~
MOTOR(SWING BLADE)
M4S X20A X7A X16A X35A X70A X7A X8A X10A MSW M3S
R1T THERMISTOR(AIR) X9A
R2TR3T THERMISTOR(COIL) Z1C X36A
N=1 X33A MS M1P MSW M2S
S1L FLOAT SWITCH ORG BLU HAP
WHT BRN RED M t
V1R DIODE BRIDGE WHT MSW M1S
Y1E R1T X2A
X1M TERMINAL BLOCK
M1F MS
X2M TERMINAL BLOCK
Y1E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE
Z1C FERRITE CORE NOTES
Z1F NOISE FILTER 1. : TERMINAL BLOCK , : CONNECTOR : FIELD WIRING A3P A4P
PS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT(A1P, A2P) 2. IN CASE USING CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER, CONNECT IT TO THE UNIT
CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL PARTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ATTACHED INSTALLATION MANUAL.
X8A CONNECTOR(SELF CLEAN PANEL) 3. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRING FROM OUTSIDE, FORCED OFF OR ON/OFF CONTROL X8A R1T
X33A CONNECTOR OPERATION CAN BE SELECTED BY THE REMOTE CONTROLLER. SEE INSTALLATION MANUAL
(ADAPTOR FOR WIRING) FOR MORE DETAILS. X1M A2P A1P
4. IN CASE OF MAIN/SUB OVER CHANGE, X2M
X35A CONNECTOR
SEE THE INSTALLATION MANUAL ATTACHED TO REMOTE CONTROLLER. X36A X33A X35A
(POWER SUPPLY FOR ADAPTOR)
5. CONNECT POWER SUPPLY OF ADAPTOR FOR WIRING TO TERMINAL BLOCK (X2M) CONTROL BOX
X36A CONNECTOR(SELF CLEAN PANEL) OF INDOOR UNIT DIRECTORY.
6. X8A, X33A, X35A, X36A ARE CONNECTED WHEN THE OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES ARE
BEING USED. IN CASE OF USING A SELF CLEAN PANEL, SEE THE WIRING DIAGRAM OF IT.
7. SYMBOLS SHOW AS FOLLOWS: RED: RED BLK: BLACK WHT: WHITE YLW: YELLOW
GRN: GREEN ORG: ORANGE BRN: BROWN PNK: PINK BLU: BLUE
8. CLASS 2 WIRE 3D086460A
FXFQ09P / 12P / 18P / 24P / 30P / 36P / 48PVJU

INDOOR UNIT
GRN R2T R3T
C105 CAPACITOR S1L
F1U FUSE ( B , 5A, 250V) A1P t t
POWER SUPPLY
HAP LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
(SERVICE MONITOR GREEN)
1 ~ X2M
NE V1R+ C105 X18A X17A X15A
208/230V RED F1U
KPR MAGNETIC RELAY (M1P) L1 +
60Hz Z1F PS
M1F MOTOR (INDOOR FAN) WHT KPR -
L2
M1P MOTOR (DRAIN PUMP) X27A NOTE)6
M1S MOTOR (SWING FLAP) X1M
PNK NOTE)4
X30A T2 INPUT FROM
GRN/YLW
R1T THERMISTOR (AIR) HAP WHT T1 OUTSIDE

R2T THERMISTOR (COIL LIQUID) X25A YLW YLW NOTE)2
F2 TRANSMISSION WIRING
R3T THERMISTOR (COIL GAS) YLW 1M ~ ORG F1 CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER
S1L FLOAT SWITCH X35A X33A BLU
M1P NOTE)3 NOTE)3 P2 P2 WIRED REMOTE
V1R DIODE BRIDGE BLK P1
P1 CONTROLLER
X1M TERMINAL STRIP
X2M TERMINAL STRIP X16A X7A X36A
Y1E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE X20A X20A
Z1C FERRITE CORE Z1C Z1C
N=1 N=1
WHT
ORG
BRN
RED
BLU
WHT
ORG
Z1F NOISE FILTER

BRN
RED
BLU
M
PS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CN1
CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Y1E MSW
A2P
X33A CONNECTOR t M1F MS M1S M1F MS
(ADAPTOR FOR WIRING)
R1T
X35A CONNECTOR (GROUP 36~48-CLASS 09~30-CLASS
CONTROL ADAPTOR)
A2P NOTES)
1. : TERMINAL, : CONNECTOR, 4. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRES FROM OUTSIDE, FORCED OFF OR
X1M A1P : FIELD WIRING, ON/OFF CONTROL OPERATION CAN BE SELECTED BY THE REMOTE
X2M : PROTECTIVE GROUND (SCREW), : NOISELESS GROUND CONTROLLER. SEE INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR MORE DETAILS.
X35A X33A 2. IN CASE USING CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER, CONNECT IT TO 5. SYMBOLS SHOW AS FOLLOWS:
THE UNIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ATTACHED INSTALLATION RED: RED BLK: BLACK WHT: WHITE YLW: YELLOW GRN: GREEN
CONTROL BOX
MANUAL. ORG: ORANGE BRN: BROWN PNK: PINK GRY: GRAY BLU: BLUE
3. X33A AND X35A ARE CONNECTED WHEN THE OPTIONAL 6. CLASS 2 WIRE
ACCESSORIES ARE USED.
3D070301G
Appendix 267
FXZQ07M / 09M / 12M / 15M / 18MVJU9
A1P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD BS1 BS BUTTON (ON/OFF)

C1 CAPACITOR (M1F) H1P PILOT LAMP R1T R2T R3T
F1U FUSE ( B , 5A, 250V) (ON-RED)
POWER SUPPLY t t t
HAP PILOT LAMP H2P PILOT LAMP
(SERVICE MONITOR GREEN) (TIMER-GREEN) 1 ~ A1P NOTE)6
KPR MAGNETIC RELAY (M1P) H3P PILOT LAMP 208/230V PNK T2
M1F FAN MOTOR (FILTER SIGN-RED) X13A X12A X11A X23A INPUT FROM OUTSIDE
60Hz X2M WHT T1 NOTE)4
M1P DRAIN PUMP MOTOR H4P PILOT LAMP F1U NOTE)3
M1S SWING LOUVER MOTOR (DEFROST-ORANGE)
L1 RED YLW F2 TRANSMISSION WIRING
Q1M THERMAL PROTECTOR (M1F EMBEDDED) SS1 SELECTOR SWITCH L2 WHT ORG F1 CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER
X1A T1R X3A BLU P2 NOTE)2
R1T THERMISTOR (AIR) (MAIN/SUB) GRN/YLW X31A
R2T THERMISTOR (COIL-LIQUID) SS2 SELECTOR SWITCH t BLK P1
R3T THERMISTOR (COIL-GAS) (WIRELESS ADDRESS SET) X30A X1M P2
S1L FLOAT SWITCH CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL PARTS C1 P1
T1R TRANSFORMER (208-230V/25V) X16A CONNECTOR KPR
WHT
V1TR TRIAC (ADAPTOR FOR WIRING)
YLW
A1P A3P A4P V1TR X4A WIRED REMOTE
X1M TERMINAL BLOCK X18A CONNECTOR SS1 H1P CONTROLLER
X2M TERMINAL BLOCK (WIRING ADAPTOR FOR RED M
Y1E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE ELECTRICAL APPENDICES) SS2 H2P BS1 X25A
BLK
1~ Q1M (OPTIONAL
ACCESSORY)
H3P YLW
WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER X23A CONNECTOR M M1F
(RECEIVER/DISPLAY UNIT) (WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER) X23A
NOTE)3
X2A
X1A X1A
H4P
YLW 1 ~
A3P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD M1P
A4P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RECEIVER/DISPLAY UNIT MSW
NOTES) (OPTIONAL ACCESSORY) X28A
M M1S
1. : TERMINAL X16A X18A
, : CONNECTOR NOTE)3 NOTE)3 HAP
Y1E X7A
X8A
: FIELD WIRING S1L
C1 : PROTECTIVE GROUND (SCREW)
T1R 2. IN CASE USING CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER, CONNECT IT TO THE UNIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ATTACHED INSTALLATION MANUAL.
X1M 3. X16A, X18A AND X23A ARE CONNECTED WHEN THE OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES ARE USED.
A1P X2M 4. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRES FROM OUTSIDE, FORCED OFF OR ON/OFF CONTROL OPERATION CAN BE SELECTED BY REMOTE CONTROLLER.
IN DETAILS, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL ATTACHED TO THE UNIT.
CONTROL BOX 5. SYMBOLS SHOW AS FOLLOWS: RED: RED BLK: BLACK WHT: WHITE YLW: YELLOW PNK: PINK ORG: ORANGE GRN: GREEN BLU: BLUE
6. CLASS 2 WIRE
3D080350C
FXDQ07M / 09M / 12M / 18M / 24MVJU

C1 CAPACITOR (M1F)
F1U FUSE (F5A/250V)
HAP LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
(SERVICE MONITOR GREEN)
KPR MAGNETIC RELAY (M1P) R1T R2T R3T
M1F MOTOR (INDOOR FAN)
M1P MOTOR (DRAIN PUMP)
t t t A1P NOTE)7
Q1M THERMAL PROTECTOR (M1F EMBEDDED) POWER
X1M
R1T THERMISTOR (AIR) SUPPLY
PNK T2 NOTE)5
R2T THERMISTOR (COIL-1) 1 ~ X13A X12A X11A X16A Z1C INPUT FROM
208/230V N=3 WHT T1 OUTSIDE
R3T THERMISTOR (COIL-2) 60Hz X2M TRANSMISSION
F1U YLW F2
S1L FLOAT SWITCH X30A WIRING CENTRAL
L1 RED ORG F1 REMOTE CONTROLLER
T1R TRANSFORMER (208-230V/25V) BLU P2 NOTE)3
L2 BLU P2
V1TR PHASE CONTROL CIRCUIT X1A T1R BLK P1 P1
X31A X3A
X1M TERMINAL BLOCK GRN t
X2M TERMINAL BLOCK /YLW
WIRED REMOTE
X18A CONTROLLER
Y1E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE Z2C
Z1CZ2C NOISE FILTER (FERRITE CORE) N=3
KPR X27A
CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL PARTS
GRY
X16A CONNECTOR (ADAPTOR FOR WIRING) PPL
X25A BLU
X18A CONNECTOR (WIRING ADAPTOR FOR M
C1
ELECTRICAL APPENDICES) M
1 ~
WHT
Y1E
YLW
V1TR
M1P
X7A M
X18A X16A RED
1~
BLK Q1M
A1P HAP X4A M1F
X8A
X1M C1 X2M S1L

NOTES) Z1C
T1R
1. : TERMINAL Z2C
, : CONNECTOR CONTROL BOX
2. : FIELD WIRING
3. IN CASE USING CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER, CONNECT IT TO THE UNIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ATTACHED INSTALLATION MANUAL.
4. REMOTE CONTROLLER MODEL VARIES ACCORDING TO THE COMBINATION SYSTEM, CONFIRM ENGINEERING DATA AND CATALOGS, ETC. BEFORE CONNECTING.
5. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRES FROM OUTSIDE, FORCED OFF OR ON/OFF CONTROL OPERATION CAN BE SELECTED BY REMOTE CONTROLLER.
IN DETAILS, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL ATTACHED TO THE UNIT.
6. SYMBOLS SHOW AS FOLLOWS: RED: RED BLK: BLACK WHT: WHITE YLW: YELLOW PPL: PURPLE GRY: GRAY BLU: BLUE PNK: PINK ORG: ORANGE GRN: GREEN
7. CLASS 2 WIRE
3D050501B
268 Appendix
FXMQ07PB / 09PB / 12PB / 15PB / 18PB / 24PB / 30PB / 36PB / 48PB / 54PBVJU
INDOOR UNIT R3T THERMISTOR (GAS)

PRINTED CIRCUIT THERMISTOR GRN R1T R2T R3T R4T
A1P R4T
BOARD (DISCHARGE AIR) N=1 M1P 1M ~ S1L
PRINTED CIRCUIT THERMISTOR NTC
YLW
YLW
A2P R5T t t t t
BOARD (FAN) (CURRENT LIMITING) GRN NOTE)5 A1P Z2C
POWER
PRINTED CIRCUIT S1L FLOAT SWITCH SUPPLY /YLW N=1 F1U X25A
A3P RED X16A X18A X17A X13A X15A NOTE)7
BOARD (CAPACITOR) V1R DIODE BRIDGE 1~ PNK T2
L1 BLU Z1F KPR INPUT FROM
C1, C2, CAPACITOR (A1P, A2P) 208/230V WHT T1
C5 X38A OUTSIDE NOTE)3
C3, C5 V2R POWER MODULE 60Hz L2 X27A YLW
X30A ORG F2 TRANSMISSION
F1U FUSE (T, 3.15A, 250V) TERMINAL BLOCK X1M Z1C V1R F1 WIRING
X1M (POWER SUPPLY) PS P2
F2U FUSE (T, 5A, 250V) HAP CENTRAL REMOTE
BLU
FOR FXMQ15182430364854PBVJU P1 CONTROLLER
F3U FUSE (T, 6.3A, 250V) TERMINAL BLOCK + C2 + C3 R3 R4
X2M (CONTROL) BLK X2M OPTIONAL
F4U FUSE (T, 6.3A, 250V) TO X70A(A1P) X70A
X28A
X35A X7A X33A
ACCESSORY ( )
FLASHING LAMP (A1P, A2P) Y1E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION TO X1M L1R A3P NOTE)2
BLK
BLK
HAP A2P
(SERVICE MONITOR GREEN) VALVE
X3A X6A X9A NOTE) 6. TO X1M FOR FXMQ070912PBVJU L1R M Y1E
KPR MAGNETIC RELAY Z1C, A2P P2
Z2C, FERRITE CORE R5T X1A BLK N=8 P1
K1R MAGNETIC RELAY Z3C X3A X6A
L1R REACTOR Z1F NOISE FILTER (A1P, A2P) RED F3U t M1F WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER
C1 WHT MS R1 RED (OPTIONAL ACCESSORY)
M1F MOTOR (INDOOR FAN) CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL BLU Z1F
K1R 3 ~ RED F4U
M1P MOTOR (DRAIN PUMP) ACCESSORIES X10A RED BLU C1 F2U M1F
R2 Z1F K1R L1R Z2C
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT X28A CONNECTOR (POWER V1R V2R YLW Z3C 5 BLU MS X28A
GRN
GRN
PS (A1P, A2P) SUPPLY FOR WIRING) BLU X10A BRN A
ORG V1R R2 ORG 3 A
HAP A2P X35A
RESISTOR X33A CONNECTOR PNK WHT P 1
R1 PS PS X38A
(CURRENT LIMITING) (ADAPTOR FOR WIRING) X2A GRY HAP X8A P
Z
CURRENT SENSING X35A CONNECTOR (POWER 1
R2
DEVICE SUPPLY FOR ADAPTOR) NOTES) 1. : TERMINAL, : CONNECTOR, : FIELD WIRING, : PROTECTIVE GROUND (SCREW), : NOISELESS GROUND C X1M X2M X33A
X38A CONNECTOR (ADAPTOR 2. IN CASE USING CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER, CONNECT IT TO THE UNIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ATTACHED INSTALLATION MANUAL.
R3, R4 RESISTOR CONTROL BOX (INDOOR)
FOR MULTI TENANT) 3. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRES FROM OUTSIDE, FORCED OFF OR ON/OFF CONTROL OPERATION CAN BE SELECTED BY REMOTE CONTROLLER.
(ELECTRIC DISCHARGE) ONLY FXMQ15182430364854PBVJU
IN DETAILS, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL ATTACHED THE UNIT.
R1T THERMISTOR (SUCTION AIR) 4. COLORS BLK: BLACK RED:RED BLU:BLUE WHT:WHITE PNK:PINK YLW:YELLOW BRN:BROWN GRY:GRAY GRN:GREEN ORG:ORANGE.
R2T THERMISTOR (LIQUID) 5. FOR FXMQ15182430364854PBVJU ARE N=2
6. ONLY FOR FXMQ54PBVJU
7. CLASS 2 WIRE
3D093209A
FXMQ72M / 96MVJU
INDOOR UNIT R1T THERMISTOR (AIR)

A1P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD R2TR3T THERMISTOR (COIL) EL. COMPO. BOX
C1C2 CAPACITOR (M1F2F) SS SELECTOR SWITCH
POWER SUPPLY K1M K2M K3M SS C1 C2
F1U FUSE ( B , 5A, 250V) (STATIC PRESSURE)
HAP LIGHT EMITTING DIODE T1R TRANSFORMER (208V/230V 25VA)
1 ~ X18A
T1R
208/230V X3M
(SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN) X1M TERMINAL BLOCK (POWER) 60Hz
K1M MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (M1F2F) X2M-X3M TERMINAL BLOCK A1P X2M
X1M X8A
K2M MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (M1F2F) X4M TERMINAL BLOCK (CONTROL) L1 L2 X4M X1M
K3M MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (M1F2F) Y1E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE R1T R2T R3T
K1R-K3R MAGNETIC RELAY (M1F2F) CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL PARTS
A1P RED WHT t t t
KPR MAGNETIC RELAY (M1P) X8A CONNECTOR (FLOAT SWITCH) WHT WHT WHT RED RED RED WHT WHT WHT RED RED RED
(1) (3) K1M (5) L N
M1FM2F MOTOR (INDOOR FAN) X18A CONNECTOR (WIRING ADAPTOR FOR (13) F1U X13A X12A X11A X8A
X18A NOTE-8
Q1MQ2M THERMO. SWITCH ELECTRICAL APPENDICES) (2) (4) (6) (14) PNK T2
(1) (3) (5) X3A HAP T2 NOTE-4
(M1F2F EMBEDDED) K2M (13) WHT T1
T1R T1 INPUT FROM OUTSIDE
(2) (4) (6) (14) YLW F2
F2 NOTE-3
(1) (3) (5) X30A ORG F1
K3M (13) t F1 TRANSMISSION WIRING
NOTES) RED RED RED RED RED RED X1A K1R K2R K3R KPR
WHT WHT WHT (2) 2 5 (4) WHT WHTWHT (6) 8 11 (14) P2 BLU P2 CENTRAL REMOTE
1. : TERMINAL BLOCK H SS L
BLK P1 CONTROLLER
H SS L P1
, : CONNECTOR FC FH FL FLL X7A
3 1 64 9 7 12 10 X4A Y2 Y1 X4M
: SHORT CIRCUIT CONNECTOR X2M X3M RED BLK ORG BRN
: TERMINAL 11 12 13 14 15 21 22 23 24 25 (A2) (A2) (A2) WHT
2. : FIELD WIRING RED BLK BLU ORGBRN RED BLK BLU ORG BRN P1 P2
K1M K2M K3M M
3. IN CASE USING CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER, CONNECT IT TO X2M X3M (A1) (A1) (A1)
M WHT WHT M WHT WHT Y1E
THE UNIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ATTACHED INSTALLATION MANUAL. Q1M 1 16
C1
~
Q2M 1 26
C2
~ WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER
YLW YLW (OPTIONAL ACCESSORY)
4. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRES FROM OUTSIDE, FORCED OFF OR ON/OFF CONTROL 17 27
M1F YLW M2F YLW
OPERATION CAN BE SELECTED BY REMOTE CONTROLLER. IN DETAILS, REFER TO
THE INSTALLATION MANUAL ATTACHED THE UNIT.
5. SYMBOLS SHOW AS FOLLOWS. (PNK: PINK WHT: WHITE YLW: YELLOW
ORG: ORANGE BLU: BLUE BLK: BLACK RED: RED BRN: BROWN)
6. USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
7. IN CASE HIGH E.S.P. OPERATION, CHANGE THE SWITCH (SS) FOR "H".
8. CLASS 2 WIRE.
3D065414D
Appendix 269
FXHQ12M / 24M / 36MVJU
INDOOR UNIT H4P LIGHT EMITTING DIODE

A1P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (DEFROST-ORANGE) NOTE-4
C1 CAPACITOR (M1F) SS1 SELECTOR SWITCH (MAIN/SUB) RECEIVER/DISPLAY UNIT
F1U FUSE ( B 5A, 250V) SS2 SELECTOR SWITCH POWER SUPPLY (WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER)
HAP LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (WIRELESS ADDRESS SET) ~
1 208/230V
(SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN) CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL PARTS 60Hz A2P A3P
KAR MAGNETIC RELAY (M1S) X18A CONNECTOR (WIRING ADAPTOR FOR A1P X2A SS1 H1P
KPR MAGNETIC RELAY ELECTRICAL APPENDICES) H2P BS1
M1F MOTOR (INDOOR FAN) X23A CONNECTOR (WIRELESS SS2 H3P
M1S MOTOR (SWING FLAP) REMOTE CONTROLLER) X1M X23A
R1T R2T R3T X1A X1A H4P
Q1M THERMO. SWITCH (M1F EMBEDDED) L1 L2
R1T THERMISTOR (AIR) t t t
R2T THERMISTOR (COIL LIQUID) A1P RED WHT
R3T THERMISTOR (COIL GAS)
X31A X13A X12A X11A X8A
S1Q LIMIT SWITCH (SWING FLAP)
T1R TRANSFORMER (208-230V/25V) NOTES) F1U X18A NOTE-8 NOTE-5
HAP
V1TR TRIAC X3A T2 PNK T2 INPUT FROM
1. : TERMINAL BLOCK , : CONNECTOR
X1M TERMINAL BLOCK (POWER) T1 WHT T1 OUTSIDE
: SHORT CIRCUIT CONNECTOR YLW F2 NOTE-3
X2M TERMINAL BLOCK (CONTROL) F2
2. : FIELD WIRING X30A F1 ORG F1 TRANSMISSION
Y1E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE t X1A V1TR
BLU P2 WIRING CENTRAL
RECEIVER/DISPLAY UNIT (ATTACHED 3. IN CASE USING CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER, P2
T1R BLK P1 REMOTE CONTROLLER
TO WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER) CONNECT IT TO THE UNIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH P1
A2P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD KAR KPR X2M
THE ATTACHED INSTALLATION MANUAL. X27A X23A
A3P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD X9A X6A X25A X7A
BS1 BS BUTTON (ON/OFF) 4. X23A IS CONNECTED WHEN THE WIRELESS REMOTE X4A
P1 P2
H1P LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (ON-RED) CONTROLLER KIT IS BEING USED. BLK YLW RED WHT
H2P LIGHT EMITTING DIODE WHT
5. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRES FROM OUTSIDE, WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER
(TIMER-GREEN) WHT C1 MSW
H3P LIGHT EMITTING DIODE

FORCED OFF OR ON/OFF CONTROL OPERATION CAN BE 1 ~ M (OPTIONAL ACCESSORY)
(FILTER SIGN-RED) SELECTED BY REMOTE CONTROLLER. IN DETAILS, REFER S1Q M1S Y1E
BLK X18A
TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL ATTACHED THE UNIT. 1M Q1M
~ X23A C1 T1R
A1P
6. SYMBOLS SHOW AS FOLLOWS.
M1F X8A X2M X1M
( BLU: BLUE BLK: BLACK ORG: ORANGE PNK: PINK
RED: RED WHT: WHITE YLW: YELLOW ) CONTROL BOX
7. USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
8. CLASS 2 WIRE
3D048116B
FXAQ07P / 09P / 12P / 18P / 24PVJU
RECEIVER/DISPLAY UNIT
(WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER)
GRN/YLW GRN R3T R2T R1T
A2P A3P
SS1 H1P
A1P t t t
X2A H2P BS1
POWER SUPPLY
1~ 208/230V SS2 H3P
X14A X18A X19A
60Hz X27A H4P
RED NE V1R C5 X24A
L1 +
+ (NOTE)7 X1A X1A
(NOTES) F1U Z1F PS
1. : TERMINAL WHT - PNK
L2 T2
WHT INPUT FROM OUTSIDE (NOTE)4
: FIELD WIRING X2M WHT T1
YLW
: CONNECTOR X15A HAP X35A X38A X30A F2 TRANSMISSION WIRING
(NOTE)7 (NOTE)7 ORG
F1 CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER
: CONNECTOR A1P BLU
X20A X36A X7A P2 (NOTE)2
BLK P1
: PROTECTIVE GROUND (SCREW) A1P X2M
X1M
WHT
ORG
BRN
RED
: NOISELESS GROUND X2M

BLU
(NOTE)8 P2 WIRED REMOTE

: SHORT CIRCUIT CONNECTOR HAP P1 CONTROLLER
2. IN CASE USING CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER, X1M
CONNECT IT TO THE UNIT IN ACCORDANCE SIDE X1M MS MSW M
WITH THE ATTACHED INSTALLATION MANUAL.
HAP FRONT
3. SYMBOLS SHOWS AS FOLLOWS: RED: RED
CONTROL BOX M1F M1S Y1E
WHT: WHITE GRN: GREEN PNK: PINK YLW: YELLOW
BLK: BLACK ORG: ORANGE BRN: BROWN BLU: BLUE H1P PILOT LAMP (ON-RED)
4. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRES FROM INDOOR UNIT V1R DIODE BRIDGE H2P PILOT LAMP (TIMER-GREEN)
OUTSIDE, FORCED OFF OR ON/OFF CONTROL
OPERATION CAN BE SELECTED BY REMOTE A1P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD X1M TERMINAL BLOCK (CONTROL) H3P PILOT LAMP (FILTER SIGN-RED)
CONTROLLER. IN DETAILS, REFER TO THE C5 CAPACITOR X2M TERMINAL BLOCK (POWER) H4P PILOT LAMP (DEFROST-ORANGE)
INSTALLATION MANUAL ATTACHED TO THE UNIT.
5. REMOTE CONTROLLER MODEL VARIES ACCORDING F1U FUSE (T3.15AH 250V) Y1E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE SS1 SELECTOR SWITCH (MAIN/SUB)
TO THE COMBINATION SYSTEM, CONFIRM FLASHING LAMP Z1F NOISE FILTER SELECTOR SWITCH
ENGINEERING DATA AND CATALOGS, ETC. HAP SS2
(SERVICE MONITOR GREEN) PS SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY (WIRELESS ADDRESS SET)
BEFORE CONNECTING.
6. CONFIRM THE METHOD OF SETTING THE MOTOR (INDOOR FAN) RECEIVER/DISPLAY UNIT (ATTACHED
M1F CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL PARTS
SELECTOR SWITCH (SS1, SS2) OF WIRELESS
REMOTE CONTROLLER BY INSTALLATION MANUAL M1S MOTOR (SWING FLAP) TO WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER) X15A CONNECTOR (FLOAT SWITCH)
AND ENGINEERING DATA, ETC.
R1T THERMISTOR (AIR) A2P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD X24A CONNECTOR (WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER)
7. X15A, X24A, X35A AND X38A ARE
CONNECTED WHEN THE OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES R2T THERMISTOR (COIL LIQUID PIPE) A3P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD X35A CONNECTOR (GROUP CONTROL ADAPTOR)
ARE BEING USED.
R3T THERMISTOR (COIL GAS PIPE) BS1 BS BUTTON (ON/OFF) X38A CONNECTOR (ADAPTOR FOR MULTI TENANT)
8. CLASS 2 WIRE
3D075354B
270 Appendix
FXUQ18P / 24P / 30P / 36PVJU
INDOOR UNIT
C105 CAPACITOR (M1F) (NOTE 6)
F1U FUSE X1M
HAP FLASHING LAMP R2T R3T INPUT FROM
POWER SUPPLY S1L PNK T2
(SERVICE MONITOR GREEN) INDOOR UNIT OUTSIDE (NOTE 5)
M1F MOTOR (INDOOR FAN)
1 ~ X2M A1P
GRN t t WHT T1 TRANSMISSION
208/230V YLW F2 WIRING (NOTE 2)
M1P MOTOR (DRAIN PUMP) L1 F1U NE V1R + C105
60Hz RED CENTRAL REMOTE
M1SM2S + X15A X18A X17A ORG F1
MOTOR (SWING BLADE) Z1F X30A CONTROLLER
M3SM4S L2 WHT - BLU P2
R1T THERMISTOR (AIR) P2 WIRED REMOTE
X27A BLK P1 P1 CONTROLLER
R2TR3T THERMISTOR (COIL)
S1L FLOAT SWITCH (OPTIONAL ACCESSORY)
GRN/YLW HAP X35A MSW M4S (NOTE 3)
V1R DIODE BRIDGE PS
X1M TERMINAL BLOCK X36A
X2M TERMINAL BLOCK MSW M3S
Z1F NOISE FILTER X7A X25A X20A
MSW M2S
Z1C FERRITE CORE
PS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Z1C N=1 X81A
SENSOR KIT ORG BLU X16A X81A MSW M1S
M M1P MS
A3P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD BRN
X35A X81A Y1E WHT RED
A4P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD t
CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL PARTS R1T WHT
R1T
X35A CONNECTOR A3P A4P
M1F MS A3P A4P
(POWER SUPPLY FOR ADAPTOR)
A1P SENSOR KIT (Option) SENSOR KIT (Option)
X81A CONNECTOR Installation position 1 Installation position 2
(SENSOR KIT) X2M
X1M Installation position 2
NOTES
CONTROL BOX Installation position 1
1. : TERMINAL BLOCK , : CONNECTOR : FIELD WIRING
2. IN CASE USING CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER, CONNECT IT TO THE
UNIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ATTACHED INSTALLATION MANUAL. CONTROL BOX
3. IN CASE OF MAIN/SUB CHANGEOVER,
SEE THE INSTALLATION MANUAL ATTACHED TO REMOTE CONTROLLER.
4. SYMBOLS SHOW AS FOLLOWS: BLK: BLACK RED: RED BLU: BLUE WHT: WHITE
YLW: YELLOW GRN: GREEN ORG: ORANGE BRN: BROWN PNK: PINK. Installation position of SENSOR KIT
5. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRING FROM OUTSIDE, FORCED OFF OR ON/OFF CONTROL OPERATION
CAN BE SELECTED BY THE REMOTE CONTROLLER. SEE INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR MORE DETAILS.
6. CLASS 2 WIRE
3D090218
FXLQ07M / 09M / 12M / 18M / 24MVJU

FXNQ07M / 09M / 12M / 18M / 24MVJU
INDOOR UNIT X2M TERMINAL BLOCK (CONTROL)

POWER SUPPLY
A1P
C1
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
CAPACITOR (M1F)
CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL PARTS
1 ~
208/230V
F1U FUSE ( B , 5A, 250V) X18A CONNECTOR (WIRING ADAPTOR FOR 60Hz
HAP LIGHT EMITTING DIODE ELECTRICAL APPENDICES)
(SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN)
K1R-K3R MAGNETIC RELAY (M1F)
M1F MOTOR (INDOOR FAN) GRN/YLW
R1T R2T R3T
Q1M THERMO. SWITCH X1M
(M1F EMBEDDED) L1 L2
t t t
R1T THERMISTOR (AIR) RED WHT
R2TR3T THERMISTOR (COIL) A1P
L1 L2 X13A X12A X11A X8A
T1R TRANSFORMER (208-230V/25V)
X1M TERMINAL BLOCK (POWER) F1U HAP
X18A
X3A
NOTES) X30A NOTE-7
T1R PNK T2 NOTE-4
T2 INPUT FROM OUTSIDE
1. : TERMINAL BLOCK, , : CONNECTOR, TERMINAL WHT T1
t T1 NOTE-3
X1A F2 YLW F2
2. : FIELD WIRING, SHORT CIRCUIT CONNECTOR TRANSMISSION WIRING
ORG
F1 F1 CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER
3. IN CASE USING CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER, CONNECT IT TO K1R K2R K3R P2 BLU P2
P1 BLK P1
THE UNIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ATTACHED INSTALLATION MANUAL.
X4A FC FH FL FLL X7A X2M T1R
4. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRES FROM OUTSIDE, FORCED OFF OR ON/OFF X18A
CONTROL OPERATION CAN BE SELECTED BY REMOTE CONTROLLER. IN DETAILS, C1 WHT
RED BLK ORG BRN
REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL ATTACHED TO THE UNIT. WHT YLW A1P
WHT P1 P2
M
5. SYMBOLS SHOW AS FOLLOWS. (PNK: PINK WHT: WHITE YLW: YELLOW WHT YLW RED BLK ORG BRN
M Y1E X1M X2M
ORG: ORANGE BLU: BLUE BLK: BLACK RED: RED BRN: BROWN GRN: GREEN) 1~ WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER
Q1M CONTROL BOX
6. USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY. M1F (OPTIONAL ACCESSORY)
7. CLASS 2 WIRE.
3D045644C
Appendix 271
FXTQ12PA / 18PA / 24PA / 30PA / 36PA / 42PA / 48PA / 54PAVJU
3D065036G
272 Appendix
Revision History
Month / Year Version Revised contents
06 / 2015 SiUS341504E First edition

z Daikin products are manufactured for export to numerous countries throughout the world. Prior to
purchase, please confirm with your local authorized importer, distributor and/or retailer whether this
product conforms to the applicable standards, and is suitable for use, in the region where the product
will be used. This statement does not purport to exclude, restrict or modify the application of any local
legislation.
z Ask a qualified installer or contractor to install this product. Do not try to install the product yourself.
Improper installation can result in water or refrigerant leakage, electrical shock, fire or explosion.
z Use only those parts and accessories supplied or specified by Daikin. Ask a qualified installer or
contractor to install those parts and accessories. Use of unauthorized parts and accessories or
improper installation of parts and accessories can result in water or refrigerant leakage, electrical
shock, fire or explosion.
z Read the user's manual carefully before using this product. The user's manual provides important
safety instructions and warnings. Be sure to follow these instructions and warnings.
If you have any inquiries, please contact your local importer, distributor and/or retailer.
Cautions on product corrosion

1. Air conditioners should not be installed in areas where corrosive gases, such as acid gas or alkaline gas, are produced.
2. If the outdoor unit is to be installed close to the sea shore, direct exposure to the sea breeze should be avoided. If you need to install
the outdoor unit close to the sea shore, contact your local distributor.
Dealer
c All rights reserved
zSpecifications, designs and other content appearing in this brochure are current as of June 2015 but subject to change without notice.
SiUS341504E
06/2015 K AK

SM VRV IV HR VRV 4 Daikin

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

SM VRV IV HR VRV 4 Daikin

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

SiUS341504E

R-410A Heat Recovery 60 Hz

1 Specifications EDUS331435-R1 P.2-7

3 Option List EDUS331435-R1 P.116

Part 1 General Information .............................................................. 1

Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit .............................................................. 12

1.3 Branch Selector Unit Functional Parts ....................................................... 17

Part 3 Remote Controller ............................................................... 41

Part 4 Function and Control........................................................... 52

4.2 Oil Return Operation .................................................................................. 73

Part 5 Field Settings ...................................................................... 98

3.4 Monitoring Function and Field Settings .................................................... 124

Part 6 Service Diagnosis.............................................................. 143

iii Table of Contents

2.1 Mode Access Operation ........................................................................... 148

3.44 Reactor Temperature Abnormality ........................................................... 219

Part 7 Appendix............................................................................ 260

1.1 Warnings and Cautions Regarding Safety of Workers

When disconnecting the suction or discharge pipe of the compressor at

Be sure to discharge the capacitor completely before conducting repair

In case of R-32 / R-410A refrigerant models, be sure to use pipes, flare

Do not clean the air conditioner by splashing water.

Be sure to provide the earth / grounding when repairing the equipment in

Be sure to conduct repair work with appropriate tools.

Use the welder in a well-ventilated place.

1.2 Warnings and Cautions Regarding Safety of Users

Do not damage or modify the power cable.

When replacing the coin battery in the remote controller, be sure to

Do not install the equipment in a place where there is a possibility of

If the installation platform or frame has corroded, replace it.

Do not tilt the unit when removing it.

Icon Type of Description

Note A Note provides information that is not indispensable, but may

Reference A Reference guides the reader to other places in this binder or

1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units

1.2 Outdoor Units

YD(N) : 3 phase, 460 V, 60 Hz

1.2.1 Combination of Outdoor Units (Heat Recovery 460 V)

1.2.2 Combination of Outdoor Units (Heat Recovery 208/230 V)

1.3 Air Treatment Equipment

Energy Recovery Ventilator (VAM series)

1.4 Branch Selector Unit

Multi Branch Selector Unit for Heat Recovery

Shown with BYCQ125B-W1

Shown with BYCP125K-W1

Shown with BYFQ60B8W1U

Ceiling mounted duct type Vertical air handling unit

2.2 Outdoor Units

Double Outdoor Units

Triple Outdoor Units

2.3 Air Treatment Equipment

2.4 Branch Selector Unit

3. Combination of Outdoor Units

Max. combination ratio

5.2 Outdoor Unit Combinations

REYQ 288TYDN 312TYDN 336TYDN 360TYDN 384TYDN 408TYDN 432TYDN 456TYDN

5.3 Limitation of Capacity Index for Heat Recovery

Multi Branch Selector unit

Outdoor unit Branch Branch

Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit

Check valve Check valve

Double tube S1NPH Check valve

High/low pressure gas (11) Four way valve